Cover page Agenda and Min Ordinary infocouncil

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Agenda

 

Ordinary Meeting

 

 Thursday, 22 March 2018

 

held at Council Chambers, Station Street, Mullumbimby

commencing at 9.00pm

 

 

 

 

Public Access relating to items on this Agenda can be made between 9.00am and 10.30am on the day of the Meeting.  Requests for public access should be made to the General Manager or Mayor no later than 12.00 midday on the day prior to the Meeting.

 

 

 

Mark Arnold

Acting General Manager

 


CONFLICT OF INTERESTS

What is a “Conflict of Interests” - A conflict of interests can be of two types:

Pecuniary - an interest that a person has in a matter because of a reasonable likelihood or expectation of appreciable financial gain or loss to the person or another person with whom the person is associated.

Non-pecuniary – a private or personal interest that a Council official has that does not amount to a pecuniary interest as defined in the Local Government Act (eg. A friendship, membership of an association, society or trade union or involvement or interest in an activity and may include an interest of a financial nature).

Remoteness – a person does not have a pecuniary interest in a matter if the interest is so remote or insignificant that it could not reasonably be regarded as likely to influence any decision the person might make in relation to a matter or if the interest is of a kind specified in Section 448 of the Local Government Act.

Who has a Pecuniary Interest? - a person has a pecuniary interest in a matter if the pecuniary interest is the interest of the person, or another person with whom the person is associated (see below).

Relatives, Partners - a person is taken to have a pecuniary interest in a matter if:

§  The person’s spouse or de facto partner or a relative of the person has a pecuniary interest in the matter, or

§  The person, or a nominee, partners or employer of the person, is a member of a company or other body that has a pecuniary interest in the matter.

N.B. “Relative”, in relation to a person means any of the following:

(a)   the parent, grandparent, brother, sister, uncle, aunt, nephew, niece, lineal descends or adopted child of the person or of the person’s spouse;

(b)   the spouse or de facto partners of the person or of a person referred to in paragraph (a)

No Interest in the Matter - however, a person is not taken to have a pecuniary interest in a matter:

§  If the person is unaware of the relevant pecuniary interest of the spouse, de facto partner, relative or company or other body, or

§  Just because the person is a member of, or is employed by, the Council.

§  Just because the person is a member of, or a delegate of the Council to, a company or other body that has a pecuniary interest in the matter provided that the person has no beneficial interest in any shares of the company or body.

Disclosure and participation in meetings

§  A Councillor or a member of a Council Committee who has a pecuniary interest in any matter with which the Council is concerned and who is present at a meeting of the Council or Committee at which the matter is being considered must disclose the nature of the interest to the meeting as soon as practicable.

§  The Councillor or member must not be present at, or in sight of, the meeting of the Council or Committee:

(a)   at any time during which the matter is being considered or discussed by the Council or Committee, or

(b)   at any time during which the Council or Committee is voting on any question in relation to  the matter.

No Knowledge - a person does not breach this Clause if the person did not know and could not reasonably be expected to have known that the matter under consideration at the meeting was a matter in which he or she had a pecuniary interest.

Participation in Meetings Despite Pecuniary Interest (S 452 Act)

A Councillor is not prevented from taking part in the consideration or discussion of, or from voting on, any of the matters/questions detailed in Section 452 of the Local Government Act.

Non-pecuniary Interests - Must be disclosed in meetings.

There are a broad range of options available for managing conflicts & the option chosen will depend on an assessment of the circumstances of the matter, the nature of the interest and the significance of the issue being dealt with.  Non-pecuniary conflicts of interests must be dealt with in at least one of the following ways:

§  It may be appropriate that no action be taken where the potential for conflict is minimal.  However, Councillors should consider providing an explanation of why they consider a conflict does not exist.

§  Limit involvement if practical (eg. Participate in discussion but not in decision making or vice-versa).  Care needs to be taken when exercising this option.

§  Remove the source of the conflict (eg. Relinquishing or divesting the personal interest that creates the conflict)

§  Have no involvement by absenting yourself from and not taking part in any debate or voting on the issue as if the provisions in S451 of the Local Government Act apply (particularly if you have a significant non-pecuniary interest)

RECORDING OF VOTING ON PLANNING MATTERS

Clause 375A of the Local Government Act 1993 – Recording of voting on planning matters

(1)   In this section, planning decision means a decision made in the exercise of a function of a council under the Environmental Planning and Assessment Act 1979:

(a)   including a decision relating to a development application, an environmental planning instrument, a development control plan or a development contribution plan under that Act, but

(b)   not including the making of an order under Division 2A of Part 6 of that Act.

(2)   The general manager is required to keep a register containing, for each planning decision made at a meeting of the council or a council committee, the names of the councillors who supported the decision and the names of any councillors who opposed (or are taken to have opposed) the decision.

(3)   For the purpose of maintaining the register, a division is required to be called whenever a motion for a planning decision is put at a meeting of the council or a council committee.

(4)   Each decision recorded in the register is to be described in the register or identified in a manner that enables the description to be obtained from another publicly available document, and is to include the information required by the regulations.

(5)   This section extends to a meeting that is closed to the public.

 


BYRON SHIRE COUNCIL

Ordinary Meeting

 

 

BUSINESS OF Ordinary Meeting

 

1.    Public Access

2.    Apologies

3.    Requests for Leave of Absence

4.    Declarations of Interest – Pecuniary and Non-Pecuniary

5.    Tabling of Pecuniary Interest Returns (s450A Local Government Act 1993)

6.    Adoption of Minutes from Previous Meetings

6.1       Ordinary Meeting held on 22 February 2018

6.2       Byron Shire Reserve Trust Committee held on 22 February 2018

7.    Reservation of Items for Debate and Order of Business

8.    Mayoral Minute

8.1       Mercato ............................................................................................................................ 6

9.    Notices of Motion

9.1       Independent review of Byron Shire Council’s organisation and governance................... 7

9.2       Funding for the Implementation of Town Masterplan Projects....................................... 13

9.3       Future of Local Government - 21st Century Community Governance.......................... 17

9.4       Public Access - Budget Estimates.................................................................................. 20

9.5       Water Sensitive Urban Design........................................................................................ 24

9.6       Protection and Public Access - Scarabelottis Lookout and Keyes Bridge Reserve....... 28

9.7       Poker Machines in the Byron Shire................................................................................ 30

10.  Petitions

11.  Submissions and Grants

11.1     Byron Shire Council Submissions and Grants as at 28 February 2018......................... 33

12.  Delegates' Reports  

13.  Staff Reports

General Manager

13.1     Byron Bay Town Centre Masterplan Leadership Team 2018........................................ 35

13.2     Report of the Communications Panel Meeting held on 14 September 2017................. 39

13.3     Report of the Communications Panel Meeting held on 13 February 2018.................... 42

Corporate and Community Services

13.4     Draft Policy: Community Iniaitives Policy (Section 356) following period of public exhibition      45

13.5     Proposed Amendments to Council's Code of Meeting Practice.................................... 48

13.6     A new strategic approach to Public Art - revised Public Art Policy and new Draft Public Art Strategy......................................................................................................................................... 58

13.7     Joint Organisation of Councils ....................................................................................... 62

13.8     Council Investments February 2018............................................................................... 69

13.9     Stronger Country Communities Fund Round 2.............................................................. 76

13.10   Audit of tree removals in Railway Park Byron Bay........................................................ 81

13.11   National General Assembly of Local Government 2018................................................ 85

13.12   Councillor Nomination to Cape Byron Marine Park Advisory Committee..................... 88

Sustainable Environment and Economy

13.13   Report of the Planning Review Committee Meeting held on 22 February 2018............ 90

13.14   PLANNING - Development Application 10.2017.619.1 Staged Development - Stage 1 Strata Subdivision to Create Two (2) Lots , Stage 2 Alterations and Additions to Existing Shed to Create a Detached Dual Occupancy 19 Aloota Crescent Ocean Shores.................................... 93

13.15   PLANNING - Update on Environmental Zone review and Planning Proposal implementation process....................................................................................................................................... 106

13.16   Easy to do Business Program ...................................................................................... 117

13.17   Byron Shire Bush Fire Prone Land Mapping................................................................ 120

13.18   PLANNING - Development Application 10.2017.163.1 for Alterations and Additions to Existing Dwelling House including a Garage, Studio, Roofed Deck and Temporary Storage Shed with Attached Carport to be Decommissioned at the Completion of Construction  at 126 Coolamon Scenic Drive Ewingsdale .......................................................................................................... 126

13.19   PLANNING - Development Application 10.2017.450.1 Dual Occupancy (Detached) and Strata Subdivision at 40 Charlotte Street Bangalow................................................................ 140

13.20   PLANNING - Development Application 10.2017.715.1 Farm Stay Accommodation 252 Middle Pocket Road Middle Pocket......................................................................................... 153

13.21   PLANNING - Development Application 10.2017.600.1 - Strata Subdivision to create two (2) Strata Lots at 10 Rangal Road, Ocean Shores ...................................................................... 172

13.22   PLANNING - 24.2017.82.1 'Housekeeping' Amendment - Byron DCP 2014 (Various Chapters)....................................................................................................................................... 184

13.23   Expressions of Interest for the Multi Use of Byron Shire Rail Corridor........................ 192

13.24   Update - Barrio Eatery and Bar, 1 Porter Street, Byron Bay - Enforcement proceedings 194

Infrastructure Services

13.25   Loan Funding - Eureka Bridge Embankment Repairs and Replacement of Five Bridges 197

13.26   Tyagarah Clothes Optional Declaration - results of the enhanced stakeholder safety initiatives of Res 17-499 and Res 17-715................................................................................................. 203

13.27   Interim Parking Permits - fees and charges................................................................. 208

13.28   Tyagarah Airfield Plan Management  .......................................................................... 213

13.29   Water and Sewer Equivalent Tenements Policy.......................................................... 217

13.30   Review of Council's Smoke Free Outdoor Areas Policy.............................................. 219

13.31   Ewingsdale Road and Sunrise Boulevard Roundabout ............................................... 222   

14.  Reports of Committees

Corporate and Community Services

14.1     Report of the Audit, Risk and Improvement Committee Meeting held on 30 November 2017     231

14.2     Report of the Audit, Risk and Improvement Committee Meeting held on 15 February 2018       234

Infrastructure Services

14.3     Report of the Transport and Infrastructure Advisory Committee Meeting held on 13 February 2018....................................................................................................................................... 237

14.4     Report of the Local Traffic Committee Meeting held on 12 February 2018................. 240   

15Questions With Notice

15.1     Agglomerated Data on Dwelling Supply in Byron Shire............................................... 244

15.2     Byron Bay Bypass......................................................................................................... 245   

16.  Confidential Reports

Corporate and Community Services

16.1     Confidential - Development Application 10.2017.474.1 multidwelling housing consisting of twenty five (25) 1 bedrooms 70-90 Station Street Mullumbimby................................. 246

Infrastructure Services

16.2     Confidential - Tender 2017-0053 Replace 5 Bridges Evaluation Recommendation 248

16.3     Confidential - Tender 2017-0011 Suffolk Park Community Hall Upgrade........... 250

16.4     Confidential - Tender 2017-0014 Construction of Concrete Roundabout and Road Reconstruction at the Intersection of Bayshore Drive and Ewingsdale Road, Byron Bay 252

16.5     Confidential - Tender 2017-0064 Blindmouth Creek Crossing Tender Evaluation 254

16.6     Confidential - Tender 2017-0027 Suffolk Beachfront Holiday Park Alterations and Additions to Existing Amenities Building........................................................................................... 256

16.7     Confidential - Aquisition of land for 5 Bridges Replacement Program................. 258

16.8     Confidential - Tender 2017-0066 Landslip Remediation....................................... 259  

 

 

 

 

Councillors are encouraged to ask questions regarding any item on the business paper to the appropriate Director prior to the meeting. Any suggested amendments to the recommendations should be provided to Councillor Support prior to the meeting to allow the changes to be typed and presented on the overhead projector at the meeting.

 


BYRON SHIRE COUNCIL

Mayoral Minute                                                                                                                         8.1

 

 

Mayoral Minute

 

Mayoral Minute No. 8.1       Mercato

File No:                                  I2018/408

 

  

 

I move that Council amend condition 49 of DA 10.2013.587.1 to extend construction works to Saturday, from 7am – 6pm.

 

 

 

 

Background Notes:

 

Council granted development consent to the ‘Mercato on Byron’ proposal subject to conditions 30 October 2014.

 

‘Mercato on Byron’ is a commercial retail development on Jonson Street to include a brand new Woolworths supermarket, a nine-auditoria Palace Cinema and a range of boutique speciality retailers.

 

Construction of this development is progressing.

 

Following a meeting held with Council staff about the development, construction phases and time to opening, a request has been received from the developer to extend the approved construction hours on a Saturday.

 

The current approved construction times are as follows:

 

33)    Demolition/Construction times

Construction works must not unreasonably interfere with the amenity of the neighbourhood. In particular construction noise, when audible from adjoining residential premises, can only occur:

a)      Monday to Friday, from 7 am to 6 pm.

b)      Saturday, from 8 am to 1 pm.

No construction work to take place on Saturdays and Sundays adjacent to Public Holidays and Public Holidays and the Construction Industry Awarded Rostered Days Off (RDO) adjacent to Public Holidays.

Note: Council may impose on-the-spot fines for non-compliance with this condition. 

 

The developer seeks an extension of time only on Saturday to between 7am and 6pm.

 

This minor extension to the afternoon hours would see an acceleration of work on site to achieve a project completion by end 2018 instead of mid 2019. The impacts of the development

during the construction process were assessed previously as part of the development approval.  Conditions are already in place to address construction noise.

 

The benefit to the Town Centre and its amenity and function from the extension to construction hours on a Saturday are the completion of the ‘Mercato on Byron’ earlier than proposed.

 

Signed:   Cr Simon Richardson  


BYRON SHIRE COUNCIL

Notices of Motion                                                                                                                    9.1

 

 

Notices of Motion

 

Notice of Motion No. 9.1     Independent review of Byron Shire Council’s organisation and governance

File No:                                  I2018/217

 

  

 

I move that Council engage an independent consultant to undertake an organisation and governance review of the council to provide information for the incoming General Manager and the community in relation to the current state of Byron Shire Council, and that the review should consider:

 

1.       Council’s compliance with: current legislation and BSC policy and strategic frameworks

 

2.       A review of current policies, procedures and practices in relation to:

a)         community consultation and community engagement processes including committees

b)        compliance management

c)         tendering procedures

d)        public land management including leases and licences

e)         human resources management

f)         internal audit processes

g)        infrastructure management

h)        financial and investment management

i)          planning and development application processes

 

3.       A review of best practice policies, including information to improve current systems in relation to all areas identified in part 2

 

Attachments:

 

1        Confidential - Internal Audit Review Report - Corporate Compliance & Policy Management OCM, E2017/108208  

2        Confidential - Internal Audit Review Report - Buildings and Property Management OCM, E2018/10497  

3        Confidential - Quote to perform Compliance and Governance Review 020318, E2018/17273  

4        Confidential - Internal audit activity status report, E2018/9927  

 

 

Signed:   Cr Simon Richardson

 

Councillor’s supporting information:

 

With the process underway to replace out going General Manager, we have a good window of opportunity to ensure that Council’s house is in order when we appoint a new General Manager and any needs for the organisation’s improved efficiency are made clear. I believe this review would be a great benefit for the organisation and the new General Manager.

 

Source of Funds (if applicable):

To be determined by staff


 

Staff comments by Anna Vinfield, Manager Corporate Services, Corporate and Community Services:

(Management Comments must not include formatted recommendations – resolution 11-979)

 

Officers have sought a proposal from Council’s appointed audit, risk and improvement service provider O’Connor Marsden and Associates (OCM) to address the above mentioned review.  OCM’s proposal is included as per attachment 3 and outlined in this response.

 

In addition to the proposal from OCM, it should also be noted that Council has an Audit, Risk and Improvement Committee, an adopted four-year audit program, and a significant body of previous audits which address some of the requested review components.

 

The below table outlines the review components and whether these have been addressed previously or are included on the forward audit plan.

 

Review components

Comments

1. Current legislation and BSC policy and strategic frameworks

OCM completed a review of Council’s corporate compliance and policy management in November 2017, finding that no matters of significance (high or extreme risk) were identified.

Previously Grant Thornton completed a review of Council’s governance and complaints handling in 2015-16, with an overall rating of acceptable.

Grant Thornton also conducted a review of Council’s Business Continuity Plan (BCP) and Disaster Recover Plan (DRP) in 2016-2017.

OCM will complete a further review of Council’s BCP and DRP in 2019-20, as well as reviews of risk management (2019-20), project management (2019-20) and grants management (2018-19). 

2. a) Community consultation and community engagement processes including committees

OCM will conduct a review of Council’s customer service in 2018-19.

Community consultation and engagement has not specifically been included on the four-year audit plan.

b) Compliance management

Grant Thornton conducted a Regulatory Enforcement review in 2014-15.

c) Tendering procedures

A contract management review was completed by Grant Thornton in 2013-14. Grant Thornton also completed an inventory control review in 2015-16 and a procurement review was undertaken in 2015-16.

OCM will conduct a review of Council’s procurement and tendering processes in 2020-21.

d) Public land management including leases and licences

Leases were addressed as part of the January 2018 Buildings and Property Audit conducted by OCM.

Public land management has not been undertaken with either Grant Thornton or OCM.

e) Human resources management

A work, health and safety review was conducted by Grant Thornton in 2014-15. Grant Thornton also completed a further review of training, recruitment and succession planning in 2016-17.

OCM will complete a review of Council’s succession planning and talent management in 2019-20.

f) Internal audit processes

An independent review of Council’s internal audit processes has not been or scheduled to be undertaken.

g) Infrastructure management

OCM conducted a review of Council’s building and property management in February 2018. As part of this review, OCM concluded that opportunities to increase effectiveness in building and property management were identified.

OCM will conduct a further review of Council’s asset management in 2020-21, and pay parking systems and processes.

Water supply and sewer infrastructure were reviewed by Grant Thornton in 2013-14. Grant Thornton also reviewed Council’s asset management (key asset infrastructure) in 2016-17.

h) Financial and investment management

OCM will complete reviews of Council’s payroll and cash management in 2018-19.

Grant Thornton completed a financial controls including investments review in 2013-2014 and billings and collections review at Council in 2014-15.

i) Planning and development application processes

Section 603 and 149 Certificates were reviewed by Grant Thornton in 2013-14. Grant Thornton also completed a development assessments review in 2015-16 and developer contributions review in 2016-17.

OCM are scheduled to conduct a review of Council’s development assessment and developer contributions in 2020-21.

 

Role of the Audit, Risk and Improvement Committee

 

Council’s Audit, Risk and Improvement Committee reports to Council independently of management and provides appropriate advice and recommendations on matters concerning the good corporate governance of Council including performance improvement and risk management.

                                                                                                                            

The objective of the Committee is to provide professional, independent advice and assistance to Council in assessing the organisation’s audit, compliance, risk and improvement performance.  The Committee is assisted by appointed auditors.

 

At Council’s Ordinary meeting on 22 June 2017, Council resolved (17-252) to appoint O’Connor Marsden and Associates (OCM) as the audit, risk and improvement service provider for the four year contract period 2017 – 2021. OCM offers extensive experience in the fields of internal audit, probity audit, procurement, risk management, governance and workplace conduct.

 

Audit program

 

OCM conducted an internal audit review of Council’s Corporate Compliance and Policy Management in November 2017, which reviewed Council’s framework for complying with legislation and its policy objectives (addressing points 1 and 2b of the motion). OCM’s report (Confidential Attachment 1) includes their findings and management response from staff. 

 

During the internal audit, evidence of better practice of corporate compliance and policy management was noted, which included:

·    Council representatives interviewed indicated that they had a strong corporate compliance culture;

·    Council has documented many of its corporate compliance obligations into its Policies and Procedures;

·    For many of its policies and procedures Council provides training to Councillors and its workforce to ensure that they understand the importance of those specific corporate compliance obligations.  Key examples include the induction process, changes to payroll awards, and code of conduct; and

·    Council staff members work with specialised local government networks to stay abreast of changes to corporate compliance requirements.

 

During this review, no matters of significance (high or extreme risk) were identified.  A number of improvements were recommended which are being progressed by officers.  These include:

·    Corporate Compliance Framework

·    Prioritising compliance obligations

·    Improvements to integrity controls

 

In January 2018, OCM completed an internal audit review of buildings and property management (addressing point 2g of the motion). The audit was comprehensive and reviewed a number of business units. OCM’s report has been attached to this report (Confidential Attachment 2).

 

During this review, no matters of significance (high or extreme risk) were identified.  A number of improvements were recommended and officers are progressing to develop a more detailed work program of how to implement the recommendations.  These include:

·    Asset Management Framework – Asset Management Working Group

·    Asset Management Framework – Allocation of Asset Management Responsibilities

·    Corporate Knowledge

·    Lease, Licence and Management Contracts

·    Section 355 Managed Community Facilities

 

OCM will conduct further internal audit reviews of Council practices and processes as part of their four-year audit program. A schedule of these reviews, which cover a number of points raised in the motion, is contained in Council’s Internal Audit Plan (endorsed by Council at its 26 October 2017 Ordinary Meeting) and is listed below:

·    Fraud and Corruption Control

·    IT User Access

·    Cash Management

·    Payroll

·    Customer Service

·    Pay Parking Systems and Processes

·    Grants Management

·    Project Management

·    Risk Management

·    BC/DR Planning

·    Succession Planning and Talent Management

·    Asset Management

·    Child Care Services

·    Development Assessment and Developer Contributions

·    Procurement and Tendering

 

Previous audit program

 

Prior to OCM’s appointment, Grant Thornton was Council’s internal auditor.  Their audit program included:

·    Financial Controls including investments (2013-2014)

·    Contract Management and Project Management Review (2013-2014)

·    Water Supply and Sewer Infrastructure (2013-2014)

·    Dealing with Emergencies Review 2014 (2013-2014)

·    Section 603 & 149 Certificates Review (2013-2014)

·    Regulatory Enforcement Review (2014-2015)

·    Billings and Collections (2014-2015)

·    Work Health & Safety Review (2014-2015)

·    Inventory Control Review (2015-2016)

·    Governance and Complaints Handling (2015-2016)

·    Development Assessments Review (2015-2016)

·    Procurement Review (2015-2016)

·    Developer Contributions Review (2016-2017)

·    Training, Recruitment and Succession Review (2016-2017)

·    Business Continuity Plan/Disaster Recover Plan (2016-2017)

·    Asset Management – Key Asset Infrastructure (2016-2017)

 

A status update on these audits and their recommendations is included at Attachment 4.

 

Organisation and governance review proposal

 

Council staff have liaised with OCM regarding the motion and received a quotation for the proposed audits to be undertaken (Confidential Attachment 3), which proposes a four stage approach for the engagement which would be conducted as follows:

 

1. Consider Council’s Legislative Compliance Approach;

2. Perform a detailed review of the current policies, procedures and practices;

3. Compare Council’s policies, processes and practices to better practice; and

4. Collate the results.

 

The engagement is expected to take 82 days, with a proposed fee of $110,700 (excluding GST). The breakdown of the proposed fee per phase, as well as a draft schedule for the audit, is contained in Confidential Attachment 3.

 

There is an opportunity to reduce the scope of the audit by conducting desktop reviews or limiting the business areas to be tested.

 

Financial/Resource/Legal Implications:

 

The proposed fee is $110,700.  This is not included in the 2017/18 budget and to proceed would require Council to allocate a budget to do so to comply with resolution 18-111 part 5

 

That Council reaffirm that no expenditure is to occur without an approved budget backed by resolution of Council.

 

To fund the quoted expenditure, Council would need to reduce current budget allocations or assign funds from an internal reserve away from the purpose of the reserve to undertake this task.

 

Is the proposal consistent with any Delivery Program tasks?

 

Yes

 

CORPORATE MANAGEMENT:  Effective leadership and ethical and accountable decision making

 

Objective CM1 Effective governance, business, project and financial management

Strategy CM1.1 Council will be efficient, transparent and accountable to all its stakeholders

 

Strategy CM1.3 Improve organisational sustainability (economic, social, environmental and governance)

 

 


BYRON SHIRE COUNCIL

Notices of Motion                                                                                                                    9.2

 

 

Notice of Motion No. 9.2     Funding for the Implementation of Town Masterplan Projects

File No:                                  I2018/389

 

  

 

I move that Council:

 

1.       Acknowledge  the important work completed by those involved in the Byron Bay Masterplan and the subsequent work by the Byron Bay Town Centre Master Plan Leadership Group

2.       Acknowledge the importance of ensuring the recommendations and projects identified within the development of masterplans are enacted and implemented

3.       Acknowledge the importance of ensuring recurrent funding is identified and reserved to implement works and recommendations within these masterplans.

4.       Ensure that, at least 50% of paid parking revenue allocations to Byron Bay are reserved for implementing masterplan projects.

 

 

 

 

 

Signed:   Cr Simon Richardson

 

Councillor’s supporting information:

 

A Masterplan needs to live and breathe and not simply sit on shelf and all too often, this has been the case.

 

Very early on, Council understood the need for ensuring that projects and recommendations emanating from the masterplan could be funded and implemented.  Whilst Council does have section 94 funds that can be used for masterplan projects, they would obviously need to be decided by Council and prioritised against other projects, in other areas.

 

This is how most things receive funding and this is an appropriate funding process that could be applied to masterplan projects also.

 

However, I believe the Masterplan requires a more explicit, transparent and recurrent funding process to ensure that projects are funded and can come to life.

 

The Byron Bay Town Centre Master Plan Leadership Group (BBTCMP-LG) have spent many months and in some cases years working to deliver both a wonderful and much needed masterplan and to deliver projects identified within it. 

 

With a recurrent funding source they can begin to prioritise projects more accurately, begin to work on philanthropic partnerships, and begin to seek external grants to compliment or match these clearly identified funding levels.

 

The Masterplan process was one of the most widely engaged with council endeavours in our history, certainly by far within my 10 years on council,  and the final presentations shared to two full Community Centre local audiences illustrated the broad consensus that works were needed and that this was a robust, exciting, relevant and supported guidebook for future town planning.

 

 

 

Staff comments by James Brickley, Manager Finance, Corporate and Community Services:

(Management Comments must not include formatted recommendations – resolution 11-979)

 

Parts 1 to 3 of this Notice of Motion is requesting Council to acknowledge the following:

 

·    The important work completed by those involved in the Byron Bay Masterplan and the subsequent work by the Byron Bay Town Centre Master Plan Leadership Group

·    The importance of ensuring the recommendations and projects identified within the development of masterplans are enacted and implemented

·    The importance of ensuring recurrent funding is identified and reserved to implement works and recommendations within these masterplans.

 

Part 4 of this Notice of Motion is requiring Council to reallocate 50% of paid parking revenue for Byron Bay to implementation of Masterplan projects.  The financial implications of Part 4 are as follows:

 

Financial/Resource/Legal Implications:

 

From the outset, it is a matter for Council to determine the allocation of pay parking revenue.  The only restriction to this is that the pay parking revenue generated on the Main Beach Crown Reserve less an apportionment of cost to manage the pay parking scheme must be allocated to and expended on the Main Beach Crown Reserve.

 

Council at its Ordinary Meeting held on 1 February 2018 most recently confirmed by resolution how pay parking revenue is to be allocated as follows:

 

18-023 Resolved:

 

1. That Council note:

 

i) the commitment to ensure ‘at least 50%’ of paid parking revenue from Byron Bay is committed to projects in Byron Bay has been met;

 

ii) Shire-wide community support for paid parking is based on an equitable distribution of revenue throughout the Shire to address impacts on infrastructure from tourism.

 

2. That Council affirm that 50% of all non-Crown paid parking revenue from Byron Bay continue to be used to fund projects in Byron Bay.

 

3. That the distribution of all paid parking revenue be reviewed should additional paid parking schemes be implemented.

 

4. That in order to provide information on the projects funded by revenue obtained from paid parking, Council produce a paid parking information table on its website that clearly displays: estimated revenue, particular projects, estimated cost of project, actual cost of project, and completion status of project.                                                       (Cameron/Richardson)

 

If part 4 of this Notice of Motion is linked to resolution 18-023 and utilising the actual pay parking revenues generated for the 2016/2017 financial year, the table below presents an indicative amount of pay parking revenue that would be directed to Byron Bay Town Centre Masterplan projects.  This represents 50% of the 50% of non-Crown pay parking revenue allocated to Byron Bay or in other words 25% of all non-Crown pay parking revenue.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Item

Value $

Gross parking meter and permit revenue

3,518,336

Less: Parking scheme operational costs

(1,061,881)

Net revenue available

2,456,455

Less: Apportionment of net revenue to Crown Pay Parking Reserve

(484,578)

Remaining revenue available

1,971,877

50% remaining revenue allocated to Byron Bay

985,939

50% remaining revenue from Byron Bay reallocated to Town Centre Masterplan projects

492,969

 

Based on the table above, Council as a guide would be reallocating in the vicinity of $500,000 per annum of pay parking revenue to Byron Bay Town Centre Masterplan projects.

 

Council through the budget process and subsequent quarterly budget reviews has fully allocated all non-Crown pay parking revenue expected to be derived in the 2017/2018 financial year including any unexpended non-Crown pay parking revenue brought forward from the 2016/2017 financial year assuming all funded projects are completed.  It is recommended that should Council adopt this Notice of Motion, the structural change to the allocation of pay parking revenue not commence until the 2018/2019 financial year.

 

Council Improvement Plan (CIP)

 

Council in June 2015 submitted it’s adopted CIP to the Independent Pricing and Regulatory Tribunal (IPART) for assessment on behalf of the NSW Government.  Following that assessment, Council was declared ‘Fit for the Future’.  In the CIP Council made a number of commitments to meet pre-determined benchmarks by 2019/2020.  These commitments included the following:

 

·    Introduction of pay parking with revenue allocated to asset renewal.

·    Introduction of a Special Rate Variation of 10% per annum for four years with Council subsequently implementing a 7.5% Special Rate Variation for four years.

·    Rationalisation and sale of surplus land assets including Lot 12 Bayshore Drive to fund asset renewal with Council subsequently determining not to sell this property and consider other uses.

 

If part 4 of this Notice of Motion is adopted by Council, this will also change Council’s CIP position given the reallocation of pay parking funds to what could be considered in the main new assets in lieu of asset renewal.  New assets will also create future maintenance obligations to be funded once constructed. It is not clear what will be required after 2019/2020 in respect of the projections Council indicated it would achieve in its CIP and it would seem the emphasis on ‘Fit for the Future’ has gone off the local government agenda in NSW.  However, the Office of Local Government are requiring Council annually to report against the CIP benchmarks so this is something Council should consider and whether other decisions need to be made in relation to CIP outcomes considering decisions already made and the decision presented in part 4 of this Notice of Motion.

 

Summary

 

It is a matter for Council to determine where and how pay parking revenue derived is allocated.  Council has made commitments to the CIP in June 2015 by resolution that focused on addressing asset maintenance and renewal. Pay parking revenue was a significant contributor to the CIP outcomes and Council’s declaration as ‘Fit for the Future’. Council has subsequently made commitments to the Town Masterplan process and implementation of those outcomes which will in many instances create new assets and not address asset renewal.  Should Council adopt part 4 of this Notice of Motion, it will provide a recurrent funding source for the implementation of Byron Bay Town Centre Masterplan projects but reduce funding to asset renewal and the ability to reduce infrastructure backlog.  However, the determination of what is the priority for the use of pay parking revenue is a decision for Council but it is important whatever decision Council determines it is aware of the potential implications of the decision may create. 

 

Is the proposal consistent with any Delivery Program tasks?

 

Strategy SC2.4 - “Create vibrant liveable places and spaces within towns and villages for people of all ages and abilities”

 

Action: Develop town and village Masterplans that promote place-making, access and inclusion

 

Operational Plan 2017-2018 (YEAR 1): Continue to implement Byron Bay Town Centre Masterplan

 

Definition of the project/task:

Acknowledging the importance of the Masterplan projects and nominating a recurrent funding stream to implement Masterplan projects. Council consideration of reallocating part of pay parking revenue to this purpose.

 

 


BYRON SHIRE COUNCIL

Notices of Motion                                                                                                                    9.3

 

 

Notice of Motion No. 9.3     Future of Local Government - 21st Century Community Governance

File No:                                  I2018/400

 

  

 

I move that Council:

 

1.       Endorse the Future of Local Government Declaration as attached and the following ‘key principles’ to assist Council to ‘play a valued and effective role in a new system of community-based governance’ to meet the needs and challenges of the community in the twenty first century. Councils need to;

 

·   Have the courage to embrace the future and take informed risks to bring about necessary change

 

·   Learn how to be community led, making space for communities to take action themselves, and responding positively to local initiatives

 

·   Deepen their understanding of communities, listening to all their people and engaging with them in new and different ways that reflect community diversity (‘Dadirri’ deep listening, understanding and communication)

 

·   Empower citizens through participatory and deliberative democracy, including community boards, precinct committees, cooperatives, citizens juries and others

 

·   Embrace new ways of working to ensure that local needs are met through joined-up planning and services

 

·   Forge more local and regional partnerships that address issues and drive change at community, state and federal levels

 

·   Promote local networks, co-production of goods and services, and moves to ‘reclaim the Commons’.

2.     Embed the key principles and ideas in the Declaration into the

        development and delivery of community engagement and services.

 

3.     Note the adoption of the Declaration and endorsement of the key

        principles by the Executive Team as an administrative tool to support operations.

 

 

Attachments:

 

1        Future of Local Government Declaration, E2018/17762

 


 

Signed:   Cr Basil Cameron

 

Councillor’s supporting information:

 

At the December Strategic Planning Workshops, Councillors received and discussed a presentation by staff on the significant challenges facing local government in adapting to rapid change, community expectations and emerging methods of community engagement in the twenty first century.

 

The presentation included a review of the Future of Local Government Declaration and key principles developed at the Municipal Association of Victoria conference in May 2017.  The Declaration is attached.

 

Actions already resolved upon and implemented by Council following the December workshop include the establishment of the Community Solutions Panel as a way of applying the key principles in an innovative approach to deliberative democracy.

 

The Workshop also discussed the initiative of the Executive Team in adopting the Declaration and endorsement of the key principles as ‘an administrative tool to support operations’.

 

Endorsement of the Declaration and key principles by Council signifies our commitment to consider new and effective ways of reaching deeper into our community for inspiration and to work together in a new era of effective collaboration.

 

The Declaration and key principles support Council’s commitment to other statements of principles and action that help guide the way in implementing policy such as Planning for People: A Community Charter for Good Planning in NSW.

 

Dadirri is an indigenous practice of deep listening, communication and understanding increasingly recognised as a useful tool in considered decision making as part of deliberative democracy processes.

 

Recommended priority relative to other Delivery Plan tasks:

 

The key principles can be adopted as part of all delivery plan tasks

 

Definition of the project/task:

 

Council endorse the Declaration and key principles and that these are expressed and practiced in all areas of Council operations and decision making.

 

Source of Funds (if applicable):

 

Within existing budgets.

 

Staff comments by Anna Vinfield, Manager Corporate Services, Corporate and Community Services and Shannon McKelvey, Manager Organisation Development

(Management Comments must not include formatted recommendations – resolution 11-979)

 

At the December 2017 Strategic Planning Workshop, it was agreed that management would trial using the principles of the Future of Local Government declaration as a way of improving the way we do our business with a review in mid-2018. The strategic direction that Council has been taking for some years is aligned with the principles, for example, Council has:

·   moved to a ‘master planning’ approach to empower communities to shape their local areas;

·   been reviewing services to improve collaboration and move away from ‘silos’ towards place-based services;

·   had a Financial Sustainability Plan in place since 2014, with a chapters dedicated to volunteerism, innovation, collaboration and partnerships;

·   in November 2017 adopted its innovative ‘Supporting Partnerships Policy;

·   facilitated participatory budgeting and prioritisation processes for small specific projects, for example for works in Ocean Shores and more recently grant funding priorities

·   supported community-led initiatives, like ZEB whose objectives include harnessing community expertise and energy to work to create a zero emissions community.

 

A key outcome from the Community Strategic Plan engagement undertaken in November and December 2017 was that community would like to be more involved in decision-making. 

 

Council resolved to progress a deliberative-democracy Community Solutions Panel to tackle its infrastructure challenge and inform its next Delivery Program (Resolution 18-027). As part of this recommendation, officers will review the panel process and report the outcomes to the Communications Advisory Panel. This review will occur in first quarter 2018/19 following the adoption of the Delivery Program.

 

There are a number of ‘wicked’ problems that Council faces which could be presented to a future deliberative process.  This is under review by officers.  

 

In addition, officers are reviewing Council’s engagement strategy that will be workshopped with the Communications Advisory Panel.

 

Financial/Resource/Legal Implications:

 

Using deliberative processes can be resource intensive – both in staff time and financial implications.   Some community-led initiatives or joined-up service delivery projects can be cost neutral or even cost beneficial to Council, however, others can have significant time or cost implications.

 

Officers will need to review the opportunities each project and service presents and determine the potential for community-leadership/delivery, taking into account financial, resourcing and legal implications.

 

Is the proposal consistent with any Delivery Program tasks?

 

Yes – CM2.1.2 action is to “Incorporate inclusive community consultation and stakeholder engagement in Council decision making”.

 

In addition Council’s new draft Community Strategic Plan which is currently on public exhibition includes an overarching objective that “we have community-led decision making which is open and inclusive”.

 

 

 


BYRON SHIRE COUNCIL

Notices of Motion                                                                                                                    9.4

 

 

Notice of Motion No. 9.4     Public Access - Budget Estimates

File No:                                  I2018/402

 

  

 

I move:

 

1.       That the Finance Advisory Committee (FAC) conduct a Public Access (Budget Estimates) meeting during the exhibition of the 2018/19 draft budget to allow for questions from members of the public on the draft budget to be addressed by the General Manager and Directors.

         

2.       That the objectives of the Public Access (Budget Estimates) meeting are

 

a)    Promote understanding of the structure and content of Council finances and budget process

b)    Provide opportunity for residents to seek and receive detailed responses to questions on items in the draft budget.

c)    Provide opportunity for staff and Councillors to engage with residents in an informative and open manner.

d)    Encourage submissions on the draft budget during the exhibition period.

 

3.      That Council adopt the timing and procedure of the meeting in the ‘Proposal’ in the attached Councillor notes as the model for a Public Access (Budget Estimates) meeting.

 

4.      That a media release, website notice and social media engagement announce the concept of the Public Access (Budget Estimates) and similar measures are utilised with details of the arrangements for the key dates during the budget prior to the meeting at which Council adopts the draft budget for exhibition in the ’Proposal’ as set out in the attached Councillor notes.

 

 

 

 

 

Signed:   Cr Basil Cameron

 

Councillor’s supporting information:

 

Council has established a Community Solutions Panel (CSP) to inform Council and the 2018/19 budget of priorities for infrastructure spending.  A key aspect of the CSP is for panelists to be provided with and to seek detailed information on Council finances and process in forming recommendations.

 

The same principle can be applied to informing the community on finances, administration and the choices and challenges confronting Council and the community.

 

Staff have recently proposed an improved budget process for Councillors that incorporates an additional all Councillor workshop solely on the budget.

 

This is also consistent with the recent commitment by the Executive team to the Future of Local Government Declaration Key Principles as referred to and set out in another Notice of Motion to this meeting.

 

The Proposal is that the meeting be timed in line with the following budget timeframes

 

          Week 1 - Council exhibits adopted draft budget and invites submissions.

          Week 2 - Registration of questions

          Week 3 - CSP meets

          Week 4 - Submissions close

 

A meeting in week three provides residents with the opportunity of looking at the documents prior to the meeting and still have time to finalise a submission.

 

The public access meeting occur in week three of the exhibition with GM, SEE, CIS, CCS directorates rotating throughout the day.

 

          9.30 - 10.45

          11.15  - 1.00

          1.00- 2.00 Lunch

          2.00 - 3.15

          3.45 - 5.00

 

The meeting to be held in the chambers and be open to the pubic. A live social media engagement be included for publication of questions and answers.

 

Residents can register questions during week two so that staff have time to provide a response to the resident prior to the meeting, which is published. A satisfied resident may choose not to ask a question at the meeting. Those seeking clarification or to ask a supplementary question can choose to ask the question at the meeting. This should maximise the number of questions considered and provide for higher quality responses.

 

The queue for questions be determined at the end of week two by order of registrations or by ballot if the number of registrations for each directorate exceeds 10.  No more than 10 responses for each directorate to be provided at any time with the queue moving as satisfied residents opt not to progress to asking a question at the meeting. Time may prevent responses from being received by residents prior to the meeting when the queue moves beyond the first 10

 

Where more than one question is received from a resident, it may be considered once all first questions have progressed in the queue. Only one question from a resident will be included in any ballot to determine the queue.

 

Procedure at meeting with a realistic expectation of eight or more questions being answered for each directorate.

 

     Question displayed on screens.

     Resident has one to two minutes to put question.

     Staff response three minutes.

     Councillors may ask followup questions of staff.

     Finance Advisory Committee may make recommendations to Council regarding improvements, procedure, presentation of information and any other matter that improves access to and understanding of information.

 

All questions with responses generated through the meeting procedure be published.

 

Recommended priority relative to other Delivery Plan tasks:

 

High priority in budget development and exhibition process. Improving community engagement should be a high priority.

 

Definition of the project/task:

 

Organise and deliver a Public Access (Budget Estimates) meeting of the Finance Advisory Committee as set out in the Councillor notes.

 

Source of Funds (if applicable):

 

Staff time within existing budgets

 

Staff comments by Anna Vinfield, Manager Corporate Services and James Brickley, Manager Finance, Corporate and Community Services:

(Management Comments must not include formatted recommendations – resolution 11-979)

 

Council has committed to hold a Community Solutions Panel to inform the next Delivery Program.  The panel is meeting during March (7, 10, 24, 25 March) and will provide their recommendations to Councillors on 5 2018 April at their Strategic Planning Workshop.

 

The draft Delivery Program and Budget will be presented to Council at either the 19 April 2017 Ordinary Meeting or an Extraordinary Meeting in May 2018 for endorsement for public exhibition. These documents will then be placed on public exhibition for 28 days with any submissions considered by management prior to the final Delivery Program, Operational Plan and Budget being adopted before 30 June 2018.

 

As part of public exhibition, it was proposed that an extensive communications and engagement program will be implemented to seek stakeholder and community feedback.  This would include media release, e-news, advertising, social media and your say online survey.  As part of this process a two hour community workshop after office hours could be held.

 

The workshop would provide an overview of the budget process, funding sources, key projects and provide an opportunity for questions from the community.

 

Officers consider that a 2 hour workshop would be more productive.

 

There is a Finance Advisory Committee proposed for 17 May 2018 that will have agenda items to consider in addition to the Draft 2018/2019 Budget Estimates.

 

It is also important that any process around the budget estimates is also linked to the draft Delivery and Operational Plans to ensure that the integration between these documents remain intact.

 

Financial/Resource/Legal Implications:

 

Should Council endorse a two hour workshop, limited additional staff time would be required.  Advertising expenditure could be included within existing budget allocation.

 

The proposal outlined in this Notice of Motion will require extensive staff attendance and preparation time.

 

Is the proposal consistent with any Delivery Program tasks?

 

Yes – CM2.1.2 action is to “Incorporate inclusive community consultation and stakeholder engagement in Council decision making”.

 

In addition Council’s new draft Community Strategic Plan which is currently on public exhibition includes an overarching objective that “we have community-led decision making which is open and inclusive”.

 


BYRON SHIRE COUNCIL

Notices of Motion                                                                                                                    9.5

 

 

Notice of Motion No. 9.5     Water Sensitive Urban Design

File No:                                  I2018/403

 

  

 

I move:

 

1.       That Council develop a strategy to embed and mainstream Water Sensitive Urban Design (WSUD) into Council's planning instruments and policies.

 

2.       That formulation of the Strategy consider fundamental changes in various development area ratios to retain pervious areas instead of increasing catchment runoff. 

 

3.       That the changes made under this strategy on WSUD aim to:

 

·        reduce flood risk in urban areas

·        improve water quality in streams, waterbodies and groundwater

·        consume less of our water resources

·        reduce the cost of providing and maintaining water and sewer infrastructure

·        protect and restore aquatic and riparian ecosystems and habitats; and

·        protect the scenic, landscape and recreational values of streams and other waterbodies.

 

4.       That the WSUD Strategy generates changes that:

 

·        promote and encourage WSUD in urban areas

·        provide guidance and support for businesses and residents to implement WSUD

·        give incentives for the implementation of WSUD in new and existing development

 

5.       That progress on the WSUD Strategy be reported to each Water, Waste and Sewerage Advisory Committee and the Coastal Estuary Catchment Panel quarterly meeting, starting with their next meetings in June 2018.

 

 

Attachments:

 

1        South East QLD Healthy Waterways Partnership, 'Concept Design Guidelines for Water Sensitive Urban Design', E2018/18696

2        Raingarden Factsheet, E2018/18697

3        Ballina Shire Council Urban Stormwater Management Plan, E2018/17837

4        Water Sensitive Designs - waterbydesign, E2018/17838

 

 

Signed:   Cr Cate Coorey

 

Councillor’s supporting information:

 

The National Water Initiative defines water sensitive urban design as:

The integration of urban planning with the management, protection and conservation of the urban water cycle that ensures urban water management is sensitive to natural hydrological and ecological cycles.

Whilst some of Byron Shire Council’s policies and planning instruments refer to WSUD, there is no overall strategy that places WSUD as a priority principle in planning and development. This NoM seeks to implement WSUD as a cross-cutting issue in all aspects of planning, design and implementation in Council’s activities and in private development. WSUD policies are already in place in many Local Government Areas.

 

Byron suffers many of the negative impacts of urban development on the natural water cycle such as increased flooding, accelerated sedimentation, poor water quality in urban watercourses, degraded aquatic systems and the high cost of providing urban water infrastructure. Water sensitive design  - both in new developments and retrofitted to existing developments can help to counteract many of these impacts.

 

Often these problems have been compounded by traditional stormwater drainage practices. Traditional water supply, stormwater and wastewater practices have been largely based on centralised collection, conveyance and treatment of water flows. Whilst highly effective, these methods can also have major drawbacks, such as inefficient use of water resources, environmental degradation and rising infrastructure and maintenance costs.

 

Water Sensitive Urban Design emphasises a decentralised approach that is more attuned to natural environmental processes. It focuses on on-site collection, treatment and utilisation of water flows as part of an integrated treatment path.

Elements in this path may include:

 

§ using roof water for toilets, washing machines, garden watering or even hot water systems

§ using runoff or wastewater for irrigation

§ infiltrating stormwater to underground aquifers (in areas not affected by urban salinity hazard)

§ using specially designed landscaping to cleanse runoff and conserve water – e.g. swales, raingardens and infiltration ponds.

 

Implementing a WSUD framework will require internal Council management responsibilities that foster consideration of the whole water cycle for the full asset lifecycle.  A multidisciplinary skillset will be required to consider all natural waterways and stormwater assets – across engineering, catchment management, hydrology and drainage design, geomorphology, soils, ecology and vegetation – as well as operational know-how in construction, on-ground works and bush regeneration.

 

There is a wealth of knowledge already in existence among particular areas of Council. Additionally, many many local governments already have WSUD strategies and policies in place so the ground work is there; we just need to adapt the principles to our specific locations.

 

Staff comments by James Flockton, Flood and Drainage Engineer, Infrastructure Services:

(Management Comments must not include formatted recommendations – resolution 11-979)

 

The notice of motion as moved is supported by staff. However, the following comments and information is provided to help guide the Council in their decision making.

 

Generally WSUD design principles can be implemented through two ways. Council can use WSUD principles as part of Infrastructure renewal and upgrades projects or developers can be required to use WSUD principles as part of the development process.

 

 

 

Infrastructure Works

 

Previously staff have implemented WSUD practices into drainage design when a simple cost effective WSUD solution has been available.  However, more involved expensive solutions have been avoided for three reasons.

 

i)    Council’s capital works budget historically has involved minimal drainage funding which has resulted in an aging and failing system. Council’s current maintenance budget cannot afford to maintain the existing drainage system, let alone fund expensive WSUD improvements.

 

ii)   WSUD solutions can reduce the scope of important road reconstruction projects because a WSUD system would typically be more expensive compared to a traditional system. Unless a simple cheap solution will work into the design.

 

iii)   Council’s maintenance budget has historically had minimal drainage funding making it very difficult to maintain the existing system. WSUD systems would place further pressure on this constrained budget. WSUD systems should not be built if Council cannot afford to maintain them.

 

Infiltration and / or rain gardens are being developed where feasible.  For example the proposed upgrade to Byron Street involves a rain garden along the middle of the upgraded section of Byron Street.  This project has been delayed until 2019.

 

Infrastructure Planning always consider impervious pavements as a design solution when planning projects, however, impervious pavements has not been found to be a practical solution in a project to date.

 

Previous works that involved WSUD design principles include:

 

·    The car park upgrade to Clarkes Beach car park sends water into a central garden prior to entering a traditional drainage system.

·    The Bangalow Wetland system treats stormwater leaving the Bangalow village centre.

·    The new sunrise roundabout has a bio-retention basin.

·    The recent South Golden Beach drainage upgrades have involved the use of soakage pits in line with WSUD practices.

·    The Cavanbah Centre car park uses WSUD principles.

·    A recent drainage system upgrade between Jarrah Crescent and Inderwong Avenue removed a pipe system and replaced it with an open drain which allows more infiltration than the previous pipe system.

·    Two large bio-retention basins are planned for the Bayshore roundabout.

 

Developments

 

Over development of lots with little or no impervious areas is a major cause of Byron Bay’s drainage issues. The original drainage system was not designed to have little pervious areas in the town centre. The town centre is now 95% impervious which results in all run off being directed to an old drainage system that would have been designed with 40-50% impervious areas.

 

All new development is required either at sub-division or building development stage to install on-site detention which results in the site maintaining pre-development flows. However, in larger events these detention systems will likely be overwhelmed because they cannot feasibly be built to handle larger and prolonged events.

 

Council’s DCP 2014 includes stormwater quality and treatment outcomes, but it avoided extensive requirements for WSUD principles. The above pre-development flow, quality and treatment requirements do, however, force developers to use some WSUD practices.  The reason the DCP does not require WSUD practices is because staff felt that Council do not have the funding to maintain the WSUD systems, therefore, developers should not be forced to install them.

 

The Northern Rivers Local Government Handbook of Stormwater Drainage Design, found at https://www.byron.nsw.gov.au/Services/Building-development/Plans-maps-and-guidelines/Development-design-manuals includes discussion on WSUD in sections 1.4-1.06

 

WSUD systems are more costly to maintain for two reasons.  Firstly annual maintenance costs to keep the systems running correctly and secondly replacement of vegetation, filtration media or sub-soil drainage at 15-30 year intervals.  Typically a traditional drainage system that has been built well will require minimal maintenance annually and replacement at 80-100 year intervals.

 

The Tallowood sub-division drainage system includes some WSUD principles and more recent sub-divisions in Bangalow also use these principles.

 

It is expected that the West Byron development will include WSUD design principles.

 

Financial/Resource/Legal Implications:

 

Staff do not currently have the resources to prepare the proposed documents in house, therefore, it would need to be developed through a consultant process.  The approximate costs would be as follows:

 

Policy Development:                                 $3,000-5,000

Shire wide WSUD Plan / Strategy:           $10 - 15,000

Update DCP:                                             Nil cost if completed as part of annual update

 

Should Council adopt as moved it is recommended that a budget of $25,000 be created as part of the resolution to fund the works.

 

Additionally Council’s drainage capital works and maintenance budgets do not increase as new developments come online. The maintenance budget typically increases marginally each year and the capital works budget typically relies upon the stormwater levy to fund drainage works. The stormwater levy can only be used to provide improved stormwater services, not maintenance or renewals.

 

The stormwater levy expenditure is currently planned for the next 10 years, resolving stormwater capacity issues. WSUD principles will be used on projects where feasible.

 

Should a WSUD strategy be developed it is recommended that triggers be developed to increase drainage maintenance budgets in line with the new WSUD assets coming on line each year. i.e more assets, more maintenance funding. A drainage reserve should also be created to fund the more costly repairs to WSUD infrastructure in the longer term. This will help ensure the systems are maintained and operate as per the original design expectations.

 

Is the proposal consistent with any Delivery Program tasks?

 

No

 


BYRON SHIRE COUNCIL

Notices of Motion                                                                                                                    9.6

 

 

Notice of Motion No. 9.6     Protection and Public Access - Scarabelottis Lookout and Keyes Bridge Reserve

File No:                                  I2018/404

 

  

 

I move:

 

1.       That Council facilitate a meeting to discuss with residents, interested community groups and adjacent landowners the development of a protection and access plan for Scarabelottis Lookout at Coorabell and Keyes Bridge Reserve at Federal.

 

2.       That discussions of possible actions include;

 

          a)  Community driven education, signage and social media engagement to inform

               visitors of the environmental and cultural values of each site.

          b)  Increased compliance by rangers to deter illegal camping.

          c)  Consideration by Local Traffic Committee of signage to limit roadside parking

               and ensure public safety.

          d)  Restricting vehicular access to the sites.

          e)  Not allowing dogs and other domestic animals to be taken onto the sites.

          f)   Other.

 

3.       That in recognition of the high demands and impacts on the Keyes Bridge Reserve 

          and adjoining private land over the Christmas/New Year holiday period and as an

          interim measure, rocks be safely placed in the road reserve to restrict vehicular

          access prior to Easter and until a sustainable solution to management of the site is

          determined and implemented.

 

 

 

 

Signed:   Cr Basil Cameron

 

Councillor’s supporting information:

 

In recent times the environment at Scarabelottis Lookout, Keyes Bridge Reserve and surrounding private land has suffered from an unsustainable increase in visitor numbers.

 

Illegal camping, rubbish, dogs, traffic and disrespect of public and private space has impacted on both sites and created tensions between residents, adjacent landholders and visitors.

 

At Keyes Bridge the reserve fronts the Wilsons River and has been used as a swimming hole by local residents for decades.  Wilsons River is part of the regional drinking water catchment.

 

Social media promotion of these sites as ‘free camping’ and ‘best’ swimming hole have contributed to the high level of visitation and environmental impacts.

 

Both sites have a long history of being highly valued and regularly used by residents and visitors. The old travelling stock reserve at Keyes Bridge has been under local community control and care for a number of years and has been regenerated with rainforest as well as being the site for an Eastern Cod recovery project.

 

Recently, large boulders were placed over the Scarabelottis Lookout entrance to restrict vehicular access following high impacts from large numbers of illegal campers over the summer holiday period.  These have now been removed, apparently by locals who wish to retain access to the lookout.

 

At Keyes Bridge, local landowners with the reluctant support of the Federal Community Association placed large boulders on the road reserve to similarly restrict vehicular access and reduce impacts. These boulders have now been removed by Council and residents and landowners fear a return to unsustainable visitor numbers at Easter.

 

The suggested actions in this Notice of Motion are put forward for consideration as to how impacts on the sites can be managed and a sustainable community driven protection and access plan can be developed.

 

Recommended priority relative to other Delivery Plan tasks:

 

If supported, placement of boulders in the road reserve at Keyes bridge to completed prior to Easter. 

 

Definition of the project/task:

 

Facilitate meeting to develop an access and protection plan for the sites. Consideration of suggested actions as determined at the meeting.

 

Source of Funds (if applicable):

 

Within existing budgets

 

Staff comments by Phil Warner, Acting Director Infrastructure Services:

 

The requirements detailed in points 1 and 2 could be the subject of a cross directorate report to Council. The report would examine a range of matters including land matters, stakeholder assessment, history, program and budget.

 

The viability of point 3, in the context of available budget this financial year, is still being assessed.

 

 

Financial/Resource/Legal Implications:

 

As detailed above.

 

 

Is the proposal consistent with any Delivery Program tasks?

 

There is no specific Delivery Program task pertaining to this matter.

 


BYRON SHIRE COUNCIL

Notices of Motion                                                                                                                    9.7

 

 

Notice of Motion No. 9.7     Poker Machines in the Byron Shire

File No:                                  I2018/409

 

  

 

That Council:

 

1.      Write to the new owners of The Beach Hotel endorsing their deliberate decision to remove poker machines from their venue to improve the wellbeing of the Byron Shire community and set a precedent for other venues across Australia to follow.

2.      Write to all remaining poker machine venues in Byron Shire opening a dialogue to gauge their interests in pursuing a similar strategy to divest their poker machines and offering Council support if they wish to investigate alternative business models.

3.      Undertake a review of Council’s potential interests and involvements with poker machines by researching:

 

i)          council investments with regard to the Ethical Investment Policy;

ii)         any council or crown land leases that may involve poker machine venues; and

iii)        planning controls that may be available (or potentially available) for limiting the use of poker machines within the shire.

 

4.      Prepare a report for the May Ordinary Meeting outlining options to develop a comprehensive gambling policy to reduce the harm in the Byron Shire from the use of poker machines.

 

 

 

 

 

Signed:   Cr Paul Spooner

 

Councillor’s supporting information:

 

By supporting this motion Councillors have a real opportunity to take a stand against the ever increasing harm being caused by poker machines in the Byron Shire.

 

Byron Shire

 

•  Number of machines:  429 (271 in Clubs, 158 in pubs)

•  This equates to 1 machine per 62.24 adults (based on 26,700 adults 20 or above)

•  Losses in Byron Shire:  $12.5M per year, $34,246 per day

 

National & NSW

 

•  Number of machines: 195,000 in Australia, 95,000 in NSW

•  Total gambling losses: $23B nationally, $12B nationally on poker machines in clubs and pubs alone, $6.1B in NSW on pokies in clubs and pubs alone (and rising – NSW treasury forecasts an increase in tax revenue)

•  20% of the worlds pokies in Australia, 10% of the world’s pokies in NSW

•  76% of the world’s pokies outside of casinos

 

Impacts

 

•  30% of people who use machines regularly become addicted to a ‘moderate’ or ‘severe’ level (on the Problem Gambling Severity Index)

•  40% of revenue comes from those with a ‘severe’ level and a further 20% from the ‘moderate’ level (meaning 60% of revenue comes from significant levels of problematic gambling)

•  Harm still occurs at the ‘low’ level – there is a spectrum of harm (research is about to be released to measure the harm at all levels of poker machine gambling)

•  For every person with a gambling problem, 5-10 others are affected (family members, friends)

•  Which means up to five million people are impacted at any point in time

•  86% of people who commit fraud related crime related to gambling are first time offenders who would not have found their way into the criminal justice system otherwise

•  There is a correlation between gambling and family violence (postcodes with higher number of machines report higher incidents of family violence)

•  Tasmania social and economic impact study found a 14% decline in employment in pubs in the 3 years after pokies were introduced.  It also found that for every dollar lost on pokies, 65 cents was lost for competing businesses (65 cents in every dollar redirected from other businesses to pokies)

•  A study found that 1 in 4 people presenting to a Melbourne hospital (Alfred Hospital) for attempted suicide were people with a poker machine addiction

•  The productivity commission in 2010 estimated 400 suicides per year as a result of gambling (gambler or impacted other/partner) 

•  Prior to the introduction of poker machines in Australia, women represented 10% of people with a gambling problem, which rose to 40-60% after the introduction.  90% of them were due to poker machines.

 

(Note: I wish to acknowledge this information has been provided by both the Impact Investment Group and the Alliance for Gambling Reform).

 

A comprehensive Gambling Policy to Reduce the Harm in the Byron Shire to consider:

 

•  Statement on Council position and aspiration on poker machines in the Shire

•  Internal Council resourcing specifically related to gambling (eg. Committee on Gambling Harm Reduction)

•  Council's position on submissions and advocacy (e.g. advocating for state reform, making submissions on applications, support for neighbouring Councils, advocating for returning decision making on new venue applications to Council for impacts of gambling harm or right to veto)

•  Actions as landlord (e.g. will not support (new) sporting clubs or any operator from operating/increasing electronic gaming machines on council owned or managed land)

•  Alternative entertainment - promote alternative entertainment so as to remove pathways to gambling venues

•  Council position on provision of essential services – e.g. emergency evacuation, child care, aged care and disability care being provided by poker machine venues/clubs

•  Alternate revenue - encourage electronic gaming machine venues to seek alternative sources of revenue

•  Support for services and harm minimisation strategies

 

 

Staff comments by Sarah Ford, Manager Community Development, Corporate and Community Services:

(Management Comments must not include formatted recommendations – resolution 11-979)

 

Council Staff will write to the owners of The Beach Hotel on behalf of Council to endorse their deliberate decision to remove poker machines from their venue to improve the wellbeing of the Byron Shire community and set a precedent for other venues across Australia to follow.

 

While it is not considered appropriate for staff to provide direct business support to organisations in relation to commercial business models, Council staff will write to remaining poker machine venues within the Shire to encourage industry dialogue in relation to divestment of poker machines within the Shire.

 

Staff recognise the social, emotional and economic impacts of problem gambling within the community. While no venues offering poker machines operate on Council owned or managed land, staff will undertake research with local and regional organisations to develop a clearer understanding of the impacts within the Shire from poker machines. Data collected will be used to advocate for targeted programs of support for people affected by gambling and their families.

 

Staff will provide an update on the actions as outlined to the May 2018 Ordinary Meeting of Council. 

 

Financial/Resource/Legal Implications:

 

It is currently expected the work requirements should this Notice of Motion be adopted will be met from existing budgets.

 

Is the proposal consistent with any Delivery Program tasks?

 

Potentially yes.

 

Strategy SC1.3 Research, analyse, update and distribute information regarding the Byron Shire’s community needs.

  


BYRON SHIRE COUNCIL

Submissions and Grants                                                                                                     11.1

 

 

Submissions and Grants

 

Report No. 11.1           Byron Shire Council Submissions and Grants as at 28 February 2018

Directorate:                 Corporate and Community Services

Report Author:           Jodi Frawley, Grants Co-ordinator

File No:                        I2018/338

Theme:                         Corporate Management

                                      Governance Services

 

 

Summary:

 

Council have submitted applications for a number of grant programs which, if successful, would provide significant funding to enable the delivery of identified projects.  This report provides an update on these grant submissions.

 

  

 

RECOMMENDATION:

That Council note the report and Attachment (E2018/15209)

 

 

Attachments:

 

1        Byron Shire Council Submissions and Grants as at 28 February 2018, E2018/15209

 

 


 

Report

 

This report provides an update on grant submissions including funding applications submitted and new potential funding opportunities.

 

Funding Applications – Unsuccessful

 

·    Byron Bay Town Centre Bypass, Commonwealth, Regional Jobs and Investment Packages - $8,000,000

 

Applications Submitted

 

·    Byron Virtual Reality Walking Tour, NSW Heritage Near Me – Strategic Projects

·    The Fit-out of the Rural Fire Service Building, Mullumbimby, NSW Liquor and Gaming Infrastructure Grants

 

Additional information on the grant submissions made and/or pending is provided in Attachment 1 – Submissions and Grants report as at 28 February 2018.

 

Financial Implications

 

If Council is successful in obtaining the identified grants more than $19 million would be achieved which would provide significant funding for Council projects.  Some of the grants require a contribution from Council (either cash or in-kind) and others do not. Council’s contribution is funded. The potential funding and allocation is noted below:

 

Requested funds from funding bodies

19,980,350

Council cash contribution

10,406,523

Council in-kind Contribution

394,280

Other contributions

17,329,960

Funding applications submitted and awaiting notification (total project value)

48,111,113

 

Statutory and Policy Compliance Implications

 

Council is required under Section 409 3(c) of the Local Government Act 1993 to ensure that ‘money that has been received from the Government or from a public authority by way of a specific purpose advance or grant, may not, except with the consent of the Government or public authority, be used otherwise than for that specific purpose’. This legislative requirement governs Council’s administration of grants.

 

 

  


BYRON SHIRE COUNCIL

Staff Reports - General Manager                                                                                 13.1

 

 

Staff Reports - General Manager

 

Report No. 13.1           Byron Bay Town Centre Masterplan Leadership Team 2018

Directorate:                 General Manager

Report Author:           Claire McGarry, Place Manager - Byron Bay

File No:                        I2018/6

Theme:                         Corporate Management

                                      Governance Services

 

 

Summary:

 

In December 2016, Council established a Leadership Team to provide advice and direction on the delivery of the Byron Bay Town Centre Master Plan (BBTCMP). This group have been working with the Mayor, Councillors and Council staff for 12 months on the implementation of the BBTCMP. In February 2018, Council resolved to review the role and composition of the Team.  This report details the background of the Team, reviews its role and composition and proposes a framework for the Team’s operations for its next term.

 

  

 

RECOMMENDATION:

1.  That Council adopt the Draft Charter for the Byron Master Plan Guidance Group.

 

2.  That all BBTCMP Leadership Team members be thanked for their input over the past 12 months and invited remain on the Byron Master Plan Guidance Group for its next term.

 

3.  That additional members be appointed as per the group charter to replace any vacating members.

 

4.  That up to three Councillors are nominated as members of the Guidance Group in addition to community members.

 

 

 

Attachments:

 

1        Charter - Byron Masterplan Guidance Group, E2018/19664

 

 


 

Report

 

Background

 

At 27 October 2016 Council meeting, Council resolved:

 

16-555 Resolved:

1.       That Council establish a Leadership Team in the form of a Project Reference Group for a period of 12 months:

·     To provide advice and direction on the delivery of the BBTCMP actions;

·     To identify and actively facilitate, where appropriate, opportunities for partnerships and community collaboration;

·     To provide oversight on the timely delivery of actions that are responsive to community needs, acknowledging that the actions of the BBTCMP are flexible and adaptable.

2.       Endorse the ‘Terms of Reference’ for the Leadership Team as provided for in the report.

3.       That the Leadership Team be comprised of the Mayor, up to 3 Councillors, General Manager or delegate and up to 15 community members to be selected by a direct appointment and or EOI process.

4.       Staff progress the Leadership Team membership selection process as per 3 above, and report back the outcome to Council on this at the December Ordinary meeting.

 

At 19 December 2016 meeting, Council resolved:

 

16-682 Resolved: That the following community members be nominated to the Byron Bay Town Centre Masterplan Leadership Team selected from the respondents at Confidential Attachment 1 (#E2016/103435).

 

Helen Buckley

Gary Chigwidden

Anne Leitch

Gail Fuller

Byron Rogers

Fleur Verschure

Meredith Wray

Vicki Henricks

Mono Stewart

David Michie

Peggy O'Neill

Troy Eady

Greg Meek

Chris Hanley

Kirra Pendergast

Dan Schreiber

Donald Maughan

Graham Dunn

Mary Gardner

Geoff Bensley

Tony Gembeck

Charlie Wilson

 

2.       That all Councillors are invited to attend meetings of the Byron Bay Town Centre Masterplan Leadership Team.

 

3.       That the unsuccessful applicants be notified and requested to apply for working groups within the Masterplan process.

 

At 1 February 2018 meeting, Council resolved (in part) :

 

Res 18-027    Review the role and composition of established Town Centre Master Plan Leadership/Guidance Groups so as to ensure that the deliberative principles inherent in guiding the role and participants of the Citizen Jury concept are consistently applied and adopted in Council’s community engagement.

 

Feedback on the initial 12 months

 

As per Resolution 18-027, the Leadership Team met on 3 January and 21 February 2018 to review the role and composition of the group. The discussion informed this report and the attached Draft Charter. The below information reflects the feedback provided during these meetings.

 

While Council initially resolved to establish the team as a Project Reference Group (PRG), it did not function within the normal parameters of a Council PRG. In the second half of 2017 there was evident confusion regarding the function of the Team, and a breakdown in communication channels between Council and the Team. It is recommended that in 2018 the group is re-established as a Guidance Group with an adopted Charter which articulates the group’s role and sets clear parameters on its operations to ensure clarity and transparency.

 

Additional feedback from the Team has been incorporated into the Draft Charter, and includes:

 

·   A roll-over clause is needed to ensure existing members can remain on the group if they want to and historical knowledge is retained

·   The frequency and timing of meetings should align with  Council’s meeting schedule to ensure the group’s recommendations inform Council decision-making

·   An executive should be appointed and minutes officially taken and published

·   A clear communication channel is needed between Council staff, Councillors and the Team

·   The Place Manager role is critical to the functioning of this group and coordination across Council project teams

·   The Team should be notified of any projects happening within the town centre

·   A minimum quorum (half + 1) is required for meetings – the group can actively recruit additional members if a quorum is not being met regularly

·   A 2 year term for the group (and reviewed with the appointment of a new Councnil), with an understanding that the group can recruit and appoint up to 4 members to replace vacating members at any stage. Any additional members (over and above 4) to be recruited will be done by Council through an Expression of Interest process.

 

Group feedback highlights that while some Citizen Jury principles (such as ensuring a diversity of interests and a mix of representatives of the community) are applicable and will be incorporated into this group, the Citizen Jury model is not the best model for this Guidance Group who have been intentionally selected because of the skills and knowledge they bring to the Masterplan implementation and their ability to represent key stakeholders within the community. Additionally, the Citizen Jury model is best suited to a single question or problem for a group to address within a set timeframe. The complexity and diversity of projects within the Masterplan require a dedicated group working collaboratively over a long period with Council to ensure consistency across all elements of the implementation.

 

The Guidance Group members were previously and will be selected based on their skills-base, and the knowledge and expertise they can bring to the project. Specifically, representatives of the following groups will be actively sought:

 

·    Residents / progress association member

·    Indigenous community representative

·    Community service provider / centre

·    Chamber of commerce member / town centre business owner

·    Local developer / developer’s representative

·    Tourism industry

·    Artist / creative

·    Local architect, landscape architect or urban planner

·    Sustainability / landcare / environmental group member

·    Seniors 65+ representative

·    Youth representative / youth worker / student union representative

·    Historical society member

·    School and preschool principal / representative

·    Parents of school aged children

·    Sporting group

·    Local community club (eg RSL, bowling club)

 

It is envisaged that Guidance Group Charters for the future implementation phase of other Place Plans (including the Bangalow Village Plan and Mullumbimby Masterplan) will be tailored to fit the uniqueness of each town and Guidance Group, using the fundamental framework of the BBTCMP Charter as a guide for preparation.

 

Recommendation

 

Staff recommend:

 

1.   That Council adopt the Draft Charter for the Byron Master Plan Guidance Group.

 

2.   That all BBTCMP Leadership Team members be thanked for their input over the past 12 months and invited remain on the Byron Master Plan Guidance Group for the next term.

 

3.   That additional members are appointed as per the group charter to replace any vacating members.

 

4.   That up to three Councillors are nominated as members of the Guidance Group in addition to community members.

 

Financial Implications

 

A small budget will be required to cater for 12 meetings, room hire and other associated costs for operating the Guidance Group. A small budget allocation for future community engagement activities would also be required.

 

It is recommended that a budget of $10,000 be allocated to the activities of this group in the next quarterly review process.

 

Statutory and Policy Compliance Implications

 

Guide to Operations – Advisory Committees and Panels


BYRON SHIRE COUNCIL

Staff Reports - General Manager                                                                                 13.2

 

 

Report No. 13.2           Report of the Communications Panel Meeting held on 14 September 2017 14 September 2017

Directorate:                 General Manager

Report Author:           Annie Lewis, Media and Communications Coordinator

File No:                        I2018/271

Theme:                         Corporate Management

                                      Governance Services

 

Summary:

 

This report provides the minutes and recommendations of the Communications Panel Meeting held on 14 September 2017 for determination by Council.

  

 

RECOMMENDATION:

1.       That Council note the minutes of the Communications Panel Meeting held on 14 September 2017.

 

 

2.       That Council adopt the following Committee Recommendations:

 

Report No. 4.1   Draft Emergency Communications Plan

File No: I2017/1285

 

Committee Recommendation 4.1.1

1.  The Communications Panel recommends the following additions be made to the Draft Emergency Communications Plan:

 

·  Signage and the website will reflect any delays in projects due to the emergency event. (p11)

·  The Purpose of the document be amended to include.  “...; to support and inform the community, to provide reliable information and ensure effective communication channels are established and maintained”. (p.4)

·  Change the cover of the Draft Emergency Communications Plan to better reflect the purpose of the document.

·  The Mayor and Councillors be added to the key personnel. (p.6)

·  Prepare – prior to emergency event – the after-hours phone message to be updated

·  Action 1 to include reference to the ABC radio as the Emergency Broadcaster and details of local Emergency Services such as the SES, RFS. (p.7)

·  Response – Actions 1 & 2 to include reference to the ABC radio as the Emergency Services broadcaster.

2.  That the draft Plan be sent to ET for approval before being discussed again by the Communications Panel.

 

3.  That the draft plan be on the agenda for the October 2017 meeting.

                                                                                                                                     (Ndiaye/Coorey)

 

 

 

Attachments:

 

1        Minutes 14/09/2017 Communications Panel, I2017/1324

 

 


 

Report

 

The attachment to this report provides the minutes of the   Meeting of   for determination by Council.  The agenda for this meeting can be located on Council’s website at:

http://byron.infocouncil.biz/Open/2017/09/COM_14092017_AGN_638_AT_WEB.htm

 

Financial Implications

 

As per the Reports listed within the Communications Panel Meeting of 14 September 2017.

 

Statutory and Policy Compliance Implications

 

As per the Reports listed within the Communications Panel Meeting of 14 September 2017.

 


BYRON SHIRE COUNCIL

Staff Reports - General Manager                                                                                 13.3

 

 

Report No. 13.3           Report of the Communications Panel Meeting held on 13 February 2018 13 February 2018

Directorate:                 General Manager

Report Author:           Annie Lewis, Media and Communications Coordinator

File No:                        I2018/368

Theme:                         Corporate Management

                                      Governance Services

 

Summary:

 

This report provides the minutes and recommendations of the Communications Panel Meeting held on 13 February 2018 for determination by Council.

 

  

 

RECOMMENDATION:

1.       That Council note the minutes of the Communications Panel Meeting held on 13 February 2018. 

 

 

 

2.       That Council adopt the following Committee Recommendations:

 

Report No. 4.1   Communication and Engagement Plan - Railway Precinct Projects

File No: I2018/87

 

RECOMMENDATION:

That the Communications Panel:

 

1.  Note the Communication and Engagement Plan – Railway Precinct Projects.

2.  That the project manager (Claire McGarry) provide fortnightly updates to Councillors on the Railway Precinct projects.

                                                                                                        (Richardson/Ndiaye)

 

3.       That Council adopt the following Committee Recommendation:

 

Report No. 4.2   Mullumbimby Hospital Project Reference Group  - Draft Engagement Plan

File No: I2018/69

 

RECOMMENDATION:

That the Communication Panel note the Draft Engagement Plan (#E2017/101939).

                                                                                                                            (Martin/Coorey)

 

4.       That Council adopt the following Committee Recommendations:

 

Report No. 4.3   Draft Communication Plans for several Environmental and Economic Planning Projects

File No: I2018/93

 

RECOMMENDATION:

That the Communications Panel consider the following projects Communication Plans:

•    Emissions Reduction Strategy

•    Byron Bay Town Centre Review of Planning Controls – Pre-Gateway Consultation

     The Communications Panel recommends that a strategic planning workshop involving all Councillors be held prior to the Council meeting scheduled for 22 March 2018.

•    Rural Event Sites – Pre-Gateway Consultation

•    Coastal Zone Management Plan for the Eastern Precincts of the Byron Bay Embayment

                                                                                                                           (Ndiaye/Coorey)

 

 

 

Attachments:

 

1        Minutes 13/02/2018 Communications Panel Extraordinary, I2018/218

 

 


 

Report

 

The attachment to this report provides the minutes of the   Meeting of   for determination by Council.  The agenda for this meeting can be located on Council’s website at:

 

http://byron.infocouncil.biz/Open/2017/09/COM_14092017_AGN_638_AT.PDF

 

Financial Implications

 

As per the Reports listed within the Communications Panel Meeting of 13 February 2018.

 

Statutory and Policy Compliance Implications

 

As per the Reports listed within the Communications Panel Meeting of 13 February 2018.

 

  


BYRON SHIRE COUNCIL

Staff Reports - Corporate and Community Services                                          13.4

 

 

Staff Reports - Corporate and Community Services

 

Report No. 13.4           Draft Policy: Community Iniaitives Policy (Section 356) following period of public exhibition

Directorate:                 Corporate and Community Services

Report Author:           Joanne McMurtry, Community Project Officer

File No:                        I2018/98

Theme:                         Society and Culture

                                      Community Development

 

 

Summary:

The purpose of this report is to report back to Council following the period of public exhibition for the Draft Policy: Community Initiatives Program (Section 356).

 

  

 

RECOMMENDATION:

1.       That Council adopt the Policy: Community Initiatives Program (Section 356) which           incorporates feedback from submissions following the public exhibition period.

 

2.       That Council commence the call for applications under the new Community Initiatives           Program (Section 356) Policy as soon as practicable.

 

Attachments:

 

1        Draft Policy Community Initiatives Program~rating feedback from public exhibition period - attachment to report to Council, E2018/19670

 

 


 

Report

 

Council considered a report at the 23 November 2017 ordinary meeting detailing a review of the how Council manages the Section 356 donations and a review of the policies associated with this activity. Council were presented with a Draft Policy: Community Initiatives Policy (Section 356).

 

Council resolved (17-561):

 

1.   That the draft Community Initiatives Program (Section 356) Policy be placed on public exhibition for a period of 28 days.

 

2.   That in the event:

 

a)   that any submissions are received on the draft Community Initiatives Program (Section 356) Policy, that those submissions be reported back to Council prior to the adoption of the policy;

 

b)   that no submissions are received on the draft Community Initiatives Program (Section 356) Policy, that the Policy be adopted and incorporated into Council’s Policy Register.

 

3.   That the contents of the accompanying Community Initiatives Program Guidelines be noted.

 

4.   That In the event that no submissions are received and the Community Initiatives Program (Section 356) Policy is adopted, that advertising commence in January 2018 to call for applications to the new Program for the 2017/18 financial year.

 

A submission was received during the public exhibition period with details outlined below. A revised Draft Policy: Community Initiatives Program (Section 356) is attached to this report.

 

Submission

Submission details

Recommended changes to the Draft Policy

1.   Australian Indonesia Arts Alliance

1.   Request that Council ensure that the S356 fund 2017/18 be fully allocated to the community regardless of the policy document process having delayed the application process until now.

 

2.   Statement 4 states that "Council will only make one donation to any organisation within one year, all proposed projects should be included on one application form ". I would ask that some flexibility be added as our organisation AIAA has been requested to auspice and provide support to other ethnic / multicultural groups as there are no other organisations currently incorporated for this purpose in Byron Shire. AIAA has been acting as an umbrella to other groups and the multicultural community in general and this policy may unfairly impact on AIAA's ability to seek funding for its own activities separate to the needs of other ethnic and multicultural groups.  

 

3.   Clause 4.2 Eligible activities states “Council will not approve financial assistance for:

a)   Community initiatives or events that generate financial profits for commercial companies and/or individuals;” Small festivals and other community events may also include stalls that are profit making - such as food stalls so please change the wording to allow for this.

 

4.   Clause 4.2 - Applications for Reimbursement of Council fees. I would ask that this be changed as it is the case with small organisations such as ours do not have the funds to pay up front and then be reimbursed later in the year. So please change this policy so that community organisations can apply to waive Council fees as is currently the case. 

 

 

1.   This request is not related to the Policy but is a request to Council to fully expend the 2017/18 S356 budget.

 

2.   The Policy has been amended to make it clearer that funding is related to who is managing the project, rather than the organisation, as follows: “All applicants must complete a Community Initiatives Program application form. Council will only make one donation any organisation each financial year, for projects owned and managed by that organisation. If an organisation has multiple projects or events, all proposed projects should be included on one application form. If an organisation is auspicing a project for an unincorporated organisation (or groups of individuals), this will not be considered an application from the organisation for the purposes of this clause.

 

3.   In the example provided, the stalls are making any profits (and paying a fee to the event organiser), it is not the event which is making the profit. Many events would not be possible without this kind of activity to assist in funding the event. This is not the intent of the statement, rather that commercial events will not be approved for financial assistance from Council.

 

4.   The Policy states “Applications for reimbursement of Council fees and charges will be considered retrospectively for fees paid within the previous 12 months. …Note: fees must be paid in full by the applicant/ community group at the time of lodgement of the required forms to Council and will only be considered if the activity applied for is approved.” This statement is a direct copy from the Policy 12/011 which was adopted in 2012 and has been the case since 2012.

 

Financial Implications

 

Council’s budget allocation for Section 356 unallocated funds include:

 

Donations to Community Organisations, Other Groups and Persons

$36,200

Assistance for Festivals and Community Functions

$7,000

Donations to Community Groups – Reimbursement of Council Application Fees

$2,000

Sub-Total

$45,200

Resolution 17-381*

-$3,000

TOTAL unallocated amount for 2017/18

$42,200

 

*Resolution 17-381 in part states: “Allocate $3,000 of Council’s Community Development Program’s unallocated S356 donations in the 2017/18 budget to support international relations”.

 

 

Statutory and Policy Compliance Implications

 

Section 356 under the Local Government Act.

 


BYRON SHIRE COUNCIL

Staff Reports - Corporate and Community Services                                          13.5

 

 

Report No. 13.5           Proposed Amendments to Council's Code of Meeting Practice

Directorate:                 Corporate and Community Services

Report Author:           Ralph James, Legal Counsel

David Royston-Jennings, Corporate Governance Officer

File No:                        I2018/237

Theme:                         Corporate Management

                                      Governance Services

 

 

Summary:

 

The Office of Local Government (OLG) is consulting with Councils and other stakeholders on the new Model Code of Meeting Practice for Local Councils in NSW (draft Code). Once this is finalised, it will replace the meeting rules currently prescribed in the Local Government (General) Regulation 2005 . Finalisation and implementation are not expected for some time.

 

 On 8 February 2018 a workshop was held with Councillors in relation to the draft Code.

 

Part of the workshop focused on that part of the draft Code which dealt with public forums. The draft Code provides that a public forum would be an entity separate to a meeting of Council and that the public forum would not form part of the agenda of a meeting of Council.

 

Councillors were not in favour of that part of the draft Code and instructed staff to make a submission accordingly. However, Councillors indicated that staff should consider, and submit to Council, proposed amendments to the provisions of Council’s Code of Meeting Practice dealing with Public Access.

 

Councillors also requested staff to consider, and to submit to Council, proposed amendments to the provisions of Council’s Code of Meeting Practice dealing with Public Questions and submissions.

 

 

  

 

RECOMMENDATION:

1.   That the draft amendments to Clause 22 and Schedule A of the Code of Meeting Practice be placed on public exhibition for a period of 28 days.

 

2.   That in the event:

 

a)   that any submissions are received on the draft amendments to Clause 22 and Schedule A of the Code of Meeting Practice those submissions be reported back to Council prior to the adoption of the amended Code;

 

b)   that no submissions are received on the draft amendments to Clause 22 and Schedule A of the Code of Meeting Practice the amendments be adopted and incorporated into the Code and that the amended Code be incorporated into Council’s Policy Register.

 

Attachments:

 

1        Clause 22 in the form it would appear if all proposed amendments were accepted , E2018/16039

 

 


 

Report

 

Preamble

 

The Australasian LG Performance Excellence Program FY17 report found that South Australian councils tend to have longer meetings, spending a median of 146 minutes (2.4 hours). In comparison, New South Wales councils spend a median of 120 minutes, (down from 139 minutes in the prior year). Western Australian councils show an increase in meeting duration - 105 minutes (1.9 hours), up from 82 minutes in the previous year.

 

The report went on to state that:

 

For Councillors to make effective and informed decisions on policy settings, as well as council strategy, they require timely and succinct information prior to the meeting, clear agendas, and adequate time devoted to each element of the agenda to enable proper consideration of the issues.

 

The recommended amendments to Public Access will not bring the length of Council meetings to the median times referred to above. That is not the intention.

 

The amendments recommended are intended to create time to enable Council to devote the requisite attention to the items on the agenda (as it presently does), whilst at the same time preserving the ability of the community to have input into those items and to other issues before Council, and to achieve both within the framework of a more time efficient meeting.

 

Background

 

Amendments made to the Local Government Act 1993 in August 2017 by the Local Government Amendment (Governance and Planning) Act 2016 provide for a model code of meeting practice to be prescribed by regulation.

 

The Office of Local Government is consulting with councils and other stakeholders on the new Model Code of Meeting Practice for Local Councils in NSW (draft Code). Once this is finalised, it will replace the meeting rules currently prescribed in the Local Government (General) Regulation 2005 (the Regulation).

 

The draft Code has been designed to achieve a range of outcomes, namely:

·      promoting, as the principal object of meetings, the making of decisions by the governing bodies of Councils that are in the best interests of the Council and the community as a whole

·      promoting more accessible, orderly, effective and efficient meetings and to provide Councils with the tools to achieve these outcomes

·      prescribing principles to inform the way in which meetings are conducted and to prescribe meeting rules that are consistent with these principles

·      codifying areas of common practice across Councils in a way that is clear, efficient, leads to better informed and more effective decision making and that is consistent with the requirements of the Act

·      promoting greater consistency between Councils across the state in key areas of meetings practice without losing the ability to allow some variation in practice to meet local needs or expectations

·      allowing greater flexibility in the conduct of meetings to accommodate a range of potential scenarios that are not addressed by the current meeting rules

·      simplifying the language currently used to make the prescribed meeting rules more accessible and easier to understand

·      modernising the rules to accommodate current and emerging technologies (e.g. electronic notice, electronic voting systems and webcasting).

 

On 8 February 2018 a workshop was held with Councillors in relation to the draft Code. Part of that workshop focused on that part of the draft Code which dealt with public forums. The draft Code provides that a public forum would be an entity separate to a meeting of Council and that the public forum would not form part of the agenda of a meeting of Council.

 

Councillors were not in favour of that part of the draft Code and instructed staff to make a submission accordingly. However, Councillors indicated that staff should consider, and submit to Council, proposed amendments to the provisions of Council’s Code of Meeting Practice dealing with Public Access.

 

Councillors also requested staff to consider, and to submit to Council, proposed amendments to the provisions of Council’s Code of Meeting Practice dealing with Public Questions and submissions.

 

Public Access

 

The purpose of Public Access is to raise issues with the Council and present ideas and is not a method of community consultation.

 

Public Access is presently addressed in clause 22 of Council’s Code of Meeting Practice and in Schedule A thereof.

 

22. PUBLIC ACCESS

 

22.1   The first hour of each meeting will be allocated to Public Access to allow people to make submissions on matters listed on the Agenda for that meeting.

 

22.2   If, after all scheduled submissions on items on the Agenda, time remains within the first hour of the meeting, at the discretion of the Chairperson the meeting can commence or the Public Access session can continue for submissions on items that are not on the Agenda.

 

22.3   It is possible that not all requests to make submissions on items on the Agenda will always be able to be accommodated within the Public Access part of the meeting. Members of the public are encouraged to make their submissions in writing before the Council meeting in case there is insufficient time on the day of the meeting to accommodate all requests for Public Access.

 

22.4   A motion to extend the Public Access part of the meeting for an extra 30mins for scheduled submissions on items on the Agenda for that meeting may be considered by Council.

 

22.5   Only one Procedural Motion for extension to the Public Access part of the meeting for submissions on items on that Agenda may be considered at a meeting. In circumstances deemed by the Chairperson to be exceptional, additional extensions may be considered.

 

22.6   A motion to extend the Public Access part of the meeting is a Procedural Motion.  It must be proposed and need not be seconded.

 

22.7   The Chairperson shall give precedence to the Procedural Motion.

 

22.8   No debate or amendments shall be permitted on the Procedural Motion.

 

22.9   If a Procedural Motion to extend the Public Access part of the meeting is not supported by the majority of Councillors entitled to vote on it then it may not be re-introduced.

 

 

 

 

SCHEDULE A

 

*Public Access relating to items on this Agenda, general submissions or questions to Councillors can be made between 9.00am and 10:00am on the day of the meeting, an extension of 15 minutes may be permitted if resolved by Council.

 

1.       Public Access on an item on the Agenda:  People wanting to speak to items on the Agenda will be listed for public access in the same order the items appear on the Agenda.  People can request up to three speeches each with additional speeches by the same organisation/speaker being accommodated if time permits. Requests must make clear whether the speaker is speaking generally in favour of, or against the recommended action(s). Time allowed is five minutes for and five minutes against each item.  If there is more than one speaker the time allocated is to be shared. 

 

2.       Representations by members of the public under Section 10A(4) of the Local Government Act, regarding a recommendation for the closure of a part of meeting for the consideration of a confidential item/s, will be included as a Public Access matter on the related item listed in the Agenda.  Members of the public may address the meeting on the closure.  Time allowed is five minutes per item.

 

3.       Submissions from members of the public:  Time allowed is two minutes per submission.  A person is only permitted one submission per meeting.

 

4.       Questions from members of the public to Councillors.  Time allowed is one minute per question and one question per meeting.

Note: Questions are to be on current agenda items or current issues before Council.

 

5.       Councillors may ask questions of people speaking to items on the Agenda, making a submission or asking a question.

 

6.       Responses to questions not provide at the meeting but taken on notice will be tabled in the next agenda papers.

 

What both clause 22.1 and the preamble to Annexure A make clear is that Public Access is intended to occupy the first hour only of Council’s Ordinary Meeting.

 

The following table sets out the duration of Public Access during the present Council term. It also includes the breakdown of items included in Public Access.

 

The column “Public Access duration” shows that of the 18 hours which the Code of Meeting Practice allocates to Public Access it has, in fact, occupied 25.7 hours. An overrun of almost 8 hours is akin to one extra meeting attended by Councillors in its term to date.

 

The column “Agenda items f/a” reflects the number of agenda items on which presentations were made. The figure in brackets next to that number represents the number of speakers who registered to speak.

 

The figures in the column “multiple speakers and number of items” represents the number of speakers who registered to speak on multiple items in for or against agenda items e.g. on 23/11/2017 one person registered to speak on two items, another on three items and another on three items.

 

The figures in the columns “Questions” and “Submissions” represent the number of questions and submissions included in Public Access.

 

A consistent pattern has been emerging for almost 12 months where individuals register to speak on multiple items in Agenda f/a and also register to ask a question/s and also to make a submission/s.

 

The figure in brackets in the columns “Questions” and “Submissions” indicates the number of questions or submissions asked by a person who was a multiple speaker on agenda items.

 

Meeting Date

Starting Time

Public Access duration

Agenda items f/a

Multiple speakers and number of items

Questions

Submissions

6/10/2016

9.00am

58 mins

5 (7)

0

0

0

27/10/2016

9.00am

40 mins

3 (4)

0

1

1

17/11/2016

9.00am

1 hr 11 mins

5 (9)

0

0

0

15/12/2016

9.00am

1 hr 47 mins

10 (21)

0

0

0

02/02/2017

9.00am

38 mins

4 (6)

1x2

1

2

23/02/2017

4.00pm

40 mins

4 (7)

1x2

2

2

23/03/2017

9.00am

1 hr 47 mins

7 (13)

0

0

0

20/04/2017

9.00am

1 hr 30 mins

8 (12)

1x5

2 (1)

1

25/05/2017

9.00am

1 hr 37 mins

7 (12)

1x2

3 (1)

3

22/06/2017

9.00am

1 hr 37 mins

10 (13)

1x2;1x3

2 (1)

3 (1)

03/08/2017

9.00am

1 hr 9 mins

7 (8)

1x2;1x3

6 (2)

5 (2)

24/08/2017

4.00pm

46 mins

9 (10)

1x3;1x5

3 (2)

4 (2)

21/09/2017

9.00am

1 hr 47 mins

15 (20)

1x4;1x7

6 (2)

2 (2)

26/10/2017

9.00am

1 hr 54 mins

13 (29)

1x3;1x4

4 (2)

3 (1)

23/11/2017

9.00am

3 hr 3 mins

22 (35)

1x2;1x3;1x3

7 (2)

1(1)

14/12/2017

9.00am

2 hr 1 mins

16 (13)

1x3;1x3

4 (2)

5 (2)

1/02/2018

9.00am

1 hr

15 (16)

1x3;1x7

5 (2)

4 (1)

22/02/2018

4.00pm

1 hr 37 mins

11 (16)

1x2;1x2

4

3 (1)

 

Clauses 22.2 and 22.3 and clauses 3 and 4 of Annexure A deal with submissions and public questions.

 

A strict application of the Code of Meeting Practice would see submissions and public questions not dealt with if speeches for/against items in the agenda were to occupy the first hour of a Council meeting.

 

Assuming that Council wishes to retain submissions and public questions as part of Public Access and also wishes to have Public Access consume about the one hour provided in the Code of Meeting Practice, the time consumed by speeches for/against items in the agenda needs to be addressed.

 

Clause 1 of Annexure A provides that people can request up to 3 speeches each with additional speakers by the same organisation/speaker being accommodated if time permits.

 

The effect of that is that one person can occupy 15 minutes (one quarter) of Public Access time on  speeches for/against items on the agenda. This assumes that the person is not sharing 5 minutes with another speaker on the topic. It also assumes that the person speaks for the full 5 minutes.

 

If two people request their maximum three speeches those two people would occupy 30 minutes (one half) of available Public Access time.

 

If those same people make a request for one or more submissions and one or more questions the bulk of available Public Access time could be consumed by those people alone.

 

One way of remedying this issue and thereby making Public Access time more readily available across the board would be to limit speeches for/against items on the agenda to one speech per person and to similarly limit each of submissions and questions to one per person.

 

The effect of such limitation would cap any individual’s occupation of Public Access time to 8 minutes (speech 5 minutes, submission 2 minutes and question 1 minute).

 

The recommended amendment to clause 22 provides for this.

 

Registering to speak in public access

 

Cause 1 of Annexure A provides that a person requesting Public Access time “must” make clear whether the speaker is speaking generally in favour of or against the recommended action/s.

 

The draft Code is in similar terms.

 

For both clarity and consistency persons requesting to make a submission or ask a question should be required to be equally particular were nominating.

 

In order to enforce this aspect of Council’s Code of Meeting Practice staff need to have the “framework” to refuse Public Access requests that do not meet this requirement.

 

The following table sets out the frequency of requests for questions/submissions where the subject matter is not disclosed at the time of the request. It also sets out the ratio between those questions/submissions and the total number of questions/submissions.

 

The table shows the developing of a consistent pattern since May 2017.

 

Meeting date

 

Number of questions

Number where subject of question not specified

Number of submissions

Number where subject of submission not specified

25/05/2017

3

2

 

 

22/06/2017

2

1

3

1

03/08/2017

6

1

5

1

24/08/2017

3

1

4

1

21/09/2017

5

2

2

1

26/10/2017

 

 

 

 

23/11/2017

7

1

 

 

14/12/2017

4

1

5

1

1/02/2018

5

1

 

 

22/02/2018

4

1

3

1

 

Responses to Public questions

 

At present responses to public questions, whether or not they are answered during the meeting or taken on notice, are published in the agenda for the next Ordinary Meeting. This is provided for in clause 6 of Annexure A.

 

A pattern has emerged where a question is asked at a Ordinary Meeting. The answer to the question is included in the next Ordinary Meeting agenda. That answer then becomes the subject of a submission for or against the agenda item. The same subject matter is often included as a fresh question to that Ordinary Meeting whereby the process is repeated.

 

It is felt that it is more efficient if where a question is asked and is responded to by the General Manager or staff at the meeting that response will be included in the Ordinary Meeting minutes and published on Councils website.

 

If the question is taken on notice the response can be provided to the person who asked the question and can be posted within the Council Meeting tab on Council’s website.

 

In both cases the person asking the question would receive a response and that response would be public.

 

The following is an extract from an email received at Council.

 

Just as a follow up to show just how productive asking Questions on Notice can be I am attaching a list of the 17 Questions on Notice from 2017 and the staff responses.

It really is a great tool as all of the questions and answers are tabled in the Council Agenda so it is on the Public record.

I just want to encourage all of our member groups to ask as many questions of Council as you can. Once again, you do not even have to attend the meeting.  You can just submit your question on notice online through the Council website.  It is very easy.

The email promotes the asking of questions on the basis that the answers are on the public record.

 

The proposed amendment would achieve that purpose.

 

Recommended amendments

 

A copy of Clause 22 in the form it would appear if all proposed amendments were accepted is provided at Attachment 1.

 

It is proposed to incorporate the provisions of Schedule A into Clause 22. The following is the recommended amendments to clause 22 of Council’s Code of Meeting Practice with Council able to identify the proposed recommended amendments below in red text.

 

22. PUBLIC ACCESS

 

22.1     The first hour of each meeting will be allocated to Public Access to allow people to make submissions on speak in favour of or against the recommendation of matters listed on the Agenda for that meeting.

 

22.2     If, after all scheduled submissions speeches in favour of or against the recommendation of matters listed on items on the Agenda, time remains within the first hour of the meeting, at the discretion of the Chairperson the meeting can commence or the Public Access session can continue for registered submissions on items that are not on the Agenda or registered questions from members of the public on current agenda items or current issues before Council.

 

22.3     Requests to address Council during Public Access must be made to the General Manager or the Mayor no later than 12.00pm midday one day prior to the Meeting using the online form available on Councils website, over the phone or in person at Council’s Administration Centre in Mullumbimby. Requests must make clear:

a)    whether the speaker is speaking generally in favour of, or against the recommended actions.

b)    the subject of any submission.

c)    the text of any question

            Requests that do not meet the above requirements will not be included in Public Access

 

22.4     Requests to Address Council during Public Access which are received after the 12.00pm midday deadline the day prior to the Meeting are to be considered at the discretion of the Chairperson.

 

22.5     People/Organisations wanting to speak in favour of or against items on the Agenda will be listed for Public Access in the same order the items appear on the Agenda.

 

22.6     A person/organisation is permitted one speech in favour of or against items on the Agenda.

 

22.7     Five minutes is allocated for speeches in favour of and against items on the Agenda (total ten minutes per agenda item). Should there be more than one speaker addressing Council in favour of or against the recommendation of the same Agenda item, speakers will share the allocated five minutes.

 

22.8     The Mayor will invite Councillors to ask questions of speakers at the conclusion of their speech in favour of or against an item on the Agenda.

 

22.9     A person/organisation is permitted to register one submission per meeting on matters that are not on the Agenda.

 

22.10   Two minutes is allocated for submissions to Councils on matters that are not on the Agenda.

 

22.11   A person/organisation is permitted to register to ask one question of Council per meeting.

 

22.12   One minute is allocated per question of Council.

 

22.13   The Mayor, Councillors or General Manager will provide a response to questions asked of Council at the meeting if possible. That response will be included in the meeting minutes.  If a response is unable to be provided the question will be taken on notice, with an answer to be provided to the person/organisation prior to the next Ordinary Meeting and placed on Councils website under the Council Meetings tab.

 

22.14   In order to be taken on notice, a question must be asked in person by the registered speaker at the meeting. Other enquiries of Council can be made by contacting the General Manager. 

 

22.15   The only exeption to point 22.13 is if the Chairperson determines that there is insufficient time on the day of the meeting to accommodate all requests for Public Access and thereby all registered questions will be taken on notice and responded to as per 22.13.

 

22.316 It is possible that not all requests to make submissions on speak in favour of or against items on the Agenda, make a submission or ask a question of Council will always be able to be accommodated within the Public Access part of the meeting. Members of the public are encouraged to make their submissions in writing contact their Councillors and/or Council regarding their concerns, questions or opinion before the Council meeting in case there is insufficient time on the day of the meeting to accommodate all requests for Public Access.  

 

22.17   Additional speeches in favour of or against items on the Agenda, submissions on matters not including on the Agenda or questions to be put to Council may be accommodated at the discretion of the Chairperson.

 

22.418 A motion Motions to extend the Public Access part of the meeting for an extra 30mins for scheduled submissions on items on the Agenda for that meeting may be considered by Council.

 

22.619 A motion to extend the Public Access part of the meeting is a Procedural Motion. It must be proposed and need not be seconded. 

 

22.520 Only one Procedural Motion for extension to the Public Access part of the meeting for submissions on items on that Agenda may be considered at a meeting. In circumstances deemed by the Chairperson to be exceptional, additional extensions may be considered.  

 

22.6     A motion to extend the Public Access part of the meeting is a Procedural Motion. It must be proposed and need not be seconded.

 

22.721 The Chairperson shall give precedence to the Procedural Motion.

 

22.822 No debate or amendments shall be permitted on the Procedural Motion. 

 

22.923 If a Procedural Motion to extend the Public Access part of the meeting is not supported by the majority of Councillors entitled to vote on it then it may not be re-introduced. 

 

SCHEDULE  A

 

*Public Access relating to items on this Agenda, general submissions or questions to Councillors can be made between 9.00am and 10:00am on the day of the meeting, an extension of 15 minutes may be permitted if resolved by Council.

 

1.       Public Access on an item on the Agenda:  People wanting to speak to items on the Agenda will be listed for public access in the same order the items appear on the Agenda.  People can request up to three speeches each with additional speeches by the same organisation/speaker being accommodated if time permits. Requests must make clear whether the speaker is speaking generally in favour of, or against the recommended action(s). Time allowed is five minutes for and five minutes against each item.  If there is more than one speaker the time allocated is to be shared. 

 

2.       Representations by members of the public under Section 10A(4) of the Local Government Act, regarding a recommendation for the closure of a part of meeting for the consideration of a confidential item/s, will be included as a Public Access matter on the related item listed in the Agenda.  Members of the public may address the meeting on the closure.  Time allowed is five minutes per item.

 

3.       Submissions from members of the public:  Time allowed is two minutes per submission.  A person is only permitted one submission per meeting.

 

4.       Questions from members of the public to Councillors.  Time allowed is one minute per question and one question per meeting.

Note: Questions are to be on current agenda items or current issues before Council.

 

5.       Councillors may ask questions of people speaking to items on the Agenda, making a submission or asking a question.

 

6.       Responses to questions not provide at the meeting but taken on notice will be tabled in the next agenda papers.

Financial Implications

 

The conduct of Council Meetings is a function of Council and that function is budgeted for.  Any financial implications associated with the proposal concerning Public Access contained in this report would be difficult to ascertain except to allow more time for consideration of the Ordinary Meeting Agenda..

 

Statutory and Policy Compliance Implications

 

 As per body of report.

 

The Australasian LG Performance Excellence Program FY17 report stated that:

 

For councillors to make effective and informed decisions on policy settings, as well as council strategy, they require timely and succinct information prior to the meeting, clear

agendas, and adequate time devoted to each element of the agenda to enable proper consideration of the issues.

 

The amendments recommended to Public Access are intended to create time to enable Councillors to devote to the items on the agenda whilst the same time preserving the ability of the community to have input into those items and to other issues before Council.

 

 

 

 


BYRON SHIRE COUNCIL

Staff Reports - Corporate and Community Services                                          13.6

 

 

Report No. 13.6           A new strategic approach to Public Art - revised Public Art Policy and new Draft Public Art Strategy

Directorate:                 Corporate and Community Services

Report Author:           Joanne McMurtry, Community Project Officer

File No:                        I2018/240

Theme:                         Society and Culture

                                      Community Development

 

 

Summary:

 

This report outlines the opportunity for the approach to public art be more strategic and streamlined, rather than predominantly small, ad-hoc art projects. The Public Art Policy has been revised and a new draft Public Art Strategy has been developed. Council is requested to consider these documents as recommended by the Public Art Panel.

 

  

 

RECOMMENDATION:

That Council:

 

1.       Note the new strategic direction for Public Art in Byron Shire

 

2.       Endorse the draft Public Art Strategy and revised Public Art Policy and place them on public exhibition for 28 days, with any submissions to be reported back to the Public Art Panel.

 

 

 

Attachments:

 

1        E2018 12472  Draft Public Art Policy - revision considering new draft Public Art Strategy, E2018/19697

2        Draft Public Art Strategy March 2018, E2018/12693

 

 


 

Report

 

Background

 

Byron Shire Council developed a Public Art Policy in 2010, followed by development of Public Art Guidelines and Criteria which provide a framework for managing public art.

 

The first Public Art Assessment Panel (PAAP) was established in 2013 and operated until Council elections in September 2016, using the Public Art Guidelines and Assessment Criteria to assess various public art applications and undertake occasional commissions.

 

Typically the PAAP dealt with small scale projects. Many of the projects were instigated by artists approaching Council on an ad hoc basis and the process had limited successful in strategic attraction of high quality public art.

 

Feedback from the previous Public Art Assessment Panel prior to their disbanding supports this view:

·    Rather than ad hoc submissions, it would be better to call for expressions of interest once or twice a year;

·    Need to link in with Masterplan work that is underway;

·    There are areas in the Shire with no public art;

·    Small budget frustrates the process;

·    Need to think about how to manage Council’s visual art collection;

·    There are lessons to be learned from the Placemaking Seed Fund project conducted in 2016.

 

In May 2016 Arts Northern Rivers invited representatives from each local government area in the Northern Rivers to a forum with the aim of understanding how public art is managed across the region and look for collaboration opportunities. It was identified that no one process was the same.

 

A recommendation from the forum was that Councils should be more strategic in the commissioning of high quality public art. The Current PAAP has worked to identify opportunities for the approach to be more strategic and streamlined, rather than encouraging small, ad-hoc art projects.

 

The process for establishing a more strategic approach for public art in Byron Shire includes the following steps:

 

1.   Review how other local government areas manage public art and obtain advice from the new Public Art Panel;

2.   Review the Public Art Policy;

3.   Develop a Public Art Strategy to identify the strategic direction for public art in the Shire;

4.   Review the Public Art Guidelines and Criteria;

5.   Review the process and materials for artists in applying for public art projects.

 

This report provides the results from steps 1, 2 and 3 above, with the work guided by the Public Art Panel throughout 2017.

 

Several public art documents from various other local government areas were reviewed including: Tweed Shire Council, City of Sydney, Brisbane City Council, Gold Coast City Council, Melbourne City Council, Tasmanian Government and other regional and metropolitan areas.

 

In reviewing other Council plans and documents and talking with staff from other Councils, the learnings were considered in revising Public Art Policy and the new draft Public Art Strategy:

 

 

Questions considered by the Public Art Panel in reviewing the Policy and developing the Strategy include:

·    What is public art vs community art? Is this defined in terms of project cost, scale or scope?

·    How does public art fit with place-making?

·    What might be included in a strategic program for public art?

·    What other considerations should be included in a strategic framework, for example, a four year program based on specific locations or based on a curated public art program?

·    How does a proposed public art strategy work with the Masterplan work that is underway across the Shire? Are there place-making/ public art projects or are there public art projects outside the Masterplan areas?

 

Revised Public Art Policy

 

The Public Art Policy has been reviewed incorporating the considerations above. The new policy has the following features:

 

·    The scope of the policy is on art works in public spaces or on private sites which impact on the public domain;

·    Provides definitions of ‘public art’, ‘community art’ and ‘place-making’;

·    Includes some guiding principles;

·    Focuses on art on public owned or managed lands; art in private development and Council’s visual art collection.

 

Draft Public Art Strategy

 

Public Artworks Pty Ltd was contracted to develop the Public Art Strategy and following initial information gathering, a workshop was held with the Public Art Panel members on 8 September 2017. The Public Art Panel considered the final draft of the Public Art Strategy at their meeting on 15 February 2018 (see also Public Art Panel minutes reported to the 22 March 2018 Ordinary Council Meeting) and recommended:

 

to endorse the draft Public Art Strategy and revised Public Art Policy and place them on public exhibition for 28 days, with any submissions to be reported back to the Public Art Panel.”

 

A copy of the Draft Public Art Strategy is attached to this report.

 

The strategy seeks to provide a framework for Council’s planning and decision making in relation to the commissioning and acquisition of public art, as well as its ongoing care and maintenance.

 

It articulates a draft vision, principles and objectives as noted below:

 

Vision

Our vision is to position Byron Shire as the arts and cultural capital of Northern NSW with vibrant, contemporary public art through an innovative program that reflects and promotes the unique character and life-style of the region.

 

Key Principles

 

·    Leadership

·    Quality

·    Site specificity

·    Meaning (ie reflect the cultural narratives of the Shire)

·    Sustainability

·    Value

 

Objectives

1.   Provide a strategic framework for Byron Shire Council’s public art program and guidelines for the commissioning, management, maintenance, decommissioning\ and implementation of public art.

2.   Promote the integration of public art into Council’s capital works projects.

3.   Ensure a diverse, contemporary and distinctive public art program.

4.   Focus on quality over quantity by funding and commissioning fewer but more substantial projects.

5.   Pool and save available funds to develop better project budgets.

6.   Complete several key projects over the next 3 years

7.   Integrate with the town Master Plans.

8.   Strengthen the process for developers and private interests to contribute to the delivery of public art

9.   Develop partnerships with strong community organisations driven by professional creators.

10. Ensure the maintenance and conservation of art is an ongoing feature of the art program.

11. Support skills training for local artists to better participate in the tendering and delivery of public art projects.

 

Other information provided in the draft Strategy, some of which is a divergence from Council’s current practice, includes:

 

·    Recommendation of less emphasis on paint, rather a ‘focus of resources on more permanent and sculptural works for the Shire that are well managed and require less ongoing maintenance;

·    Providing ‘benchmarks’ and lessons from elsewhere such as: repetition of elements and creating the illusion of scale;

·    Outlining priority sites to focus on for the next 3-5 years;

 

Once the new documents are finalised and fully adopted by Council, other documents need to be reviewed as recommended in the Strategy including:

 

·    Public Art Guidelines and Criteria

·    Development Control Plan Public Art Chapter

·    Commissioning brief for new proposed artworks

·    Partnership MOUs (to be developed)

 

Financial Implications

 

The current public art budget balance for the 2017/18 financial year is $39,700.

 

Once adopted, staff will identify sources of funds and recommendations around funding of key identifies public art projects and report to the PAAP.

 

 

Statutory and Policy Compliance Implications

 

Public Art Policy 10/011

Public Art Guidelines and Criteria 2014

 

 


BYRON SHIRE COUNCIL

Staff Reports - Corporate and Community Services                                          13.7

 

 

Report No. 13.7           Joint Organisation of Councils

Directorate:                 Corporate and Community Services

Report Author:           Ralph James, Legal Counsel

File No:                        I2018/267

Theme:                         Corporate Management

                                      Governance Services

 

 

Summary:

 

Reports were prepared and submitted to the 1 February 2018 and 22 February 2018 Ordinary Meetings on the invitation from the Office of Local Government, issued in its correspondence dated 1 December 2017, for Council to voluntarily join the Northern Rivers Joint Organisation of Councils. In addition, a workshop was held with Councillors on 8 February 2017.

 

The purpose of the Reports was to provide Council with sufficient information to enable it to consider the invitation and to determine its response to it.

 

In addition to the information provided in this report it is proposed that Council will receive a briefing from the Office of Local Government as is required by Res 18-112 adopted at 22 February 2018 Ordinary meeting..

 

  

 

RECOMMENDATION:

That, in accordance with Part 7 of Chapter 12 of the Local Government Act 1993 (Act), Council:

 

1.       Inform the Minister for Local Government (Minister) of the Council’s endorsement of the Minister recommending to the Governor the establishment of a Joint Organisation in accordance with this resolution.

 

2.       Approve the inclusion of the Council’s area in the Joint Organisation’s area.

 

3.       Request that the Joint Organisation be established to cover the Council’s area and any one or more of the following council areas:

 

a)      Richmond Valley

b)      Lismore City

c)      Ballina Shire

d       Kyogle

e)      Tweed Shire

 

4.       Authorises the General Manager to provide the Minister with a copy of this resolution including the date on which Council made this resolution before 28 February 2018.

 

5.       Authorises the General Manager to, on the expiry of a period of 28 days from the making of this resolution, inform the Minister that this resolution has not been rescinded.

 

Attachments:

 

1        Letter from the Acting Chief Executive, Office of Local Government - Joint Organisations, E2018/14607

2        Office of Local Government - Joint Organisations - (Our Ref A573399) - JO Information Pack, E2018/14608

3        Final Draft Regulation, E2018/14609

4        OLG Joint Organisation Regulation Guide , E2018/14610

 

 


 

Report

 

The Office of Local Government (“OLG”) has written to Councils following the assent to the Local Government Amendment (Regional Joint Organisations) Act 2017 on 30 November 2017 (refer Attachment 1).

 

The OLG in its correspondence of 1 December 2017 has stated that this legislation allows for Councils to voluntarily join a new Joint Organisation (JO) “to strengthen regional coordination and improve the delivery of important infrastructure and services for communities through strategic planning, collaboration and shared leadership and advocacy”.

 

Council has been invited to establish and nominate to join the Northern Rivers Joint Organisation of Councils.

 

The OLG in its Joint Organisations – Frequently Asked Questions provides the following information on structure and purpose of a Joint Organisation.

 

 “A Joint Organisation is a new entity under the Local Government Act comprising member councils in regional NSW to provide a stronger voice for the communities they represent.

 

A Joint Organisation will provide a more structured, permanent way for local councils, State agencies and other interested groups to collaborate. Each region will decide its own priorities, working on short and long term projects such as attracting a new industry to the region or improving the health of a river system. By putting their resources together and focusing on the unique challenges and strengths of their whole region, Joint Organisation members can drive better outcomes for local residents.

 

Each Joint Organisation will comprise at least three member councils and align with one of the State’s strategic growth planning regions. One of the member council’s mayors will be elected chairperson and an Executive Officer may be appointed.”

 

Further information on the proposed JOs and the entire process is available on the OLG website (olg.nsw.gov.au), under the heading of Strengthening Local Government. The following link is provided http://www.olg.nsw.gov.au/content/joint-organisations-strengthen-regional-nsw.

 

Byron Shire currently sits within the North Coast State Planning Region along with Tweed Shire, Ballina Shire, Bellingen Shire, Kyogle, Richmond Valley, Nambucca Shire, Lismore City, Clarence Valley, Kempsey Shire, Coffs Harbour City and Port Macquarie-Hastings Councils.

 

The OLG in the information provided to Councils on JOs and the next steps (Attachment 2), has indicated that a Council should consult with other Councils within their allocated Regional Planning Region, to identify the member Councils for a JO.

 

NOROC at a meeting held in November 2016 resolved to endorse the submission to the NSW Government’s Joint Organisations: Getting the Boundaries Right report (16/17:R14).The submission stated that NOROC supported the proposed boundaries for the Northern Rivers Joint , and that NOROC included the Kyogle, Richmond Valley, Tweed, Byron, Lismore and Ballina Local Government areas, and that the alignment of the proposed boundary for the JO and the current NOROC boundary would ensure a smoother transition process.

 

Each of the individual Councils within the area of a proposed Joint Organisation needs to pass a resolution establishing the JO and its membership, and confirming that the Council wishes to be member of the JO.

 

As at the date on which this report was completed the other Councils in the proposed JO have reached the following stages:

 

Richmond Valley – resolved to join JO with NOROC councils

Lismore – decision on 13 March.

Ballina – resolved to join JO with NOROC councils

Kyogle – resolved to join JO with NOROC councils

Tweed – decision on 22 March.

 

This format and the content of the resolution has been prescribed by the OLG. The resolution when passed by Council, along with the Council’s nomination to join a JO, needs to be submitted to the OLG prior to 23 March 2018.

 

Council’s consideration of the invitation has been hampered by the lack of opportunity to fully consider the proposed Local Government (General) Amendment (Regional Joint Organisations) Regulation 2018. The draft amendments were released on 19 February 2018. A copy of the draft Regulation is Attachment 3. The OLG has issued a Regulation Consultation Guide entitled “Supporting Joint Organisation success).That guide is Attachment 4.

 

Council has raised a number of questions as to the provisions of the Act and the draft Regulation. The OLG has assisted in providing answers to those questions. The questions and answers are set out below.

 

1.   Formation of a JO is by ‘proclamation’ (s400O), by which constituent councils become ‘members’ following a resolution of Council (400P).  s400ZC provides that the Governor, may ’dissolve or ‘amend’ a JO or its constitution. How might ‘members’ disengage from JOs voluntarily if they so wish and what are the consequences if any? The reading speech says they can’t.

 

Member councils of a JO can request the Minister to recommend to the Governor that they be removed from the JO by amending the proclamation that created the JO.

 

2.   How does the legal status, powers and functions of a JO, as a ‘body corporate’ (s400Q) differ from the current NOROC? Is it the case that similar status or powers may be provided for through different legislation or processes?

 

NOROC is an incorporated association separate from the Local Government Act, with its own constitution that would define the governance arrangements and accountability back to member councils. The JO is established under the Local Government Act with many of the provisions that apply to a council applying to a JO. This provides a similar level of governance and transparency that applies to a council, with clear accountability mechanisms back to member councils eg the requirement to have an expenses and facilities policy that has been consulted with member councils and a requirement for the Charter to be consulted with member councils.

 

3.   Services may be delivered by a JO with the agreement of member council’s (s400S(1)) though restricted by ‘regulations’. What do these regulations currently provide?

 

The regulations enable a council to delegate functions under the Act to a JO, with the consent of the JO. A JO cannot force a council to delegate a function and a council cannot force a JO to accept a function. The regulation doesn’t prescribe any further restrictions. The general restrictions in section 377 apply.

 

4.   s400S(2) provides that ‘other functions’ may be ‘conferred’ by ’this act or any other law’. Acknowledging that ‘this act’ would provide for functions to be delegated, what other provisions are there in the LGA or other legislation?

 

This provision provides a mechanism for other functions to be conferred onto JOs, in a similar way to the Act having a mechanism to confer other functions onto a council. This would just capture any further law that confers a function on a JO. There are not currently any, although the Local Government Amendment (Regional Joint Organisations) Act 2017 did make consequential amendments to include reference to a JO where there was a reference to a county council in a number of pieces of legislation.

 

5.   s400U provides for the creation of a charter by the board, but also provides that the regulations may prescribe the 'form and content’ of the charter. What do the regulations prescribe for this and if not, what if any are the indications of what the regulations will say?

 

The draft regulation released last Friday requires the Charter to include the mechanism by which financial contributions are made and that the Charter be consulted with member councils – please refer to the Guide that was distributed with the draft regulation.

 

6.   s400ZF(3) provides that JOs ‘may obtain income from charges, fees, grants, borrowings and investments’.  The same subsection provides that a JO is not prevented from ‘exercising the functions of a Council from obtaining income from other sources that may be used by a council’. Contrary to the advice provided to the SPW, this section can not re read as a matter for the ‘regulations’ to make provision. An explanation of the scope of this subsection needs to be provided. What is the relationship with any other provisions that might assist in identifying the scope of the provisions? If any exists, is the scope, power or any limitation that can be read with this subsection express or implied

 

The intent is to provide for a JO appropriate alternative to Chapter 15 which applies to councils but not JOs. The wording is the same (minus reference to rates – which JOs cannot impose). The provisions is essentially a facilitative one to ensure JOs can receive funds – either where they are explicitly empowered to (e.g. under Chapter 15 Parts 10, 12 and 13 and section 620) or where they are exercising a function delegated to them from a council (e.g. the capacity to impose certain charges in relation to certain service functions).

 

7.   s400ZH applies the LGA to the JO’s, but with many ‘exclusions’. What is not excluded is as interesting as what is excluded, with particular relevance to the question about revenues and income etc above (S400ZF). It is very unclear as to the framework for operation of the JO. Will delegation be required to exercise any function or power?  Will such provisions and those NOT relating to functions or powers be able to apply concurrently with councils?

 

Some council functions (by virtue of 400ZH) apply to JOs. Council functions (which are not also JO functions) need to be delegated to a JO for a JO to exercise them. Local councils service and regulatory functions are not functions that apply to JOs (absent a delegation).

 

8.   s400ZA(2) provides that voting members (either Mayors or Councillors) do not have to make decisions ‘in their capacity as the mayor or a councillor of a council’.

 

            Correct. They act in their capacity as a voting representative on the board of a JO.

 

9.   Acknowledge that the reading speech provides an outline of intent on some matters, but is critically silent on the key question of revenue (s400AF).

 

            Correct. See proposed clause 397B of the Regulation.

 

In addition to the information provided in this report it is proposed that Council will receive a briefing from the Office of Local Government as is required by Res 18-112.

 

This report has been prepared to allow Council to consider the invitation from the OLG, for Council to join the Northern Rivers Joint Organisation of Councils, by passing the required resolution. The options are to support the Northern Rivers Joint Organisation or not support that model. The member councils of NOROC, and NOROC, have previously resolved to support this model and the recommendation is to support the proposed JO.

 

Financial Implications

 

At this stage there is not anticipated to be any additional resource or financial implications to Council in the short term, although this could change over time if the JO sought to increase its level of service to the member councils and a higher staff resource was needed.

 

This will only occur in consultation with the member councils and it would need to be justified by a significant increase in service levels to the member councils.

 

The current contribution to NOROC is approximately $15,500.

 

Initial establishment funding is to be provided by the State Government, with $3.3 million to be allocated to the project.

 

NOROC, or the new JO, will look at opportunities to access this funding for projects that may benefit the region.

 

Financial contributions by member Council to the Joint Organisation are dealt with in s400ZF(3) of the Act and in Regulation 397I and are canvassed in question and answer 6 above.

 

Statutory and Policy Compliance Implications

 

Local Government Act 1993.

 

The legislation provides as follows for joint organisations:

 

(a)     it enables the making of proclamations by the Governor to constitute joint organisations and provides for the area of the joint organisation (a joint organisation area) to consist of at least 2 council areas,

 

(b)     it prohibits a council area from being included in a joint organisation area unless the council has resolved to approve inclusion of the council’s area in the joint organisation area,

 

c)      a joint organisation established under a proclamation is constituted as a body corporate with the powers of an individual both in and outside the State,

 

(d)     the principal functions of a joint organisation are to establish strategic regional priorities, provide regional leadership and identify and take up opportunities for inter-governmental co-operation on regional matters,

 

(e)     joint organisations may also deliver services to or on behalf of councils and provide assistance to councils (including capacity building), subject to any restrictions imposed by the regulations,

 

(f)      a joint organisation is to make decisions through its board, which will contain voting and non-voting representatives. The voting representatives will be the mayor of each council whose area is included in the joint organisation (a member council) as well as one additional representative for each member council if the board determines that additional representatives are to be added,

 

(g)     the role of the board is to direct and control the affairs of the joint organisation. The board is to prepare and adopt a charter for the joint organisation,

 

(h)     the chairperson of the joint organisation is to be elected by the voting representatives from the representatives who are mayors and is to hold office for 2 years and may, if the board

          so determines, be a non-voting chairperson,

 

(i)      regulations may be made to enable alternates to be appointed for voting representatives and may provide that the alternates may only act for limited periods,

 

(j)      a voting representative will cease to hold office when he or she ceases to be the mayor or councillor of a member council, resigns, has a nomination revoked or is removed from office by the Minister and will be suspended for any period of suspension as a mayor or councillor,

 

(k)     a member council may request that the Minister remove the mayor of the council from the board on the ground of exceptional circumstances, with or without the consent of the mayor,

 

(l)      the role of the executive officer of a joint organisation is to conduct the day-to-day management of the joint organisation and to give effect to lawful decisions of the joint organisation,

 

(m)    the functions of the joint organisation may be exercised by means of the representatives, by a committee or by other provision or means, jointly with another person or persons or a member council or by a delegate,

 

(n)     a joint organisation cannot require a member council to delegate a function to it,

 

(o)     if an administrator is appointed for a member council, the administrator may exercise the functions, and has the same number of votes as, all of the voting representatives of that council,

 

(p)     the Governor may make proclamations amending the constitution of, or dissolving, a joint organisation,

 

(q)     provisions enabling savings and transitional provisions to be included in proclamations constituting councils will apply to proclamations made under the proposed Part,

 

(r)      a function of the joint organisation may be delegated to a committee, the executive officer or any other person or body. The executive officer may sub-delegate the function as well as delegate his or her functions. A joint organisation may also sub-delegate to a committee, the executive officer or any other person or body functions delegated to the joint organisation by the Chief Executive of the Office of Local Government or a member council,

 

(s)     the regulations will be able to provide for the making of financial contributions by member councils to a joint organisation and this may include making employees available for the purposes of the joint organisation,

 

(t)      limitations are imposed on the employment of staff pending certain declarations,

 

(u)     provisions of the Local Government Act 1993 that apply to councils are applied to joint organisations as if they were councils, subject to specified exclusions. Regulations may also be made to exclude the application of additional provisions and to apply excluded provisions.

 


BYRON SHIRE COUNCIL

Staff Reports - Corporate and Community Services                                          13.8

 

 

Report No. 13.8           Council Investments February 2018

Directorate:                 Corporate and Community Services

Report Author:           James Brickley, Manager Finance

File No:                        I2018/360

Theme:                         Corporate Management

                                      Financial Services

 

 

Summary:

 

This report includes a list of investments and identifies Council’s overall cash position for the month of February 2018 for Council’s information. 

 

This report is prepared to comply with Regulation 212 of the Local Government (General) Regulation 2005.

 

  

 

RECOMMENDATION:

That the report listing Council’s investments and overall cash position as at 28 February 2018 be noted.

 

 

 

 

 


 

Report

 

In relation to the investment portfolio for the month of February 2018, Council has continued to maintain a diversified portfolio of investments.  At 28 February 2018, the average 90 day bank bill rate (BBSW) for the month of February was 1.77%.  Council’s performance to 28 February 2018 is 2.52%. Council’s performance is again higher than the benchmark.  This is largely due to the active ongoing management of the investment portfolio, maximising investment returns through secure term deposits and purchasing floating rate notes with attractive interest rates.

 

The table below identifies the investments held by Council as at 28 February 2018:

 

Schedule of Investments held as at 28 February 2018

 

Purch Date

Principal ($)

Description

CP*

Rating

Maturity Date

No Fossil Fuel  ADI

Type

Interest Rate Per Annum

Current Value

28/10/16

650,000

Teachers Mutual Bank

P

BBB+

28/10/19

Y

FRN

3.17%

653,642.89

 

24/03/17

1,000,000

NAB Social Bond (Gender Equality)

P

AA-

24/03/22

N

B

3.25%

1,011,100.17

31/03/17

1,000,000

CBA Climate Bond

P

AA-

31/03/22

N

FRN

3.25%

1,000,000.00

16/11/17

750,000

Bank of Queensland

P

BBB+

16/11/21

N

FRN

2.63%

750,000.00

05/09/17

1,000,000

Bananacoast Credit Union

P

NR

06/03/18

Y

TD

2.60%

1,000,000.00

06/09/17

1,000,000

Bananacoast Credit Union

N

NR

07/03/18

Y

TD

2.60%

1,000,000.00

15/09/17

1,000,000

Peoples Choice Credit Union

P

BBB

15/03/18

Y

TD

2.55%

1,000,000.00

27/09/17

1,000,000

Bank of Queensland

N

BBB+

27/03/18

N

TD

2.50%

1,000,000.00

04/10/17

2,000,000

Police Credit Union

P

NR

04/04/18

Y

TD

2.70%

2,000,000.00

04/10/17

1,000,000

NAB

N

AA-

05/03/18

N

TD

2.55%

1,000,000.00

05/10/17

1,000,000

Police Credit Union

N

NR

05/04/18

Y

TD

2.56%

1,000,000.00

17/10/17

1,000,000

Police Credit Union

N

NR

17/04/18

Y

TD

2.55%

1,000,000.00

23/10/17

1,000,000

Bank of Queensland

N

BBB+

23/04/18

N

TD

2.55%

1,000,000.00

02/11/17

2,000,000

Police Credit Union

N

NR

02/05/18

Y

TD

2.73%

2,000,000.00

03/11/17

1,000,000

Maitland Mutual Building Society

P

NR

02/05/18

Y

TD

2.55%

1,000,000.00

10/11/17

2,000,000

ME Bank

P

BBB

13/03/18

Y

TD

2.42%

2,000,000.00

15/11/17

1,000,000

The Capricornian Credit Union

P

NR

16/04/18

U

TD

2.55%

1,000,000.00

15/11/17

1,000,000

The Capricornian Credit Union

N

NR

15/03/18

U

TD

2.50%

1,000,000.00

17/11/17

1,000,000

Police Credit Union

N

NR

17/05/18

Y

TD

2.75%

1,000,000.00

17/11/17

1,000,000

Bank of Queensland

N

BBB+

19/03/18

N

TD

2.45%

1,000,000.00

23/11/17

1,000,000

The Capricornian Credit Union

N

NR

23/05/18

U

TD

2.55%

1,000,000.00

24/11/17

1,000,000

ME Bank

N

BBB

24/05/18

Y

TD

2.55%

1,000,000.00

28/11/17

1,000,000

Bananacoast Credit Union

N

NR

28/05/18

Y

TD

2.65%

1,000,000.00

30/11/17

2,000,000

NAB

N

AA-

30/04/18

N

TD

2.49%

2,000,000.00

30/11/17

2,000,000

ME Bank

N

BBB

30/04/18

Y

TD

2.49%

2,000,000.00

01/12/17

1,000,000

Defence Bank

P

BBB

20/03/18

U

TD

2.65%

1,000,000.00

01/12/17

1,000,000

Defence Bank

N

BBB

01/03/18

U

TD

2.50%

1,000,000.00

04/12/17

1,500,000

ME Bank

N

BBB

06/03/18

Y

TD

2.40%

1,500,000.00

06/12/17

1,000,000

Hunter United Employees Credit Union

P

NR

06/04/18

U

TD

2.55%

1,000,000.00

08/12/17

2,000,000

ME Bank

N

BBB

08/06/18

Y

TD

2.55%

2,000,000.00

08/12/17

2,000,000

My State Bank

P

W/D

08/06/18

Y

TD

2.65%

2,000,000.00

15/12/17

1,000,000

Auswide Bank Ltd

N

BBB-

15/03/18

Y

TD

2.40%

1,000,000.00

19/12/17

2,000,000

Credit Union Australia

P

BBB

19/06/18

Y

TD

2.60%

2,000,000.00

19/12/17

2,000,000

Gateway Credit Union

P

NR

19/04/18

Y

TD

2.50%

2,000,000.00

02/01/18

1,000,000

ME Bank

N

BBB

04/04/18

Y

TD

2.40%

1,000,000.00

02/01/18

2,000,000

ME Bank

N

BBB

04/07/18

Y

TD

2.55%

2,000,000.00

09/01/18

1,000,000

Gateway Credit Union

N

NR

11/05/18

Y

TD

2.50%

1,000,000.00

10/01/18

1,000,000

Bankwest

P

AA-

10/04/18

N

TD

2.50%

1,000,000.00

12/01/18

1,000,000

Bank of Queensland

N

BBB+

12/06/18

N

TD

2.55%

1,000,000.00

12/01/18

1,000,000

Bankwest

N

AA-

12/06/18

N

TD

2.55%

1,000,000.00

12/01/18

1,000,000

Bankwest

N

AA-

12/04/18

N

TD

2.50%

1,000,000.00

23/01/18

1,000,000

AMP Bank

P

A

23/07/18

N

TD

2.60%

1,000,000.00

24/01/18

1,000,000

ME Bank

N

BBB

24/07/18

Y

TD

2.60%

1,000,000.00

29/01/18

2,000,000

Rural Bank

P

BBB+

30/07/18

Y

TD

2.60%

2,000,000.00

31/01/18

2,000,000

AMP Bank

N

A

03/08/18

N

TD

2.60%

2,000,000.00

02/02/18

1,000,000

Rural Bank

N

BBB+

02/08/18

Y

TD

2.62%

1,000,000.00

05/02/18

2,000,000

NAB

N

AA-

07/05/18

N

TD

2.47%

1,000,000.00

06/02/18

2,000,000

Bankwest

N

AA-

15/05/18

N

TD

2.45%

2,000,000.00

06/02/18

1,000,000

Gateway Credit Union

N

NR

07/05/18

Y

TD

2.55%

1,000,000.00

07/02/18

2,000,000

ME Bank

N

BBB

08/05/18

Y

TD

2.45%

2,000,000.00

07/02/18

2,000,000

Beyond Bank

P

BBB

18/06/18

Y

TD

2.50%

2,000,000.00

08/02/18

1,000,000

AMP

N

A

08/08/18

N

TD

2.60%

2,000,000.00

15/02/18

1,000,000

Bankwest

N

AA-

15/06/18

N

TD

2.50%

1,000,000.00

15/02/18

1,000,000

Police Credit Union Limited (SA)

N

NR

15/08/18

Y

TD

2.61%

1,000,000.00

16/02/18

1,000,000

Hunter United Employees Credit Union

N

NR

17/05/18

U

TD

2.45%

1,000,000.00

16/02/18

1,000,000

Gateway Credit Union

N

NR

18/06/18

Y

TD

2.45%

1,000,000.00

26/02/18

1,000,000

B & E Ltd (Bank of Us)

P

NR

28/05/18

U

TD

2.48%

1,000,000.00

26/02/18

1,000,000

ME Bank

N

BBB

28/05/18

Y

TD

2.38%

1,000,000.00

28/02/18

1,500,000

Defence Bank

N

BBB

29/05/18

U

TD

2.40%

1,500,000.00

28/02/18

1,000,000

ME Bank

N

  BBB

29/05/18

Y

TD

2.35%

1,000,000.00

N/A

573,101

CBA Business Online Saver

N

A

N/A

N

CALL

1.40%

573,100.52

 

12/01/18

1,002,665

NSW Treasury Corp

N

AAA

N/A

Y

CALL

1.27%

1,002,664.66

Total

77,975,766                                                                                                                                                                             

 

 

 

 

 

AVG

2.52%

77,990,508.24

 

Note 1.

CP = Capital protection on maturity

 

N = No Capital Protection

 

Y = Fully covered by Government Guarantee

 

P = Partial Government Guarantee of $250,000 (Financial Claims Scheme)

 

 

Note 2.

No Fossil Fuel ADI

 

Y = No investment in Fossil Fuels

 

N = Investment in Fossil Fuels

 

U = Unknown Status

 

Note 3.

Type

Description

 

 

B

Bonds

Principal can vary based on valuation, interest payable via a fixed interest, payable usually each quarter.

 

FRN

Floating Rate Note

Principal can vary based on valuation, interest payable via a floating interest rate that varies each quarter.

 

TD

Term Deposit

Principal does not vary during investment term. Interest payable is fixed at the rate invested for the investment term.

 

CALL

Call Account

Principal varies due to cash flow demands from deposits/withdrawals, interest is payable on the daily balance.

 

Environmental and Socially Responsible Investing

 

An additional column has been added to the schedule of Investments above, to identify if the financial institution holding the Council investment, has been assessed as a ‘No Fossil Fuel’ investing institution.  This information has been sourced through www.marketforces.org.au and identifies financial institutions that either invest in fossil fuel related industries or do not.  The graph below highlights the percentage of each classification across Council’s total investment portfolio in respect of fossil fuels only.

 

The notion of Environmental and Socially Responsible Investing is much broader than whether a financial institution as rated by ‘marketforces.org.au’ invests in fossil fuels or not.  Council’s current Investment Policy defines Environmental and Socially Responsible Investing at Section 4.1 of the Policy.  Council’s Investment Policy can be found at the following link:

http://www.byron.nsw.gov.au/files/publications/council_investments_policy_2017.pdf

 

 

In this regard Council has an additional two investments that are with financial institutions that invest in fossil fuels but the purposes of the investments are in accord with the broader definition of Environmental and Socially Responsible investments as indicated below:

 

1.  $1,000,000 investment with the National Australia Bank maturing on 24 March 2022 known as a Social Bond that promotes Gender Equity.

 

2.  $1,000,000 investment with Commonwealth Bank maturing on 31 March 2022 known as a Climate Bond.

 

For the month of February 2018, as indicated in the table below, there is a dissection of the investment portfolio by investment type:

 

Dissection of Council Investment Portfolio as at 28 February 2018

 

Principal Value ($)

Investment Linked to:-

Current Market Value ($)

Cumulative Unrealised Gain/(Loss) ($)

73,000,000.00

Term Deposits

73,000,000.00

0.00

2,400,000.00

Floating Rate Note

2,403,642.89

3,642.89

573,100.52

Business On-Line Saver (At Call)

573,100.52

0.00

1,002,664.66

NSW Treasury Corp (T Corp)

1,002,664.66

0.00

1,000,000.00

Bonds

1,011,100.17

11,100.17

77,975,765.18

 

77,990,508.24

14,743.06

 

The current value of an investment compared to the principal value (face value or original purchase price) provides an indication of the performance of the investment without reference to the coupon (interest) rate. The current value represents the value received if an investment was sold or traded in the current market, in addition to the interest received.

 

The table below provides a reconciliation of investment purchases and maturities for month of February 2018 on a current market value basis. 

 

Movement in Investment Portfolio –February 2018

 

Item

Current Market  Value (at end of month) $

Opening Balance at 1 February 2018

75,987,317.86

Add: New Investments Purchased

19,500,000.00

Add: Call Account Additions

0.00

Add: Interest from Call Account

1,716.15

Less: Investments Matured

17,500,000.00

Add: T Corp Additions

0.00

Add: Interest from T Corp

1,474.23

Less: Call Account Redemption

0.00

Less: Fair Value Movement for period

0.00

 

Closing Balance at 28 February 2018

77,990,508.24

 

Investments Maturities and Returns – February 2018

 

Principal Value ($)

Description

Type

Maturity Date

Number of Days Invested

Interest Rate Per Annum

Interest Paid on Maturity $

2,000,000

NAB

TD

05/02/18

91

2.49%

12,415.90

2,000,000

Bank of Queensland

TD

05/02/18

181

2.60%

25,786.30

1,000,000

NAB

TD

05/02/18

124

2.52%

8,561.10

2,000,000

ME Bank

TD

07/02/18

91

2.42%

12,066.85

2,000,000

Beyond Australia Bank

TD

07/02/18

100

2.42%

13,260.28

1,500,000

Auswide Bank Ltd

TD

07/02/18

91

2.35%

8,788.36

1,000,000

ME Bank

TD

16/02/18

91

2.40%

5,983.56

1,000,000

Hunter United Employees Credit Union

TD

16/02/18

91

2.50%

6,232.88

1,000,000

Bank of Queensland

TD

19/02/18

186

2.55%

12,994.52

1,000,000

ME Bank

TD

23/02/18

92

2.40%

6,049.32

2,000,000

NAB

TD

23/02/18

92

2.49%

12,552.33

1,000,000

ME Bank

TD

28/02/18

92

2.40%

6,049.32

17,500,000

 

 

 

 

 

130,740.72

         

The overall ‘cash position’ of Council is not only measured by what funds Council has invested but also by what funds Council has retained in its consolidated fund or bank account as well for operational purposes. In this regard, for the month of February 2018 the table below identifies the overall cash position of Council as follows:

 

 

Dissection of Council Cash Position as at 28 February 2018

 

Item

Principal Value ($)

Current Market Value ($)

Cumulative Unrealised Gain/(Loss) ($)

Investments Portfolio

 

 

 

Term Deposits

73,000,000.00

73,000,000.00

0.00

Floating Rate Note

2,400,000.00

2,403,642.89

3,642.89

Business On-Line Saver (At Call)

573,100.52

573,100.52

0.00

NSW Treasury Corp (T Corp)

1,002,664.66

1,002,664.66

0.00

Bonds

1,000,000.00

1,011,100.17

11,100.17

Total Investment Portfolio

77,975,765.18

77,990,508.24

14,743.06

 

 

 

 

Cash at Bank

 

 

 

Consolidated Fund

3,316,312.85

3,316,312.85

  0.00

Total Cash at Bank

3,316,312.85

3,316,312.85

  0.00

 

 

 

 

Total Cash Position

81,292,078.03

81,306,821.09

14,743.06

 

 

Financial Implications

 

Council uses a diversified mix of investments to achieve short, medium and long-term results.

 

Statutory and Policy Compliance Implications

 

In accordance with Regulation 212 of the Local Government (General) Regulation 2005, the Responsible Accounting Officer of Council must provide Council with a monthly report detailing all monies Council has invested under section 625 of the Local Government Act 1993.

 

The Report must be presented at the next Ordinary Meeting of Council after the end of the month being reported.  In this regard, the current Council Meeting cycle does not always allow this to occur, especially when investment valuations required for the preparation of the report, are often received after the deadline for the submission of reports for the meeting.  Endeavours will be made to ensure the required report will be provided to Council and this will for some months require reporting for one or more months.

 

Council’s investments are carried out in accordance with section 625(2) of the Local Government Act 1993 and Council’s Investment Policy. The Local Government Act 1993 allows Council to invest money as per the Ministers Order – Forms of Investment, last published in the Government Gazette on 11 February 2011.

 

Council’s Investment Policy includes the objective of maximising earnings from authorised investments and ensuring the security of Council Funds.

 

Council at its Ordinary Meeting held 8 October 2015 resolved through resolution 15-515 to insert a new objective into its adopted Investment Policy, which gives a third tier consideration by Council to Environmental and Socially Responsible Investments, when making investment decisions.


BYRON SHIRE COUNCIL

Staff Reports - Corporate and Community Services                                          13.9

 

 

Report No. 13.9           Stronger Country Communities Fund Round 2

Directorate:                 Corporate and Community Services

Report Author:           Jodi Frawley, Grants Co-ordinator

File No:                        I2018/369

Theme:                         Corporate Management

                                      Governance Services

 

 

Summary:

 

The NSW Government opened the second round of Stronger Country Communities Fund on 12 March 2018, with applications due on 4 May 2018.  After an unprecedented demand for local projects in the first round of the fund, the NSW Government has doubled the funding total for Round Two to $200 million.

 

This year there is a focus on sporting infrastructure and general community amenity projects. Eligible projects now include street beautification and 'place making' activities.

 

The funding body requires:

·    more than one application preferably led by community groups

·    equal number of community amenity and sports infrastructure applications

·    substantial communications and engagement program to support application – including identified community priorities for each project

 

From the experiences of Round One and the extensive documentation required, it is beyond the organisation’s resources to complete multiple applications. It is recommended that Council progress one project and that Council supports community groups to make applications.

 

The community group application process will be supported by a communications and engagement program to ensure groups are aware and can make competitive applications.  This will also ensure Council meets the funding body directive to include multiple community projects.

 

 

  

 

RECOMMENDATION:

That  Council:

 

1.       Endorse the strategic approach to maximise the opportunity for Council and community projects;

 

2.       Nominate the (Beautification of Byron St Byron Bay OR  Broken Head Road Cycleway) project from the Byron Bay Town Centre Masterplan to progress for the Stronger Country Communities Fund Round 2 as the Council nominated project.

 

3.       Allocate $15,000 from the Grants Management Reserve to fund required           communications and engagement program to support community-led and delivered           projects

 

Attachments:

 

1        Stronger Country Communities Fund Round 2 Guidelines, E2018/17832

 

 


Report

 

In 2017, Council submitted four applications for the Stronger Country Communities Fund (SCCF):

 

Project

Funds sought

Project cost

Clarkes Beach Amenities

$500,000

$1.325M

Bangalow Heritage House

$320,154

$339,934

Waterlily Playscape

$418,608

$481,608

Sandhills Child Care Centre

$255,763

$299,763

Total

$1.494M

 

Nominal funding allocation

$750,000

 

(Council will be notified of exact round two funding allocation for the Shire)

 

The program managers have notified Council that the second round of the scheme will open in 12 March 2018 with applications due on 4 May 2018


The funding body requires:

 

·    more than one application

·    equal number of community amenity and sports infrastructure applications

·    substantial communications and engagement program to support application – including identified community priorities for each project

 

From experiences from Round One and the extensive documentation required, it is beyond the Council’s resources to complete multiple applications.

All applications will need to be submitted by Council along with a communications program with reporting that justifies prioritisation of projects.

SCCF have nominally allocated $750,000 per shire per round, noting that there is a preference to support multiple projects per shire. In Round One, some shires missed out altogether and others received a higher allocation. If Council’s successful projects from Round One total less than their allocation, the balance of funding will be added to their Round Two allocation. If Council’s successful Round One projects total above their allocation, the amount above will be subtracted from their allocation in Round Two.

 

Individual project applications must seek a minimum of $50,000. Applications seeking between $50,000 and $1 million can be for the entire project cost as a grant. Projects requiring grant funding of over $1 million will only be considered where there is a minimum financial co-contribution towards the project of 25 per cent of the total grant amount. The financial co-contribution to the project can be from Council or other funding sources, but must be confirmed.

 


 

Eligible Projects

 

For 2018, there is a focus on sporting infrastructure and general community amenity projects and they have changed the scope of eligible projects to include street beautification and 'place making' activities.

 

Examples of eligible infrastructure include:

 

 

 

General community amenity,

place making and street beautification

 

Local sporting infrastructure

 

 

Community halls

 

Community kitchens, barbecue and recreation facilities

 

Oval or court lighting,

sports field fencing or surfacing

 

Amenities for sports participants and spectators

 

 

Playgrounds and parks

 

Murals or community art instalments

 

Sports field and golf course drainage

and irrigation

 

Indoor sports facilities

 

 

Toilet blocks

 

Town and tourism signage

 

Sports clubhouses, change rooms

and grandstands

 

Court resurfacing including synthetic surfaces

 

 

Libraries

 

Seating, planting boxes, paving

 

Skate parks and mountain bike tracks

 

Community fitness stations (fixed)

 

 

Shade cloth and pergolas

 

Memorials or statues

 

Aquatic facilities and pools

 

Accessibility upgrades, walking or cycle pathways

 

 

Infrastructure projects related to the delivery of community services may be considered where the council is willing to submit the application and the project is shown to be a priority for the community.

 

Given resource constraints, it is recommended that Council submit one project and seek applications from community groups.  Specifically:

 

1.   Council selects one project to advance to full application from the Byron Bay Town Centre Masterplan;

2.   Council engages a consultant to oversee the communications and public relations for this project;

3.   Council announces the scheme to the Byron Shire community and encourages independent groups to apply;

4.   Council runs a workshop session for people interested in the scheme;

5.   Council receives nominations by a set date and includes these in a social media campaign, including ‘yoursaybyronshire’ that will provide metrics and data for a consultation report that needs to be submitted with the applications;

6.   Nominated groups receive relevant 'code' to submit their own applications with Council letters of support if requested and appropriate;

7.   Council provides oversight on all non-Council applications, but does not prepare them.

 

Council Projects

 

Council staff recommends the two following projects for consideration for SCCF Round Two. Only one project is to be advanced to application:

 

Byron Street Beautification

 

The Byron Street upgrade has been scoped by Infrastructure Services and deferred to the 2018-19 financial year. Council has funding to do the road works to upgrade Byron Street, but the Masterplan identifies this street as a critical East-West connector for the town, and will be a key piece of puzzle for integrating Butler Street Reserve, the bus interchange, the rail corridor and the town centre. This project would leverage available Council funds to meet the SCCF objective to include street beautification and place making.

 

As such the objectives of the Byron Street project are:

 

·    Modified design to include new elements that focus on liveability and community amenity;

·    Inclusion of shared pathways to encourage multiple modes of access and movement including the use of bikes, pedestrian walking, cars and other vehicles;

·    The use of Crime Prevention Through Environmental Design (CPTED) for wayfinding and appropriate lighting;

·    Retain and enhance community identity and placemaking through design and treatments such as seating;

·    Enhance the street appeal to support businesses along Byron Street.

 

 

Broken Head Road Cycleway - Browning Street to Clifford Street (Res 17-403)

 

The Broken Head Road Cycleway is a staged project to implement new shared zones on the road between Suffolk Park and Byron Bay. This project will improve the ease of access to/from the proposed corridor and the level of connectivity to population areas, attractors and the surrounding path network. It is beyond the scope of SCCF to provide funds to complete the project, however one or two stages would be viable for the Council application.

 

The stages and costings are as follows:

 

Stage

Description

Cost Estimate

Stage 1

The Byron at Byron resort to Beech Drive (north)

$0.20M - $0.25M

Stage 2

Beech Drive (north) to Beech Drive (south)

$0.24M - $0.32M

Stage 3

Browning Street to the existing pedestrian crossing near St Finbarr’s Catholic Primary School

$1.00M - $1.20M

Stage 4

Existing pedestrian crossing near St Finbarr’s Catholic Primary School to The Byron at Byron resort

$0.40M - $0.50M

Stage 5

Beech Drive (south) to Clifford Street

$0.06M - $0.08M

 

Stages 1 and 2 are seen as the highest priority as there is currently no amenity for cycling along this section of Broken Head Rd.

 

Financial Implications

 

It is recommended that $15,000 is allocated from the Grants Management Reserve to fund the strategy of engaging with the community on other potential community-led and delivered projects.

 

Byron Street Beautification would require between $250,000 and $500,000 from SCCF to supplement an allocated amount in Infrastructure Services budget for the upgrade of the road. This allocation will be confirmed as designs are progressed.

 

Stages one or two of the Broken Head Road Cycleway can be used as the basis of the SCCF application to seek $500,000. This would be in addition to any Council budget that may be determined.

 

Statutory and Policy Compliance Implications

 

Council is required under Section 409 3(c) of the Local Government Act 1993 to ensure that ‘money that has been received from the Government or from a public authority by way of a specific purpose advance or grant, may not, except with the consent of the Government or public authority, be used otherwise than for that specific purpose’. This legislative requirement governs Council’s administration of grants.

 

 


BYRON SHIRE COUNCIL

Staff Reports - Corporate and Community Services                                        13.10

 

 

Report No. 13.10         Audit of tree removals in Railway Park Byron Bay

Directorate:                 Corporate and Community Services

Report Author:           Anna Vinfield, Manager Corporate Services

File No:                        I2018/382

Theme:                         Corporate Management

                                      Governance Services

 

 

Summary:

 

Council resolved at its 2 November 2017 meeting (RES 17-555) to receive a report outlining the decision making process to undertake the works at Railway Park and the process in obtaining all relevant approvals and requirements prior to works (including tree removal).

 

At its 28 November 2017 meeting (RES 17-624) Council resolved to not accept the report and engage an independent consultant to provide the report and consider omissions.

 

Sinc Solutions (a member of Council’s Code of Conduct review panel) was engaged to conduct an audit.  A number of recommendations have been made which are detailed in this report.

 

  

 

RECOMMENDATION:

That Council:

 

1.    Receive the audit report into the tree removals in Railway Park Byron Bay prepared by independent consultants Sinc Solutions (attachment 1, E2018/19397)

 

2.    Note the recommendations contained in the report

 

 

Attachments:

 

1        SINC Solutions Final Report Byron Shire Council Tree Removal 9 March 2018, E2018/19397

 

 


 

Report

 

Council resolved at its 2 November 2017 meeting (RES 17-555) to receive a report outlining the decision making process to undertake the works at Railway Park and the process in obtaining all relevant approvals and requirements prior to works (including tree removal):

 

17-555 Resolved that Council:

1. Withdraw the relocation notice to the BEC from the rotunda inside Railway Park. 

 

2. Receive a report at the next Ordinary meeting, outlining the decision making process to undertake the works and the process in obtaining all relevant approvals and requirements prior to works (including tree removal), and this review be completed and reported back to Council, with any forthcoming recommendations.

 

3. Do not undertake any further infrastructure or landscaping works in Railway Park until formal adoption of a railway square beautification plan at an Ordinary Council Meeting

 

At its 28 November 2017 meeting (RES 17-001) Council resolved to not accept the report and engage an independent consultant to provide the report and consider omissions:

 

17-624 Resolved that Council: 

1. Does not accept the report provided due to:

i.              a failure to provide the necessary information pertaining to the decision making process, processes in obtaining all relevant approvals and requirements. 

ii.             an overabundance of irrelevant and potentially distracting information not relevant to the report requirements, for example the approximately 3 pages dedicated to an overview of the work of the Better Byron Crew across the Byron CBD

iii.            the lack of clarity of the reasons behind the tree removal, and contradiction between one expressed reason, “These directions were given on the basis of routine renewal maintenance activities that aligned with the scope of works that the BBC regularly performed”, and, “it would be desirable for trees to be removed as part of the redevelopment.”

iv.           a failure to explain the whether the communication and engagement plan concerning the tree removal  was fully applied as endorsed by the Executive Team on June 7, 2017 and a failure to provide this plan in the report

v.            failure to provide any evidence that the botanist engaged supported or recommended the removal of the tree

vi.           a failure to outline the reasons for no flora and fauna assessment reports being completed prior to the removal of the Eucalyptus Dunnii. 

vii.          a failure to explain why when the tree was considered ‘a limb shedding species’, it was not considered to be classified as dead, dying or dangerous and thus requiring  a dead, dying or dangerous assessment report as required in Council’s tree removal approval pathways process. 

viii.         a failure to explain why as part of the required ‘consider level of community consultation required’ section of Council’s tree removal approval pathways process, none appeared to occur.

ix.           a failure to explain why a flora and fauna assessment was not required as stipulated in the ChapterB2–Preservation of Trees and other vegetation of the Byron Shire Development Control Plan 2014, under B2.2.1 8(a) 

2. Engages an independent consultant to provide the report, including recommendations as outlined in 17-555, and also consider the matters raised and omissions listed in 1.

 

Officers sought proposals from three consultants on Council’s Code of Conduct review panel.  Based on their experience Sinc Solutions was engaged to conduct an audit. 

 

More than nine people were interviewed and an extensive body of documentation as reviewed. 

 

The review report is included at attachment 1.  The report summarises that:

 

“…the tree in dispute was a Eucalyptus Dunnii. The correct pathway process for removal of trees as part of infrastructure works was completed with the exception of notification to members of the community. This should have occurred. There was confusion on this aspect, given the level of involvement of the Byron Bay Town Centre Masterplan Leadership Team (BBTCM), also known as the Leadership Team. The governance of this group is being separately addressed by Council.

 

It is recommended that notification of tree removal is a mandatory process in the Tree Removal Approval Pathways. Further, the Executive team are to ensure more rigour is applied to consultant advice received and those who require the information upon which to base decisions, have the full information provided to them at that time.” (page 5)

 

A review provides six recommendations:

1.   The contents of the investigation report into the process for Tree Removal in Railway Park be received and noted by the General Manger, with either the whole or relevant parts of the report being provided to the Elected Council.

 

2.   Any Council works whereby tree removal is required through permit, is to be notified for a minimum of seven (7) days to the public:

a.   At the site location;

b.   On Council’s website; and

c.   In any other way Council deems appropriate.

This will be a mandatory requirement under the Infrastructure Tree Removals Approvals Pathway

 

3.   The changes enacted by the Technical Officer – Open Space with regard to improved community notification for vegetation and tree removal, in the Infrastructure Tree Removals Approvals Pathway, are also to be oversighted by the Director Infrastructure Services on a regular basis.

 

4.   When Council engages external parties, for example, ecologist, botanist, arborist and the like, formal processes should be adopted for the receipt of advice from those parties. Council should ensure more rigour is adopted when receiving advice from such parties. These processes are to be regularly oversighted by the Executive for their area of responsibility.

 

5.   Changes are made to the process to ensure that those decision makers responsible for the issuance of Permits are provided with full information prior to making any decisions. In this example, the Team Leader – Open Spaces and the Council Ecologist were not aware of the previous species identifications that had been made by Mr Plummer and Dr Kooyman in relation to the tree. Any differences should be resolved prior to any Permit being issued. This should be oversighted by the Executive for their area of responsibility.

6.   Council’s Ecologist should review either photographs or the tree itself in person, and note these actions or documents reviewed in the relevant comments section prior to sign off on any Permit issued. This should be oversighted by the Director Infrastructure Services.

 

Management agree with these recommendations and will implement accordingly.

 

Financial Implications

 

The audit cost $21,780.  This was an unexpected expenditure and the budget was adjusted accordingly as part of the 31 December 2017 quarterly budget review endorsed by Council at its 22 February 2018 meeting.

 

Statutory and Policy Compliance Implications

 

Council’s Delivery Program includes an activity (CM1.2.3) to monitor decision making to ensure alignment with corporate documents as adopted or endorsed by Council.

 

The Tree Removal Approval Pathways documentation exists to provide guidance on required processes.

 


BYRON SHIRE COUNCIL

Staff Reports - Corporate and Community Services                                        13.11

 

 

Report No. 13.11         National General Assembly of Local Government 2018

Directorate:                 Corporate and Community Services

Report Author:           David Royston-Jennings, Corporate Governance Officer

File No:                        I2018/384

Theme:                         Corporate Management

                                      Councillor Services

 

 

Summary:

 

This report is provided in accordance with Council’s Policy Mayor and Councillors Payment of Expenses and Provision of Facilities, Clause 8.4.1 “A resolution of Council is required to authorise attendance of Councillors at …b) Australian Local Government Association National General Assembly as a voting delegate.”

 

The National General Assembly of Local Government will be held from 17 to 20 June 2018 in Canberra. The Call for Motions Discussion Paper requires that motions from Councillors are to be lodged with ALGA no later than 11.59pm on Friday 30 March 2018.

 

  

 

RECOMMENDATION:

That Council:

 

1.       Authorise two Councillors (_______________) to attend the 2017 National General Assembly of Local Government to be held at the National Convention Centre in Canberra from 17 to 20 June 2018 and nominate Cr (______) as the voting delegate.

 

2.       Consider endorsement of any motions for submission to the National General Assembly, to be lodged with ALGA no later than Friday 30 March 2018.

 

Attachments:

 

1        Memo to Councillors Regarding Call for Motions for 2018 National General Assembly of Local Government (including discussion paper), E2018/19370

 

 


 

Report

 

Council has received the program and registration details for the National General Assembly of Local Government (NGA) to be held in Canberra from 17 to 20 June 2018.

 

Council’s Policy Mayor and Councillors Payment of Expenses and Provision of Facilities, clause 8.4.1. states “A resolution of Council is required to authorise attendance of Councillors at…b) Australian Local Government Association National General Assembly as a voting delegate.”

 

Council is entitled to one voting delegate in the debating session.

 

Conference Motions

 

The Mayor and Councillors Payment of Expenses and Provision of Facilities Policy also states at clause 8.4.4.(b) that “Submission of motions for consideration by Council will be done by notice of motion, which can be considered during the year.”

 

As motions to the NGA are to be received by ALGA no later than 11.59pm on Friday 30 March 2018 and must first be endorsed by Council prior to submission, a memo was provided to Councillors informing them of the above deadline.

 

Staff will submit any adopted motions to ALGA on behalf of a Councillor/s prior to the deadline.

 

Call for Motions

 

The NGA Call for Motions Discussion Paper notes that analysis has suggested that a Commonwealth election may well be called between August 2018 and May 2019. The 2018 NGA therefore provides an important opportunity to progress Local Government issues in the Federal agenda. Below are some critical areas in which Local Government needs to consider the role it can in local communities on the national stage. In particular, the 2018 NGA is calling for Motions that provide clear policy advice and/or policy initiatives that will help Local Government to address the following policy challenges:

 

·   Housing Affordability

·   Financial Sustainability – Oppose Cost Shifting

·   Innovation and Digital Transformation – Smart Communities

·   Harmonising Local Government Data

·   Cyber Security

·   Environment

·   Regional Development

 

To be eligible for inclusion in the NGA Business Papers, and subsequent debate on the floor of the NGA, motions must meet the following criteria:

 

·   be relevant to the work of local government nationally

·   be consistent with the themes of the NGA

·   complement or build on the policy objectives of your state and territory local government association

·   be from a Council which is a financial member of their state or territory local government association

·   propose a clear action and outcome

·   not be advanced on behalf of external third parties that may seek to use the NGA to apply pressure to Board members or to gain national political exposure for positions that are not directly relevant to the work of, or in the national interests of, local government.

 

Motions should be lodged electronically using the online form available on the NGA website at: www.alga.asn.au.  All motions require, among other things, a contact officer, a clear national objective, a summary of the key arguments in support of the motion, and endorsement of Council.  Motions should be received by ALGA no later than 11:59pm on Friday 30 March 2018, electronically in the prescribed format.

 

Conference Details

 

Where:              National Convention Centre, Canberra, ACT

Dates:                Sunday 17 June to Wednesday 20 June 2018

 

Costs:

(per delegate)    Registration Fee (early bird received by 4 May 2018)                                  $969.00

     Accommodation (approx) (4 nights)                                                           $1,000.00

                          Travel (approx.)                                                                                             $800.00

                          Total:                                                                                                          $2,769.00

 

Financial Implications

 

Council has an allocation for conferences of $19,400 within the 2017/18 budget (2145.004). As of 8 March 2018 there is sufficient funding remaining to fund the cost of two delegates from this budget.

 

Statutory and Policy Compliance Implications

 

In accordance with Council’s Policy Mayor and Councillors Payment of Expenses and Provision of Facilities “A resolution of Council is required to authorise attendance of Councillors at …b) Australian Local Government Association National General Assembly as a voting delegate.”

 


BYRON SHIRE COUNCIL

Staff Reports - Corporate and Community Services                                        13.12

 

 

Report No. 13.12         Councillor Nomination to Cape Byron Marine Park Advisory Committee

Directorate:                 Corporate and Community Services

Report Author:           James Brickley, Manager Finance

File No:                        I2018/407

Theme:                         Corporate Management

                                      Councillor Services

 

 

Summary:

 

This report is provided to Council to consider the nomination of Council representative(s) to the Cape Byron Marine Park Advisory Committee.  The Department of Primary Industries has called for nominations from various interest groups and local government authorities to nominate Members and Alternate Members to the Cape Byron Marine Park Advisory Committee for a new term of up to four years.

 

Byron Shire Council has been represented on this Committee since October 2013 by Cr Cameron.

 

  

 

RECOMMENDATION:

That Council nominate Cr _________________ as Member and Cr________________ as the Alternate Member to the Cape Byron Marine Park Advisory Committee.

 

 

 

 

 


 

Report

 

This report is provided to Council to consider the nomination of Council representative(s) to the Cape Byron Marine Park Advisory Committee.  The Department of Primary Industries has called for nominations from various interest groups and local government authorities to nominate Members and Alternate Members to the Cape Byron Marine Park Advisory Committee for a new term of up to four years. The current term for Members concludes on 31 March 2018.

 

Byron Shire Council has been represented on this Committee by Cr Cameron over the last four years following nomination by Council as a result of consideration of a Mayoral Minute presented to the 31 October 2013 Ordinary Council Meeting.  Council has not previously appointed an Alternate Member.

 

Nominations for membership providing for Members and Alternate Members of the Cape Byron Marine Park Advisory Committee closed on 2 March 2018.  Council on 2 March 2018 sent a letter to the Department of Primary Industries indicating that Council wishes to be part of the membership for the next term of the Cape Byron Marine Park Advisory Committee  and that Council will be considering who its representative(s) to the Committee will be at the 22 March 2018 Ordinary Meeting.

 

Following consideration of this report and Council’s decision, a further letter will be sent to the Department of Primary Industries to advise Council’s nomination of Member(s) and Alternate Member(s) for their consideration.

 

Financial Implications

 

There are no financial implications associated with this report.

 

Statutory and Policy Compliance Implications

 

Council’s previous practice with respect to its representation on this Committee is by resolution to determine a Councillor to represent Council on this Committee.

  


BYRON SHIRE COUNCIL

Staff Reports - Sustainable Environment and Economy                                 13.13

 

 

Staff Reports - Sustainable Environment and Economy

 

Report No. 13.13         Report of the Planning Review Committee Meeting held on 22 February 2018

Directorate:                 Sustainable Environment and Economy

Report Author:           Chris Larkin, Manager Sustainable Development

File No:                        I2018/24

Theme:                         Ecology

                                      Development and Approvals

 

 

Summary:

 

This report provides the outcome of the Planning Review Committee Meeting held on 22 February, 2018.

 

  

 

RECOMMENDATION:

That the report be noted.

 

 

 

 

 


 

Report

 

The meeting commenced at 3:30pm and concluded at 3:45pm

 

Present:      Cr Richardson, Cr Cate Coorey Cr Alan Hunter, Cr Michael Lyon, Cr Cameron

Staff:          Chris Larkin (Manager Sustainable Development).

Apologies: 

 

The following development application was reviewed with the outcome below:

 

DA No.

Applicant

Property Address

Proposal

Exhibition

Submission/s

Reason/s

Outcome

10.2017.683.1

Ardill Payne & Partners

2 Tincogan Street

Mullumbimby

Stage 1: Boundary Adjustment Subdivision to Create Two (2) Lots and Demolition of Existing Swimming Pool. Stage 2: Alterations and Additions to Existing Dwelling House and New Driveway on Proposed Lot 1, New Dwelling House and Studio above Existing Garage on Proposed Lot 2

Level 1

Re-notified 25/1/18 to 7/2/18

 

2 submissions

No Delegation

 

Council

10.2017.280.1

Bureau SRH Architects

32-34 Byron Street

Bangalow

Alterations and Additions to Existing Commercial Property - Construction of Restaurant at Ground Level and Three (3) One (1) Bedroom Motel Units on the First Floor

Level 2

22/6/17 to 19/7/17

 

3 submissions

The perceived public significance of the application

 

Council 

10.2017.577.1

Mr A Mitchell

99 Lismore Road

Bangalow

Change of use from Pallet Factory to Industrial Retail Outlet

No submissions received

The perceived public significance of the application

 

Council 

10.2017.686.1

Dromore Properties Pty Ltd

57 Carlyle St

Byron Bay

Stage 1: Alterations and Additions to Existing Dwelling and Strata Subdivision to Create Two (2) Strata Lots including Vacant Development Lot

Stage 2: Two (2) Dwellings to create Multi Dwelling Housing comprising Three (3) Dwellings and Strata Subdivision

Level 2

21/12/17 to10/01/2018

 

5 submissions received

The perceived public significance of the application

 

Council 

10.2017.715.1

Elizabeth Tomlinson

252 Middle Pocket Rd,

Billinudgel

Use of Dwelling as Farm Stay Accommodation

Level 1

28/12/17 to 10/1/18

9 submission received

The perceived public significance of the application

 

The number of public submissions

 

Council 

 

Financial Implications

 

Nil

 

Statutory and Policy Compliance Implications

 

Nil

 


BYRON SHIRE COUNCIL

Staff Reports - Sustainable Environment and Economy                                 13.14

 

 

Report No. 13.14         PLANNING - Development Application 10.2017.619.1 Staged Development - Stage 1 Strata Subdivision to Create Two (2) Lots , Stage 2 Alterations and Additions to Existing Shed to Create a Detached Dual Occupancy 19 Aloota Crescent Ocean Shores

Directorate:                 Sustainable Environment and Economy

Report Author:           Rochelle Barclay, Planner

File No:                        I2018/90

Theme:                         Ecology

                                      Development and Approvals

 

 

Proposal description:

Staged Development - Stage 1 Strata Subdivision to Create Two (2) Lots, Stage 2 Alterations and Additions to Existing Shed to Create a Detached Dual Occupancy

Property description:

LOT: 708 DP: 240399

19 Aloota Crescent OCEAN SHORES

Parcel No/s:

124990

Applicant:

Joe Davidson Town Planning

Owner:

Mr J P Martin & Ms I Schimanski

Zoning:

R2 Low Density Residential

Date received:

2 November 2017

Integrated Development:

No

Public notification or exhibition:

-    Level 1 advertising under DCP 2014 Part A14 – Public Notification and Exhibition of Development Applications

-    Exhibition period: 16/11/17 to 29/11/17

-    Submissions received: Nil

Delegation to determination:

Council

 

Issues:

·    Private Open Space for Proposed Lot 2

·    Byron LEP 2014 – Clause 4.1Minimum lot sizes. Variation sought under Clause 4.6 for the Strata Subdivision. 

 

Summary:

Development consent is sought for a strata subdivision to create two strata lots and to carry out alterations and additions to an existing shed to create a new dwelling within one of the lots to form a Detached Dual Occupancy on the subject site.  The proposed development is considered to be satisfactory having regards to Councils Planning controls under Byron LEP 2014 and Byron DCP 2014. 

 

The development seeks a variation to the minimum lot size for the strata subdivision of the dual occupancy, which is supported in this instance having regards to the circumstances of the case. The proposed development will not have a significant impact on the existing built or natural environment and is unlikely to prejudice or compromise the public interest. The application is recommended for approval subject to conditions of consent.

 

 

 

 

NOTE TO COUNCILLORS:

 

In accordance with the provisions of S375A of the Local Government Act 1993, a Division is to be called whenever a motion for a planning decision is put to the meeting, for the purpose of recording voting on planning matters.  Pursuant to clause 2(a) under the heading Matters to be Included in Minutes of Council Meetings of Council's adopted Code of Meeting Practice (as amended) a Division will be deemed to have been called by the mover and seconder of all motions relating to this report.

 

  

 

RECOMMENDATION:

Pursuant to Section 80 of the Environmental Planning & Assessment Act 1979, development application no. 10.2017.619.1 for Staged Development - Stage 1 Strata Subdivision to Create Two (2) Lots, Stage 2 Alterations and Additions to Existing Shed to Create a Detached Dual Occupancy be granted subject to the conditions of consent listed in Attachment 2 (E2018/16498).

 

Attachments:

 

1        Proposed Plans , E2018/15939

2        Conditions of Consent , E2018/16498

 

 


 

 

 

Assessment

 

1.         INTRODUCTION

 

1.1.          History/Background

 

BA 73/2047

Dwelling  Approved 19/3/1973

DA 10.2013.45.1

Staged construction – alterations and additions to existing dwelling approved 21/3/13

11.2013.45.1

Double Garage approved 13/5/13

 

1.2.          Description of the proposed development

 

This application seeks approval for a Staged Development:

·    Stage 1: Strata Subdivision to Create Two (2) Lots; &

·    Stage 2 Alterations and Additions to an existing Shed to create a Detached Dual Occupancy

 

 

Figure 1: Proposed Strata Subdivision         Figure 2: Proposed Floor Plan for Shed to be       converted

 

1.3.          Description of the site

 

Land is legally described as

LOT: 708 DP: 240399

Property address is

19 Aloota Crescent OCEAN SHORES

Land is zoned:

R2 Low Density Residential

Land area is:

999.1 m2

Constraints

Sewer Easement

 

The subject site is located in the R2 Low Density Residential zone in Ocean Shores. The site slopes to the front, and is currently improved by a single storey dwelling; and a shed as shown in the images below:

 

 

Figure 1. Existing Dwelling

 

 

 

Figure 2: Existing shed to be converted to a dwelling house.

 

2.         SUMMARY OF REFERRALS

 

Referral

Issue

Building Surveyor

No objections subject to conditions.

S64 / Systems Planning Officer

No objections subject to conditions.

S94 / Contributions Officer

No objections subject to conditions.

Development Engineer

No objections subject to conditions.

 

3.         SECTION 79BA – BUSH FIRE PRONE LAND

 

Under section 79BA of the Act, Council must be satisfied prior to making a determination for development on bush fire prone land, that the development complies with the document ‘Planning for Bush Fire Protection 2006’. The site is not bush fire prone land.

 

4.         SECTION 79C – MATTERS FOR CONSIDERATION – DISCUSSION OF ISSUES

 

Having regard to the matters for consideration detailed in Section 79C(1) of the Environmental Planning & Assessment Act 1979 (EP&A Act), the following is a summary of the evaluation of the issues.

 

 

 

 

4.1       State Environmental Planning Instruments

 

 

Satisfactory

Unsatisfactory

State Environmental Planning Policy No 55—Remediation of Land

X

Consideration:

The allotment was approved for residential use as a part of a subdivision. This application is for a  residential use as intended by the subdivision; and one of the proposed strata lots is already improved by a dwelling house. No Council records indicate that the lot is contaminated.  It considered that the proposed development does not warrant any further consideration in relation to contaminated land given that the proposed use does not significantly intensify the use of the site.

State Environmental Planning Policy (Building Sustainability Index: BASIX) 2004

X

Consideration:

BASIX certificate 873608S was supplied with the application.

State Planning Policy 71 (Coastal Protection)                                   X

Consideration:

Council must consider the matters listed at Section 8 of SEPP 71.

Matters for consideration for development within the coastal zone:

·      retention of existing public access to the coastal foreshore

·      impact of effluent disposal on water quality

·      development must not  discharge untreated stormwater into a coastal water body.

The proposed application has no detrimental effects in relation to Coastal Protection.

 

4.2A  Byron Local Environmental Plan 2014 (LEP 2014)

 

LEP 2014 is an applicable matter for consideration in the assessment of the subject development application in accordance with subsection 79C(1) of the EP&A Act because it applies to the subject land and the proposed development. The LEP 2014 clauses that are checked below are of relevance to the proposed development:

 

Part 1

1.1| 1.1AA| 1.2| 1.3| 1.4| Dictionary| 1.5| 1.6| 1.7| 1.8| 1.8A| 1.9|

1.9A

Part 2

2.1| 2.2 | 2.3 |Land Use Table | 2.4 | 2.5 | 2.6 | 2.7 | 2.8

Part 3

3.1| 3.2| 3.3

Part 4

4.1| 4.1A| 4.1AA| 4.1B |4.1C| 4.1D| 4.1E| 4.2| 4.2A| 4.2B| 4.2C| 4.2|4.3|4.4 |4.5 | 4.6

Part 5

5.1| 5.2| 5.3| 5.4| 5.5| 5.6| 5.7| 5.8|5.9| 5.9AA| 5.10| 5.11| 5.12|

5.13

Part 6

6.1| 6.2| 6.3| 6.4| 6.5| 6.6| 6.7| 6.8| 6.9

 

In accordance with LEP 2014 clauses 1.4 and 2.1 – 2.3:

(a)     The proposed development is defined in the LEP 2014 Dictionary as Dual Occupancy;

(b)     The land is within the R2 Low Density Residential Zone according to the Land Zoning Map;

(c)     The proposed development is permitted with consent;; and

(d)     Regard is had for the Zone Objectives as follows:

 

 

 

 

Zone Objective

Consideration

•  To provide for the housing needs of the community within a low density residential environment.

The proposed development comprising of a compliant dual occupancy upholds the intent of the objectives for the R2 Zone.

 

•  To enable other land uses that provide facilities or services to meet the day to day needs of residents.

 

 

The remaining checked clauses have been taken into consideration in the assessment of the subject development application in accordance with subsection 79C(1) of the EP&A Act.  The proposed development complies with all these clauses of LEP 2014 (in some cases subject to conditions and/or to the satisfaction of other assessing officers), except in relation to Clauses 4.1, 4.1E and 6.6, which are considered further below:

 

4.1   Minimum Subdivision Lot Size

Subclauses 4.1(2) to (4) of LEP 2014 are as follows:

 

(2)     This clause applies to a subdivision of any land shown on the Lot Size Map that requires development consent and that is carried out after the commencement of this Plan.

 

(3)     The size of any lot resulting from a subdivision of land to which this clause applies is not to be less than the minimum size shown on the Lot Size Map in relation to that land.

 

(4)     This clause does not apply in relation to the subdivision of individual lots in a strata plan or community title scheme.

 

The Lot Size Map shows a minimum lot size of 600m2 for this site. The proposed strata lots do not comply, with lot sizes as follows:

 

Lot

Size

Variation

1 – Existing Dwelling

654m2

0%

2

345m2

42.5%

 

The Applicant has submitted a clause 4.6 variation request as follows:

 

1.       Introduction – Summary of proposed development

The development application proposes Strata Title subdivision of a proposed detached dual occupancy on a site area of 999.1m2.  Resultant lots would be 654m2 and 345m2.

 

2.       Clause 4.6 Exceptions to Development Standards

Clause 4.6 allows the granting of a development consent, even though the development would contravene a development standard. However Council must first consider a written request from the Applicant that seeks to justify the contravention of the development standard by demonstrating:

 

a)      That compliance with the development standard is unreasonable or unnecessary in the circumstances of the case, and

b)      That there are sufficient environmental planning grounds to justify contravening the development standard.

 

Council must be satisfied that the Applicant’s written request has adequately addressed the matters required to be demonstrated and that the proposed development will be in the public interest because it is consistent with the objectives of the particular standard and the objectives for development within the zone in which the development is proposed to be carried out.

 

3.       The Development Standard to be varied

The development standard to be varied is the minimum lot size planning control of 600m2 applicable to this site under LEP 2014 clause 4.1 as described above.

 

4.       Extent of Variation to the Development Standard

The proposed strata subdivision would result in 2 new lots of 54m2 and 345m2.  The extent of the variation therefore ranges from 0 to 42.5% for the new lots.

 

5.       Objective of the Development Standard

The objectives of the development standard, as outlined in subclause 4.1(1) are:

a)      To ensure that lot sizes are compatible with local environmental values and constraints; and

b)      To facilitate efficient use of land resources for residential and other human purposes.

 

6.       Objectives of the Zone

The objectives of the R2 Low Density Residential Zone are stated and have been addressed in this section of this report above.

 

The proposal will provide additional housing stock for the area.  Dual occupancy development is generally not antipathetic to the zone objectives. The proposed built form is consistent and compliant with Council controls for dual occupancy. 

 

7.       Assessment – the specific questions to be addressed:

(a)     Clause 4.6(3)(a) – Is compliance with the development standard unreasonable or unnecessary in the circumstances of the case?

 

The applicant has provided a written statement in support of the DA and advises the following:

·    That Byron Shire is taking steps to rectify the wording of the LEP;

·    That Clause 3.1 and Schedule 2 of the LEP 2014 allow for strata subdivision as exempt development and do not reference a minimum lot size.

·    That part 6 of the SEPP (Exempt & Complying development Codes) does also not reference a minimum lot size;

·    That Council has issued many consents for developments that are below the minimum lot size;

·    That Clause 4.1E allows Dual Occupancy on lots as small as 800m2 in some zones; and that it is unreasonable to apply the minimum lot size when the parent lot is significantly less than the area required to achieve tow or more lots.

·    The statement cites numerous examples of strata subdivision with lots less than 600m2.

             

Having regards to the above the proposed subdivision does not have any visible component and has no impact upon the environment of the locality. Requiring compliance with the development standard would be unreasonable and unnecessary in the circumstances of the case.

 

(b)     Clause 4.6(3)(b) – Are there sufficient environmental planning grounds to justify contravening the development standard?

 

The environmental planning grounds are particular to the site and sufficient to justify contravening the development standard. The development could still be approved without a strata subdivision so it is considered that the strata component does not alter or increase the density that can be supported on the site. The proposed variation does not create any significantly adverse social, environmental or economic impacts in the locality.

 

(c)     Clause 4.6(4)(a)(ii) – Is the proposed development in the public interest? Is it consistent with the objectives of the standard and the zone as set out above?

 

The proposal is consistent with the objectives of the development standard and the zone for site specific reasons as follows:

a)      Objectives of the Standard

·        The proposed lot sizes are compatible with local environmental values and constraints. The proposed lot sizes will not cause any adverse environmental impacts and are within the constraints of the existing built form.

·        The proposed lot sizes facilitate efficient use of land resources for residential and other human purposes.

 

b)      Objectives of the R2 Zone

·        To provide for the housing needs of the community within a low density residential environment; and

·        To enable other land uses that provide facilities or services to meet the day to day needs of residents.

 

The proposal produces a better planning outcome than one that strictly complies with the development standard because requiring strict compliance would result in lot sizes that are not in keeping with the approved and long established or intended built form of the immediate locality. The circumstances of the case warrant a more flexible approach to application of the lot size development standard, the Applicant’s variation request is supported and the development application is recommended for approval despite the non-compliance. No public submissions have been received to the exhibition of the development application. The proposed development is in the public interest.

 

Clause 4.1E Minimum lot sizes for dual occupancies, multi dwelling housing and residential flat buildings

This clause sets a minimum lots size of 800m2 for detached dual occupancy in the R2 low density residential zone.  The site has an area of 999.1m2, which complies with the Clause.

 

4.3 Height of Buildings

The proposed building height of the proposed dwelling on proposed lot 2 is 4.891 metres which remains compliant with this clause.

 

4.4 Floor Space Ratio

 

The proposed floor space ratio is compliant with the prescriptive 0.5:1. The calculations are as follows:

Dwelling 1(existing): 150.8 m2

Dwelling 2 (proposed): 84.9 m2

Total 235.7 m2/ 999.1m2

FSR:0.24:1:

 

Clause 6.6           Essential Services

 

The proposed development will have essential services available to service the development including water, sewer, stormwater, power and telecommunication infrastructure. 

 

 

4.3       Any proposed Instrument that has been the subject of public consultation and has been notified to the consent authority

 

Draft SEPP (Coastal Management) 2016

The Draft Coastal Management State Environmental Planning Policy (SEPP) proposes to establish a new, strategic land use planning framework for coastal management. It is intended to support the implementation of the management objectives set out in the Coastal Management Act 2016.

 

Once adopted, the Coastal Management SEPP will be the single land use planning policy for coastal development and will bring together and modernise provisions from SEPP 14 (Coastal Wetlands), SEPP 26 (Littoral Rainforests) and SEPP 71 (Coastal Protection).

 

The aim of the Draft SEPP is to promote an integrated and co-ordinated approach to planning in the ‘Coastal Zone’, identifying four coastal management areas:

 

·    coastal wetlands and littoral rainforests area

·    coastal environment area;

·    coastal use area; and

·    coastal vulnerability area.

 

The subject site is mapped within the ‘coastal use area’. The draft provisions for consideration of development within these areas generally reflect the existing matters for consideration currently outlined in SEPP 71 and clause 5.5 of BLEP 2014. 

 

The proposal is considered to be acceptable having regard to the provisions of the Draft SEPP particularly Divisions No. 4 .. The proposed development is not in a wetland, littoral rainforest, coastal environment area; coastal hazard area or coastal vulnerability area.

 

4.4A  Byron Shire Development Control Plan 2014 (DCP 2014)

DCP 2014 is an applicable matter for consideration in the assessment of the subject development application in accordance with subsection 79C(1) of the EP& A Act because it applies to the land to which LEP 2014 applies. The DCP 2014 Parts/Chapters that are checked below are of relevance to the proposed development:

 

Part A

 

Part B Chapters:

B2| B3| B4| B5| B6| B7| B8| B9| B10| B11| B12| B13|

B14

Part C Chapters:

C1| C2| C3| C4

Part D Chapters

D1| D2| D3| D4| D5| D6| D7| D8

Part E Chapters

E1| E2| E3| E4| E5| E6| E7

 

These underlined Parts/Chapters have been taken into consideration in the assessment of the subject development application in accordance with subsection 79C(1) of the EP&A Act. The proposed development is demonstrated to meet the relevant Objectives of all relevant Parts/Chapters (in some cases subject to conditions and/or to the satisfaction of other assessing officers).

 

B4 Traffic Planning, Vehicle Parking, Circulation & Access

The proposed development requires three car parking spaces which complies with Councils requirements under B4.

 

B9 Landscaping

The development maintains landscaped areas of 90m2 for each dwelling and 25% of the site remains deep soil areas. Adequate area is provided for each dwelling for landscaping purposes.

 

D1 Residential Accommodation in Urban, Village and Special Purpose Zones

 

D1.2.1 Building Height Plane

There is an encroachment to the eastern boundary BHP of the eave. This encroachment already exists and does not worsen any impacts to the existing dwelling 1 in terms of overshadowing; privacy or access to views. The proposal is considered acceptable. 

 

D1.2.5 Side Fence Height

The side fence will be conditioned to be at a height of 1.2 m forward of the building line setback.

 

D1.5 Dual Occupancy and Semi Detached Dwellings

·    D1.5.1- Two car parking spaces have been provided for the existing dwelling and one for the proposed new dwelling which complies with Table B4.1 in Chapter B4.

·   

·    D1.5.2-  The proposed development is low scale and not out character with the neighbourhood and raises no issues in terms of visual impact or street scape.

·   

·    D1.5.3 - The dwellings have been designed to integrate with the surrounding sites to minimise the effect on neighbouring property’s view lines whilst maintaining privacy and amenity .

 

·    D1.5.4 -The Private open space for the dwelling on proposed lot 1 remains compliant with the Objectives; performance criteria and prescriptive measures of Clause D1.5.4.

 

·    The Private Open Space (POS) for the dwelling on proposed lot two (2) being the smaller parcel comprises of a verandah that is an extension of the dining; kitchen and lounge areas with an approximate floor area of 23 m2; and approximately 20m2 of landscaped and lawn area that is within the front setback area. This component of the POS is directly accessible to the dwelling; and would allow for clothes drying and gardening purposes. Although not north facing, given the existing location of the shed to be converted to a dwelling it is considered that in this instance the location of the POS is acceptable in relation to solar access. There will be no adverse effects to adjoining residents given that the POS faces both Wogoon Terrace and Aloota Crescent. To provide privacy for residents to the dwelling the plans will be annotated to require the hedge of Lilli Pillis along the corner boundary in lieu of fencing to be maintained. The planting will also assist in screening the yard area from the street.

 

·    D1.5.5 Landscaping- The development maintains landscaped areas of 90m2 for each dwelling and 25% of the site remains deep soil areas.

 

 

D6 Subdivision

·    The proposed lots accommodate all necessary infrastructure

·    Each lot contains one dwelling

·    Conditions of consent will address requirements for payment of necessary contributions.

 

It is concluded the proposed Dual Occupancy generally complies with the provisions of the Byron DCP 2014.

 

 

4.5       Any Planning Agreement or Draft Planning Agreement?

 

 

Yes

No

Is there any applicable planning agreement or draft planning agreement?

X

Consideration:

Not Applicable

 

4.6       Environmental Planning & Assessment Regulation 2000 Considerations

 

Clause

This control is applicable to the proposal:

I have considered this control as it relates to the proposal:

If this control is applicable, does the proposal comply?

92

Yes

Yes

Yes

93

No

N/A

N/A

94

No

N/A

N/A

94A

No

N/A

N/A

* Non-compliances and any other significant issues discussed below

 

4.7       Any coastal zone management plan?

 

 

Satisfactory

Unsatisfactory

Not applicable

Is there any applicable coastal zone management plan?

 

4.8       The likely impacts of that development, including environmental impacts on both the natural and built environments, and social and economic impacts in the locality

 

Impact on:

Likely significant impact/s?

Natural environment

No. The proposal will not have a significantly adverse impact on the natural environment of the locality.

Built environment

No. The proposal will not have a significantly adverse impact on the built environment of the locality.

Social Environment

No. The proposal will not have a significant social impact on the locality.

Economic impact

No. The proposal will not have a significant economic impact on the locality.

 

Council policy 4.20 is applicable to the development and a sewer easement is required.

 

4.9       The suitability of the site for the development

 

The site is a serviced, unconstrained property and is suitable for the proposed development.

 

4.10     Submissions made in accordance with this Act or the regulations

The development application was publicly exhibited. No submissions were received.

 

4.11     Public interest

 

The proposed development is unlikely to prejudice or compromise the public interest or create an undesirable precedent.

 

4.12     Section 5A of the EP&A Act – Significant effect on threatened species

 

Having regard to sections 5A, 5C and 5D of the EP&A Act, there is unlikely to be a significant effect on threatened species, populations or ecological communities, or their habitats as a result of the proposed development because no native vegetation is proposed to be removed.

 

4.13     Section 5B of the EP&A Act – Have regard to register of critical habitat

 

The NSW Critical Habitat Register does not identify any critical habitat on or adjacent to the site.

 

5.         DEVELOPER CONTRIBUTIONS

 

5.1       Water & Sewer Levies

Section 64 levies will be payable.

 

5.2       Section 94 Contributions

Section 94 Contributions will be payable.

 

6.         CONCLUSION

The proposed development is consistent with the relevant environmental planning instruments and planning controls applicable to the site other than the minimum lot size requirements for the strata subdivision. A variation to the strata subdivision arrangements is supported in this instance The proposal raises no significant issues in terms of environmental impacts which cannot be managed and the site is considered suitable for the development. The application is recommended for approval subject to conditions of consent.

 

DISCLOSURE OF POLITICAL DONATIONS AND GIFTS

 

Has a Disclosure Statement been received in relation to this application

No

Have staff received a ‘gift’ from anyone involved in this application that needs to be disclosed. Where the answer is yes, the application is to be determined by the Director or Manager of the Planning, Development and Environment Division.

No

 

Provide Disclosure Statement register details here: Nil.

 


BYRON SHIRE COUNCIL

Staff Reports - Sustainable Environment and Economy                                 13.15

 

 

Report No. 13.15         PLANNING - Update on Environmental Zone review and Planning Proposal implementation process

Directorate:                 Sustainable Environment and Economy

Report Author:           Natalie Hancock, Senior Planner

File No:                        I2018/99

Theme:                         Ecology

                                      Planning Policy and Natural Environment

 

 

 

Summary:

 

At the 17 November 2016 Ordinary Meeting Council resolved (Res16-576) to endorse a process for amending Byron Local Environmental Plan (LEP) 2014 in order to implement the Northern Councils E Zone Review Final Recommendations Report. E zones were deferred from Byron LEP 2014 pending outcome of the State Government’s review process, which was completed in late 2015.

 

Staff have commenced the E zone review process and are moving towards preparation of planning proposals. The purpose of this report is to update Council on:

 

·      recent engagement with affected landowners

·      the proposed staging of planning proposals (based on the responses received) to enable an efficient and effective Gateway lodgement process with the Department of Planning & Environment (DPE).

Council has received feedback from more than 750 affected landowners in the Shire. From this feedback process, staff have been able to determine an appropriate staging of planning proposals to enable more efficient and effective processing and minimise delays to landowners where there is agreement.  The report recommends that Planning Proposals #1 and #2 be finalised and submitted to DPE for Gateway Determination in accordance with the target dates shown in Table 2.

 

Whilst the recent engagement included all landowners with potential E Zones mapped across the Shire for transparency, as per council resolution 16-576 only Deferred Matter designated land will progress to the next stage of formal planning proposals. The only exception to this will be where a landowner with LEP 2014 zoned land has requested an E Zone designation over their land.

 

This report also recommends that Council endorse the introduction of a new LEP 2014 zone, RU6 Transition, to be applied to land currently zoned 7(d) Scenic Escarpment in LEP 1988 that does not meet the criteria for an environmental zoning. The ability to apply an RU6 Transition Zone as part of the E Zone implementation program would maintain consistency with the current 7(d) zone provisions and ensure the scenic escarpment, as well as other visually significant areas, are not eroded by inappropriate land uses that are otherwise permitted in the RU1/RU2 zones. Subject to Council’s endorsement of the proposed RU6 Transition Zone, staff propose to undertake an informal exhibition to invite feedback from affected land owners. The outcomes of this feedback would be reported back to Council together with a draft Planning Proposal #3 as soon a practical after Council’s adoption of Planning Proposal #2.

 

A further report on the use of mapped overlays to protect environmental values that do not meet the criteria for an E zone, or as an alternative to an E zone, will be provided to Council upon finalisation of the E zone Planning Proposals.

 

NOTE TO COUNCILLORS:

 

In accordance with the provisions of S375A of the Local Government Act 1993, a Division is to be called whenever a motion for a planning decision is put to the meeting, for the purpose of recording voting on planning matters.  Pursuant to clause 2(a) under the heading Matters to be Included in Minutes of Council Meetings of Council's adopted Code of Meeting Practice (as amended) a Division will be deemed to have been called by the mover and seconder of all motions relating to this report.

 

  

 

RECOMMENDATION:

That Council:

 

1.       Note that land currently zoned under LEP 2014 (i.e. not Deferred Matter land) where the landowner received an E Zone notification letter but did not request an E Zone designation, will be excluded from further consideration under the E Zone review process.

 

2.       Prepare Planning Proposal #1: (PP1) reflecting early agreements reached between landowners and Council staff on how environmental zones are to be applied and submit to the Department of Planning & Environment for Gateway determination.

 

3.      Prepare Planning Proposal #2: (PP2) for:

(i)      Deferred Matter areas that do not meet the criteria for an environmental zoning and will have a suitable rural zone applied (excluding LEP 1988 7(d) zoned land); or

(ii)     Deferred Matter areas that currently have a residential, rural residential, commercial or industrial zoning in  LEP 1988 that will transition to an equivalent LEP 2014 zone; or

(iii)   reflecting further agreements reached between landowner and Council staff on how environmental zones are to be applied; 

and submit to the Department of Planning & Environment for Gateway determination.

 

 

4.       Endorse the introduction of a new LEP 2014 zone, RU6 Transition, to be applied to land currently zoned 7(d) Scenic Escarpment  LEP 1988 that does not meet the criteria for an environmental zoning.

 

5.       Subject to Council’s endorsement of the proposed RU6 Transition Zone, prepare and undertake an informal exhibition of the related RU6 provisions for feedback from affected land owners who have not already agreed to this zone, and report the outcomes back to Council.

 

6.       Receive a report on draft Planning Proposal #3: (PP3) for:

(i)      Parcels where there is no agreement reached between the landowner and Council staff on proposed environmental zone/s;  or

(ii)     Deferred Matter areas that meet the criteria for an environmental zoning (in part or all) and where there has been no response from the landowner; or

(iii)    remaining LEP 1988 7(d) zoned land to be zoned RU6 Transition (subject to Council endorsement).

as soon as practical after Council’s adoption of Planning Proposal #2.

 

7.      Note that a further report on the use of mapped overlays as mechanism to protect environmental values will be provided to Council upon finalisation of the E zone Planning Proposals identified in Table 2.

 

8.       Consider the allocation of $50,000 as part of the forward budget process 2018/19 (alongside other Council program and budget priorities) to support a staged planning proposal program supported by robust community engagement to better inform the final E Zone Planning Proposal/s.

 

 

Attachments:

 

1        Proposed RU6 Transitional zone: rationale and other supporting information, E2018/12601

2        Proposed uses and objectives in E2 and E3 zones - extract from Council website, E2018/15075

3        Landowner Letter 1: possible land satisfying E2 - E3 criteria, E2018/15918

4        Landowner Letter 2: land  not satisfying E2 - E3 criteria, E2018/15926

5        Special Disclosure of Pecuninary Interest, E2012/2815

 

 


 

Report

Background

At the Ordinary Meeting 17 November 2016 Council resolved (Res 16-576) the following:

 

1.   That Council endorse the following process for amending Byron Local Environmental Plan (LEP) 2014 in order to implement the Northern Councils E Zone Review Final Recommendations Report:

a.   accept the Department of Planning and Environment’s offer of $40,000 together with a conditional 30 June 2017 deadline for lodgement of a planning proposal;

b.   prepare and exhibit a draft planning proposal that includes the proposed zoning and supporting methodology for a minimum period of 6 weeks (following the completion of Shire wide vegetation mapping);

c.   invite submissions from affected landowners to determine: (i) primary land use; (ii) agreement or disagreement with proposed zoning; and (iii) alternative zoning (where applicable);

d.   finalise the planning proposal for those sites where there is agreement with the proposed or alternative zoning: and

e.   resolve the zoning of outstanding sites in a subsequent planning proposal.

 

2.   That Council write to the Department of Planning and Environment (DPE) reaffirming Council’s long standing position that a separate coastal hazard zone is required in Byron Local Environmental Plan 2014, as the current Standard Instrument LEP does not provide a suitable replacement for our current 7(f1) Coastal Land and 7(f2) Urban Coastal Land Zones and therefore appropriate alternatives such as ‘E5 Coastal Hazard’ and/or ‘E6 Coastal Living’ need to be provided.

 

A project update report to the Ordinary Council Meeting 23 February 2017 reported that:

 

·    the DPE had advised that it is unable to support Council's endorsed process for implementing the E Zone review recommendations; hence $40,000 funding offer cannot be provided;

·    a letter had been forwarded to the Department of Planning and Environment (DPE) reaffirming Council’s long standing position that a separate coastal hazard zone is required in Byron Local Environmental Plan 2014.

 

An appropriate coastal hazard zone and related planning controls are yet to be developed in consultation with the State Government.

 

Staff have since commenced the E zone review process and are moving towards preparation of planning proposals. The purpose of this report is to update Council on:

 

·      recent engagement with affected landowners

·      the proposed staging of planning proposals (based on the responses received) to enable an efficient and effective Gateway lodgement process with the Department of Planning & Environment (DPE).

 

Land Owner Engagement

 

The Northern Councils E Zone Review Final Recommendations Report (2015) (Final Recommendations Report)  requires verification of the presence of vegetation attributes that meet the E2 or E3 criteria (as informed by Council’s Shire wide vegetation mapping); identification and verification of primary land use; and confirmation of proposed E Zone with the affected landowner.

 

As part of the verification process, notification letters were sent to potentially affected E Zone landowners in early October 2017. These are discussed in more detail below. For consultation purposes, in applying the state government’s environmental zones criteria, the mapping of possible E Zones extended beyond those area’s originally identified with environmental values in 2012 and marked as ‘Deferred Matters’ (DM) in LEP 2014. Hence all landowners with environmental values on their land were notified, irrespective of having a DM.

 

This was combined with other activities and methods of communication to maximise the potential for understanding and support by affected landowners and the wider community  on E Zone implementation including:

 

·    three targeted stakeholder meetings to explain and pilot-test the process used in applying the State Government’s E Zone criteria to land in the Shire;

·    use of Council’s website, public media, Facebook and an e-newsletter to advertise the engagement opportunities for landowners;

·    provision of supporting material on Council’s website including electronic access to interactive mapping, FAQ and fact sheets on how to provide feedback and an information sheet on the proposed uses and objectives in the E2 and E3 Zone (a copy of the information sheet is contained in Attachment 2);

·    one on one meetings in both the office and field; and

·    responding to phone enquiries and emails.

 

The engagement feedback period initially ran from 9 October - 22 December 2017, but was extended until late January 2018, for a total of 16 weeks, due to the high level of interest in the review.

 

Why does potential E zone mapping extend beyond the current Deferred Matter boundaries?

 

As part of the E Zone engagement process it was decided to map all vegetation satisfying the criteria for an E2 or E3 Zone and consult with all affected landowners, not just those with a DM designation. This decision was made on the basis that:

-    the draft LEP 2012 DM boundaries were based on 2007 vegetation mapping and a range of considerations including variable width buffers (eg. riparian, NP), smoothing of gaps and sharp edges and existing ‘7’ zones. As such, the DM  boundaries reflect areas determined using a different methodology (vegetation, environment and aesthetics) than has now been applied in accordance with the 2015 Final Recommendations Report

-     mapping of contiguous vegetation communities for possible E2 and E3 Zones would ensure a more  holistic assessment of such vegetation for zoning purposes

-     it was anticipated that the E Zone review process may result in agreed outcomes on many sites where the proposed E Zone/s do not align with the original DM areas, which is consistent with the Northern Councils E Zone Review Final Recommendations Report and the Ministerial 117 Direction 2.5.

 

Whilst potential E Zones were mapped across the Shire in this way for transparency, as per council resolution 16-576 only DM designated land will progress to the next stage of formal planning proposals. The only exception to this will be where a landowner with LEP 2014 zoned land has requested an E Zone designation over their land.

 

 

 

It is proposed that land currently zoned under LEP 2014 (i.e. not Deferred Matter land) where the landowner received an E Zone notification letter but did not request an E Zone designation, will be excluded from further consideration under the E Zone review process.

 

Landowner Notification Letters

 

Two types of notification letters were issued as outlined below.

 

Letter 1: Possible land meeting E Zone Criteria

 

Approximately 2600 letters of this type were issued to landowners where Council’s records suggest that all or part of their land may meet the criteria for an environmental zoning, irrespective of whether or not the land had a ‘Deferred Matter’ zone. The letter was intended to seek feedback from the landowner to:

·    verify the Council’s records on the criteria used to apply the E Zone, namely

-    vegetation mapping

-    primary land use

·    clarify the landowner’s position on the application of the proposed E Zone designation (agreement/disagreement)

 

A template copy of this letter is enclosed as Attachment 3.

 

Letter 2: Land not meeting E Zone Criteria

 

Approximately 560 letters of this type were issued to landowners where Council’s records suggest that none of their land meets the criteria for an environmental zoning. The letter was intended to advise that:

·    the land does not meet the criteria for an E Zone on the subject land;

·    a suitable alternative zone will be applied to land currently mapped as DM under LEP 2014;

·    landowners would be notified in writing of the suitable alternative zone and would have an opportunity to provide feedback on this zoning at a later date.

 

This letter was intended to be informative only and did not require a response from the landowner.

 

A template copy of this letter is enclosed as Attachment 4.

 

Consistent with Res 16-576, land wholly within the coastal 7(f1) and 7(f2) zones did not receive notification letters as these areas will be considered under a separate process and remain as a Deferred Matter until appropriate planning controls are developed in consultation with the State Government.

 

Responses

 

Council has received feedback from more than 750 affected landowners in the Shire. Staff are currently reviewing this feedback on a locality-by-locality basis. Feedback was also received from community members/groups who were not affected landowners, but had an interest in the outcome of the review.

 

As part of the feedback process Council staff engaged with landowners by one or more of the following methods: phone call, email, meeting and/or site visit. Not all landowners who received Letter 1 have responded, however further responses are still being received and considered at the time of writing this report.

 

From this feedback process staff have been able to determine an appropriate staging of planning proposals to enable more efficient and effective processing and minimise delays to landowners where there is agreement. The proposed staging is outlined in Table 2.

 

Table 2: Proposed “staging” of Planning Proposals (PP) 

PP No.

 

PP Type

Staff comments and / or rationale

PP #1

 

Target date for lodgement with DPE: May/June 2018

 

 

Reflecting early agreements reached between landowners and Council staff on how environmental and non-environmental zones (e.g. RU1/RU2) are to be applied.

 

This includes both DM & non-DM land in the Shire.

 

·    These landowners took the time to provide timely feedback about their land;

·    Landowner agreement has been reached on proposed E zones and/or other zones;

·    Private land may be zoned E2 or E3 despite being inconsistent with the criteria, at the request of the landowner;

·    Due to the agreed outcome/s on these parcels it is proposed that PP #1 be finalised and submitted to DPE for Gateway Determination by the target date.

 

RECOMMENDATION:  That PP #1 be finalised and submitted to DPE for Gateway.

 

PP #2

 

Target date for lodgement with DPE: September 2018

 

 Addressing:

·    DM areas that do not meet the criteria for an environmental zoning and will have a suitable rural zone applied (excluding LEP 1988 7(d) zoned land); or

·    DM areas that currently have a residential, rural residential, commercial or industrial zoning in  LEP 1988 and will transition to an equivalent LEP 2014 zone;  or

·    further agreements reached between landowner and Council staff. 

 

 

 

·    Notification letters with no proposed E Zone/s (Letter 2) did not require a landowner response;

·    For land in a LEP 1988 urban zone (e.g. 2 (a), 2 (v)) where the primary use is residential or business, an E Zone will not be applied unless requested by the landowner;

·    A framework exists for transitioning non E zone areas to an equivalent LEP 2104 zone (see Table 3 following);

·    Under the planning proposal process a further opportunity exists for landowner feedback on the proposed non E Zone designations

 

RECOMMENDATION:  That PP #2 be finalised and submitted to DPE for Gateway.

 

PP #3

 

Target date

for lodgement with DPE:
‘To be Advised’

 

Addressing DM parcels where:

·    a response was received but landowner and Council staff are unable to reach agreement on  proposed environmental zone/s; or

·    all or part meet the criteria for an environmental zoning but there has been no response from the landowner; or

·    further agreements reached between landowner and Council staff; or 

·    balance of LEP 1988 7(d) zoned land is to be zoned RU6 Transition (subject to Council endorsement).

 

·    Number of DM areas where agreement could not be reached is likely to be low and relate to land already in an existing LEP 1988 environmental zone;

·    Proceeding to a Gateway may elicit a response and assist in verification for those who have not responded;

·    Under the planning proposal process an opportunity exists for further landowner feedback on the proposed environmental zoning

·    Landowners who disagree with the final E zone/s adopted by Council can seek an independent review by the NSW Chief Planner.

 

RECOMMENDATION:  That Council receive a report on draft PP #3 as soon as practical after Council’s adoption of Planning Proposal #2

 

 

As indicated above, staff are working towards forwarding the first planning proposal to the Department of Planning and Environment (DPE) for Gateway determination in May/June 2018.

 

Proposed ‘RU6 Transition Zone’

 

Protection of the rural landscape values, including scenic amenity, was one of the key messages expressed by the community in the Rural Land Use Strategy Discussion Paper.  Under BLEP 1988 the 7(d) Scenic Escarpment Zone largely covers most escarpment land in the Shire, as well as other visually important areas.  During preparation of the shire wide LEP, areas within the 7(d) zone were proposed to be zoned either E2 Environmental Conservation or E3 Environmental Management in accordance with the Byron Shire Local Environmental Study 2008.  This is partly because there is no equivalent zone provided in the Standard Instrument LEP Template to accommodate such areas.

 

All 7(d) areas deferred from LEP 2014 are now being assessed against the State Government’s E zone Review Final Recommendations Report and related criteria for applying E Zones. Under the Final Recommendations Report, councils on the Far North Coast are not permitted to use scenic or aesthetic values as an attribute for the application of an E2 or E3 Zone or mapped planning controls. The report also states that “A LEP Map is not to be used for areas of scenic protection or aesthetic values”.  Whilst some vegetated areas in the 7(d) Scenic Escarpment Zone meet the criteria for applying E2 Environmental Conservation, other areas do not and will require an alternative rural zone.

 

The E Zone review and the Rural Land Use Strategy engagement processes have identified a need for a suitable replacement zone to the 7(d) Scenic Escarpment Zone in order to:

 

·    align with community values and Council policy (i.e. by ensuring that visually prominent areas are not eroded by inappropriate land uses that are otherwise  permitted in the rural RU1/RU2 Zones);

·    avoid delays for landowners who have already agreed to an E Zone on part of their land, but cannot proceed without a comparable zone in LEP 2014 for the remaining 7(d) Zone LEP 1988; and

·    avoid the prospect of other 7(d) zoned land remaining as Deferred Matter due to the absence of a comparable LEP 2014 zone.

 

To maintain consistency with the 7(d) zone provisions and ensure escarpment (and other visually prominent) areas are not eroded by inappropriate land uses, a new RU6 Transition Zone is proposed.  This is in recognition that the scenic escarpment is a sensitive landscape experiencing, and likely to continue to experience, increased development pressure.  Inappropriate development has the potential to erode the scenic values of these areas and conflict with community values and Council’s policy framework in this regard. The proposed RU6 Transition Zone will maintain the existing development framework around suitable land uses in these visually prominent areas and highly valued landscapes (by both residents and visitors). Initial discussions with the DPE have indicated that the use of the RU6 Transition Zone in this context would appear to be consistent with the intend application of this zone.

 

More detailed information about the proposed RU6 Transition Zone (as a draft amendment to Byron LEP 2014) is contained in Attachment 1.  

 

RECOMMEDATIONS:

 

·    Endorse the introduction of a new LEP 2014 zone, RU6 Transition, to be applied to land currently zoned 7(d) Scenic Escarpment  LEP 1988 that does not meet the criteria for an environmental zoning.

 

·    Subject to Council’s endorsement of the proposed RU6 Transition Zone, prepare and undertake an informal exhibition of the RU6 provisions for feedback from affected land owners who have not already agreed to this zone, and report the outcomes back to Council.

 

Framework for applying a suitable zone for non E Zone land under the LEP 2104 methodology

 

Table 3 below provides a framework to be applied in transitioning non E zone areas (LEP 1988) to an equivalent LEP 2104 zone, based on the previous adopted LEP 2014 methodology.  This has bee updated to reflect the introduction of a new RU6 Zone (pending Council’s endorsement).

 

Table 3: Framework for translation of land use zones between LEP 1988 and LEP 2014

LEP 1988 zones/land not meeting the criteria for an environmental zoning

Proposed LEP 2014 zone/s

 

·    Agricultural Protection Zones 1B1 & 1B2 Zones

·    State Significant Farmland Protection Areas

·    Prime Agricultural Lands

·    Current 1E Extractive Resources Zone (excluding Myocum Waste Management Facility)

·    S117 identified mineral resources

·    Private properties currently managed by State Forests (areas identified in layer file received from State Forests)

 

 

RU1 Primary Production Zone

 

1A General Rural and 1D Investigation Zones

 

RU2 Rural Landscape Zone

 

Note:       

On completion of the zoning mapping small (<10ha) and narrow (<50m) areas of RU2 were merged into the adjoining RU1 zone.

 

7(d)  Scenic Escarpment

RU 6 Transition Zone (subject to endorsement)

(Note: Not part of the previous LEP 2014 methodology)

 

2 (v) Village Zone

RU 5 Village Zone

2 (a) Residential Zone

R2 Low Density Residential

1 (c1) and 1(c2) Small Holdings

R 5 Large Lot Residential

3 (a) Business Zone

B1, 2, 4 & 7 Business zones as appropriate reflective of surrounding zoning

4 (a) Industrial Zone

IN 1 & 2 Industrial zones as appropriate reflective of surrounding zoning

5 (a) Special Uses Zone

SP2 Infrastructure

2 (t)  Tourist Area Zone

SP3 Tourist

 

Some coastal areas are also identified as a Deferred Matter under the Byron LEP 2014, pending the outcomes of the State Government’s coast management review and the possible adoption of a new coastal zone. This applies to (7 (f1) Coastal Lands and 7(f2) Urban Coastal Lands in LEP 1988. Such areas will be considered under a separate process and remain as a DM under the Byron LEP 2014 until appropriate planning controls are developed in consultation with the Sate Government. These zones are therefore not reflected in Table 3 above.

                                                                                                             

 

What happens if a landowner disagrees with a proposed E zone?

 

The DPE Northern Councils Environmental Zone Review Final Recommendations Report & Section 117 Direction ‘Frequently Asked Questions’ Sheet clarifies the process to be applied in the event that a landholder does not agree that their land meets the primary use or validation criteria for an E Zone. The NSW Chief Planner has been appointed by the Minister for Planning to undertake an independent review. The Chief Planner will make a decision on the dispute, based on an assessment of the evidence provided by both Council and the landholder. Councils are required to notify landholders once it resolves to adopt an E zone following a review of submissions. The landholder has 28 days from Council’s notification of the adoption of the final proposed zones to notify the Department of their request for a review by the Chief Planner.

 

Council and Crown Land

 

As part of the review process, staff will hold further discussions with other sections of Council and Crown land representatives to determine an appropriate zone for land where Council’s records suggest that all or part of this land may meet the criteria for an environmental zoning.   Landowner feedback requesting an outcome that may affect Council or Crown land will be considered as part of this process.

 

Overlays

 

Council has the option of using mapped planning controls (also known as “overlays”) to protect environmental values that do not meet the criteria for an E zone, or as an alternative to an E zone. These may be applied to sensitive riparian areas (i.e. land within a certain distance of a watercourse) or other native vegetation that needs to be managed through local provision and associated “overlay” map in LEP 2014. The verification process has identified potential land where this may be an appropriate management mechanism, however this is best considered at the end of the E Zone review. A further report on this option will be provided to Council upon finalisation of the application of E Zones.

 

Financial Implications

 

Staff are proposing a staged planning proposal program supported by robust community engagement to better inform the final E Zone Planning Proposal/s. The timeframe for this project will extend beyond financial 2017-18 financial year and hence its successful completion will require additional budget allocation in the 2018/19 financial year.  A $50,000 budget bid has been submitted for consideration in the 2018/19 Council Budget.

 

Statutory and Policy Compliance Implications

 

The process of applying E zones and mapped overlays in Byron LEP 2014 must satisfy Section 117 Direction 2.5 – Application of E2 and E3 Zones and Environmental Overlays in Far North Coast LEPs.  This direction specifically requires that a planning proposal that introduces or alters an E2 Environmental Conservation or E3 Environmental Management Zone, or an overlay and associated clause must be consistent with the Northern Councils E Zone Review Final Recommendations.

 

In addition, the newly proposed RU6 Transition Zone is consistent with community values and Council policy in relation to the current 7(d) Scenic Escarpment Zone, as well as the relevant goals and supporting directions in the North Coast Regional Plan 2036.

 

 


BYRON SHIRE COUNCIL

Staff Reports - Sustainable Environment and Economy                                 13.16

 

 

Report No. 13.16         Easy to do Business Program

Directorate:                 Sustainable Environment and Economy

Report Author:           Shannon Burt, Director Sustainable Environment and Economy

File No:                        I2018/97

Theme:                         Economy

                                      Economic Development

 

 

Summary:

 

To seek Council approval for Byron Shire Council joining ‘Easy to do Business’ Program in partnership with Service NSW.

 

 

  

 

RECOMMENDATION:

That Council:

 

1.    Approves joining the ‘Easy to do Business’ Program in partnership with Service

       NSW.

 

2.    Delegates the General Manager to enter into a Service Partnership Agreement

       with Service NSW in accordance with the requirements under the Service NSW

       (One-stop Access to Government Services) Act 2013.

 

3.    Approves any necessary documents be executed under the Common Seal of

       Council.

 

Attachments:

 

1        Flyer -outline the SBFC Program, E2018/17295

2        Presentation to NOROC General managers meeting, E2018/17296

 

 


 

Report

 

Background

 

‘Easy to do Business’ Program is a joint initiative between the Department of Premier and

Cabinet, the Customer Service Commissioner, the Office of NSW Small Business

Commissioner, and Service NSW. This initiative has a direct link to NSW State Priority

“Make NSW the easiest state to start a business”.

 

The initiative brings agencies, local councils, and industry bodies together to make the process of opening or expanding a small business simpler and faster.

 

The initiative was piloted at the City of Parramatta Council in June 2016, and since then it has also started to expand to the other local Government areas. To date, the initiative has excellent results and time to open a new business has been generally reduced from 18 months to less than 90 days.

 

Ballina and Tweed Councils have now signed on.

 

In accordance with Service NSW (One-stop access to Government Services) Act 2013, a Council resolution is required to allow Council to enter into a Service Partnership Agreement and to delegate the relevant customer service functions related to the administration of ‘Easy to do Business’ Program to the Chief Executive Officer, Service NSW. Accordingly, this report seeks Council approval to participate in the program and to extend the program benefits to small businesses within Byron Local Government area.

 

Discussion

 

The initiative aims to streamline the processes of opening a new business, which typically

require a business owner to deal with 13 agencies, including Council, and to complete 48

forms. The entire process can take up to 18 months. The initiative has initially focused on the

Café, small bar and restaurant subsector; however, the initiative will also expand to other

subsectors such as clothing retail, print businesses, and road freight etc. in the future.

 

Service NSW provides a digital platform and upfront information regarding what is required

by a potential new business owner from all the approval authorities, including Council. A

single digital form replaces the 48 existing forms. A business concierge service, via a single

phone number, is also provided to support customers through the process.

 

The 'Easy to do Business' Program will form part of Small Business Friendly Councils

(SBFC) Program run by the Office of the Small Business Commissioner. Council is already

a committed member of the SBFC Program. Entering into the 'Easy to do Business'

Program will assist in meeting the requirements of the SBFC. Attached to this report is a

flyer outline the SBFC Program. Also attached is a recent presentation to NOROC General managers meeting.

 

The key benefits of the partnership with Service NSW as part of ‘Easy to do Business’ program include:

 

Ø Better quality Development Applications will be submitted as a business concierge team will review the documents before they are submitted to the Council. This will save time for applicants as well as for Council to complete the Development Applications.

 

Ø Business concierge team will provide support for residents with new business ideas.

This should promote an economic activity within the local Government area.

 

Ø A single digital form will assist residents to enter information quickly and to avoid the need for repeated entry of the same data.

 

Ø This initiative will allow Council to maintain its status as a “Business Friendly Council” with NSW Small Business Commissioner’s Office.

 

Ø Council will benefit from exploring further future collaboration opportunities with Service NSW because of this partnership.

 

Financial Implications

 

Service NSW has indicated that there will be no service fee to Council to join the Easy to do Business program.

 

Should this circumstance change however, further consideration of the cost benefit to Council in joining the program will need to be made by the General Manager prior to executing any service partnership agreement.

 

Statutory and Policy Compliance Implications

 

There are no policy implications of this initiative.

 


BYRON SHIRE COUNCIL

Staff Reports - Sustainable Environment and Economy                                 13.17

 

 

Report No. 13.17         Byron Shire Bush Fire Prone Land Mapping

Directorate:                 Sustainable Environment and Economy

Report Author:           Sharyn French, Manager Environmental and Economic Planning

File No:                        I2018/202

Theme:                         Ecology

                                      Planning Policy and Natural Environment

 

 

Summary:

 

Council has a statutory obligation to update our bush fire prone land map every 5 years. The map has been updated in accordance with the NSW Rural Fire Services Guide for Bush Fire Prone Land Mapping (NSW RFS Guide). It shows land that can support a bush fire or is likely to be subject to bush fire attack and is used when considering development on the land.

 

The issue for Byron Shire is the latest NSW RFS Guide includes a new vegetation category (Category 3) which maps grassland greater than 10cm as a medium fire risk. 

 

There are large areas of grassland in Byron Shire that are now captured in this mapping. Attachment 2 shows our current bush fire prone land map that was developed in 2006 under a previous version of the NSW RFS Guide for comparison to the updated map in Attachment 1.

 

Whilst the NSW RFS Guide excludes areas of ‘managed grassland’ such as recreational areas, residential land, airports/airstrips, maintained public reserves and parklands, it includes all grazing farmland. This is due to their being no process to distinguish properties where the grass is maintained at less than or equal to 10cm.

 

The NSW RFS Guide is a ‘one approach fits all’ as it applies to the whole state of NSW. It doesn’t account for the different grass types and environmental conditions of the North Coast of NSW comparative to other parts of the state.

 

The impact of the new mapping for Byron Shire is significant, it will:

·    result in additional bush fire assessment for developments on mapped land.

·    impose an additional impost on landowners whose land is now mapped as bush fire prone

·    increase the workload on Development Assessment Staff and potentially increased turnaround timeframes as many DAs will require referral to RFS

·    potentially undermines the integrity of Council’s mapping processes and accuracy

 

RFS Headquarters advised Council that with most of the Shire mapped as Category 3, the fire risk for the Shire was exaggerated and may trigger fire-risk assessments of development proposals with negligible fire risk. 

 

Staff have been liaising with NSW RFS for the past two years requesting dispensation from or changes to the NSW RFS Guide. These discussions explored excluding ‘operational farmland’ identified under the rating category and downgrading the grasslands to a lower risk category.

 

Further consideration of these options identified that operational farmland is likely to include areas of unmanaged grassland >10 cm; grass height changes on a daily basis and there is no current process to verify that lands are managing grassland at ≤ 10 cm; and downgrading the risk doesn’t remove the requirement for further assessment as once land is map it will be subject to detailed site-based risk assessment.

 

RFS have concluded that they will accept the mapping that accords with their current guideline and should they further clarify or refine the criteria as it applies to the North Coast then Council can update the mapping and resubmit for certification at that time.

 

The new Bush Fire Prone Land Map is yet to be formally submitted to the RFS for the Commissioners certification.

 

Should Council proceed with the mapping staff have developed a Frequently Asked Questions document to assist landowners and have planned a range of media awareness on the new bush fire mapping.

 

It is recommended that Council submit the Bush Fire Prone Land Map (Attachment 1) to NSW RFS for the Commissioners certification in accordance with our statutory obligations.

 

  

 

RECOMMENDATION:

That Council submit the Bush Fire Prone Land Map (Attachment 1 - E2018/16059) to NSW Rural Fire Services for the Commissioners certification.

 

 

Attachments:

 

1        Bush Fire Prone Land Map in accordance with RFS Guide for Bush Fire Prone Land Mapping, Nov 2015 Version 5b, E2018/16059

2        Current Bush Fire Prone Land Map, 2006, E2018/15936

3        Guide for Bush Fire Prone Land Mapping, Version 5b, November 2015, NSW Rural Fire Services, E2018/15763

4        Letter to RFS Headquarters Bushfire Prone Vegetation, E2018/16065

5        NSW Rural Fire Services Response regarding Updated Bush Fire Prone Land Map, S2017/4706

 

 


 

Report

 

Staff have prepared a Bush Fire Prone Land Map for the Shire (Attachment 1) in accordance with the NSW Rural Fire Services Guide for Bush Fire Prone Land Mapping (NSW RFS Guide) (Attachment 3).

 

The Bush Fire Prone Land Map shows land that can support a bush fire or is likely to be subject to bush fire attack and is used when considering development on the land.

 

It is a legislative requirement under Section 146 of the Environmental Planning and Assessment Act 1979 for Council to update our bush fire prone land map every 5 years, and submit to the Commissioner of the NSW Rural Fire Service for certification.

 

The NSW RFS Guide includes a new vegetation category - Vegetation Category 3 Medium Bushfire Risk.  This category is considered to be vegetation with a medium bush fire risk.  It is higher in bush fire risk than vegetation in Category 2 but lower than vegetation in Category 1. It is represented as dark orange on a Bush Fire Prone Land Map and given a 30-metre buffer.  The buffer is coloured solid yellow with no border. This new medium bushfire risk category includes a number of vegetation communities including grasslands, which is an issue for Byron Shire.

 

There are large areas of grassland in Byron Shire that are now captured in this mapping. Much of the Shire that was not previously mapped as a bushfire risk is now mapped under this new category.  Attachment 2 shows our current Bush Fire Prone Land Map that was developed in 2006 under a previous version of the NSW RFS Guide for comparison to the new map in Attachment 1.

 

The NSW RFS Guide maps grasslands where the grass is greater than 10cm in height. It excludes areas of ‘managed grassland’ including grassland on, but not limited to, recreational areas, commercial/industrial land, residential land, airports/airstrips, maintained public reserves and parklands, commercial nurseries. It includes all grazing farmland irrespective of whether the paddocks are managed as there is currently no process to distinguish properties where the grass is maintained at less than or equal to 10cm.

 

The NSW RFS Guide is a ‘one approach fits all’ as it applies to the whole state of NSW. It doesn’t account for the different grass types and environmental conditions of the North Coast of NSW comparative to other parts of the state.

 

The impact of the new mapping for Byron Shire is significant.  It will result in additional bush fire assessment for developments on mapped land. Development applications on bushfire prone land must conform to the requirements of the NSW Rural Fire Service’s document Planning for Bushfire Protection. This document aims to minimise bush fire risk for new development by implementing the following bush fire protection measures:

·      Asset Protection Zones (fuel reduced areas)

·      Building construction standards and design (using Australian Standard AS3959).

·      Access arrangements for residents, fire fighters, emergency service workers and

those involved in evacuation.

·      Water supply and utilities.

·      Emergency management arrangements.

·      Suitable landscaping to limit fire spreading to a building.

 

Staff have been liaising with NSW RFS for the past two years requesting dispensation from the NSW RFS Guide. A copy of Council’s correspondence to NSW RFS which outlines our approaches is included in Attachment 4. As can been seen from this correspondence staff have been liaising with RFS Headquarters and their Far North Coast District office and the Far North Coast Bushfire Management Committee to try to resolve this issue.

 

RFS Headquarters advised Council that with most of the Shire mapped as Vegetation Category 3, the fire risk for the Shire was exaggerated and may trigger fire-risk assessments of development proposals with negligible fire risk.  Council was directed to liaise with the RFS Far North Coast District to investigate reclassifying the subject areas to a lower risk category. This resulted in the following three decisions being proposed:

 

1.   Exclude “managed grassland” based on Council rate class “operational farmland”. The rational was that in order to identify properties with grasses maintained at levels recognised as no risk (i.e. ≤ 10 cm) from a desk top, a categorisation of properties needed to be established. For a property owner to qualify for the discounted rate class, they need to regularly prove to Council that their property is actively managed.

 

2.   Downgrade the remaining mapped “grassland” to Vegetation Category 2 to better reflect the region’s fire history in the context of minimal grassfires (i.e. a general inability to ignite local grasslands, even when it is desired given the area’s high summer rainfall, dominant grass types, and lack of a clear “curing” period for un-kept grasses).

 

3.   Seek input on above criteria from the Far North Coast Bush Fire Management Committee.

 

Further consideration of the above decisions found:

 

·    ‘operational farmland’ is likely to include areas of unmanaged grassland >10 cm and grasses such as tall Pigeon Grass that would be categorised as a Vegetation Category 3 medium bush fire risk.  Therefore, broad application of this criterion as a basis for identifying grasslands of negligible fire risk cannot be justified.

·    To exclude farmlands with grasslands that meet the criteria of ≤ 10 cm, new property level mapping is required that delineates managed and unmanaged grasslands. This is likely to be resource intensive, and is ultimately unrealistic where grassland fire risk changes rapidly and frequently on the Far North Coast. For example, many areas of grassland are slashed, mown or grazed irregularly and grass height can range between 5 and 150 cm depending on time since management. The management frequency or the likely fuel risk range can not be reliably determined from aerial photography or site inspection.

·    downgrading the grassland risk to Category 2 will not reduce any approval requirements as the Bush Fire Prone Land Map is simply a trigger for further development assessment. The buffer distances from the mapped vegetation are the same; 30 m buffer for Vegetation Category 2 and 3.  Once identified as bush fire prone land, irrespective of category, any development will be subject to detailed site-based risk assessment under the Planning for Bush Fire Protection.

 

The RFS response to Council’s letter is included as Attachment 5. RFS have concluded that they will accept the mapping (Attachment 1) that accords with their current guideline and should they further clarify or refine the criteria as it applies to the North Coast then Council can update the mapping and resubmit for certification at that time.

 

Key concerns are:

·    the NSW RFS Guide maps grassland in the Shire as a medium risk when RFS have advised that this is an exaggerated risk

·    that proceeding with the mapping will impose an additional impost on landowners whose land is now mapped as bush fire prone when lodging a development application for their property

·    the increased workload on Development Assessment Staff and potentially increased turnaround timeframes as many DAs will require referral to RFS

·    the mapping potentially undermines the integrity of Council’s mapping processes and accuracy

 

Byron Shire Council is the first council on the North Coast to revise their Bush Fire Prone Land Maps in accordance with the NSW RFS Guide.

 

The new Bush Fire Prone Land Map is yet to be formally submitted to the RFS for the Commissioners certification.

 

Should Council proceed with the mapping staff have developed a Frequently Asked Questions document to assist landowners and have planned a range of media awareness on the new bush fire mapping.

 

It is recommended that Council submit the Bush Fire Prone Land Map (Attachment 1) to NSW RFS for the Commissioners certification in accordance with our statutory obligations.

 

Financial Implications

 

Council has already spent up to $10,000 in up skilling staff through completion of the Planning for Bushfire Protection Course through University of Technology Sydney in anticipation of the new mapping.

 

There will likely be additional costs to applicants when lodging a DA for land mapped as bush fire prone as well as resultant construction costs in these areas.

 

Statutory and Policy Compliance Implications

 

Environmental Planning and Assessment Act 1979

146   Bush fire prone land

(1)  If a bush fire risk management plan applies to land within the area of a council, the council must, within 12 months after the commencement of this section (and before the end of the period of every 5 years after the commencement):

(a)  request the Commissioner of the NSW Rural Fire Service to designate land (if any) within the area that the Commissioner considers, having regard to the bush fire risk management plan, to be bush fire prone land, and

(b)  must record any land so designated on a map.

(2)  The Commissioner of the NSW Rural Fire Service must, if satisfied that the land designated by the Commissioner has been recorded by the council on a map, certify the map as a bush fire prone land map for the area of the council.

(2A)  The Commissioner of the NSW Rural Fire Service may, in accordance with the regulations, review the designation of land on a bush fire prone land map for an area at any time after the map is certified and revise the map accordingly. The revised map:

(a)  becomes the bush fire prone land map for the area on being certified by the Commissioner, and

(b)  is to be provided to the council by the Commissioner.

(3)  Land recorded for the time being as bush fire prone land on a bush fire prone land map for an area is bush fire prone land for the area for the purposes of this or any other Act.

(4)  The bush fire prone land map for an area is to be available for public inspection during normal office hours for the council.

(5)  In this section: bush fire risk management plan has the same meaning as it has in the Rural Fires Act 1997.


BYRON SHIRE COUNCIL

Staff Reports - Sustainable Environment and Economy                                 13.18

 

 

Report No. 13.18         PLANNING - Development Application 10.2017.163.1 for Alterations and Additions to Existing Dwelling House including a Garage, Studio, Roofed Deck and Temporary Storage Shed with Attached Carport to be Decommissioned at the Completion of Construction  at 126 Coolamon Scenic Drive Ewingsdale

Directorate:                 Sustainable Environment and Economy

Report Author:           Luke  Munro , Planner  

File No:                        I2018/252

Theme:                         Ecology

                                      Development and Approvals

 

 

 

Proposal description:

Alterations and Additions to Existing Dwelling House including a Garage, Studio, Roofed Deck and Temporary Storage Shed with Attached Carport to be Decommissioned at the Completion of Construction

Property description:

LOT: 1 DP: 566244

126 Coolamon Scenic Drive EWINGSDALE

Parcel No/s:

113100

Applicant:

Balanced Earth Pty Ltd

Owner:

Mr D C & Mrs D V Gately

Zoning:

DM Deferred Matter / 7(d) (Scenic/Escarpment Zone)

Date received:

3 May 2017

Integrated Development:

No

Public notification or exhibition:

-    Level 0 advertising under DCP 2014 Part A14 – Public Notification and Exhibition of Development Applications

-    No submissions received

Delegation to determination:

Council

 

Issues:

·    Bushfire Prone Land

·    Unauthorised building

·    Second Studio on property

·    Clause 27 – Building Lines along arterial roads (SEPP 1 objection)

 

Summary:

This application seeks development consent for Alterations and Additions to Existing Dwelling House including a Garage, Studio, Roofed Deck and Temporary Storage Shed with Attached Carport.

 

The proposed frontage setback to a Classified Road is not in accordance with Clause 27 of Byron LEP 1998 due to the proposed Garage, Studio and Temporary Storage Shed being located within 55m of Coolamon Scenic Road which is identified as a Classified Road. The development application is supported by a request for a SEPP 1 objection to the LEP. The circumstances of the case warrant a more flexible approach to application of the minimum setback to a classified road due to the steep topography of the land, making compliance difficult to physically achieve. The Applicant’s request is supported in this instance.

 

The proposed development complies with all of the relevant elements of LEP 1988 and complies with DCP 2010. The proposed development is not likely to result in significant impacts on the existing environment. It is recommended that consent be granted subject to conditions listed at the end of this report.

NOTE TO COUNCILLORS:

 

In accordance with the provisions of S375A of the Local Government Act 1993, a Division is to be called whenever a motion for a planning decision is put to the meeting, for the purpose of recording voting on planning matters.  Pursuant to clause 2(a) under the heading Matters to be Included in Minutes of Council Meetings of Council's adopted Code of Meeting Practice (as amended) a Division will be deemed to have been called by the mover and seconder of all motions relating to this report.

 

  

 

RECOMMENDATION:

Pursuant to Section 80 of the Environmental Planning & Assessment Act 1979, development application no. 10.2017.163.1 for Alterations and Additions to Existing Dwelling House including a Garage, Studio, Roofed Deck and Temporary Storage Shed with Attached Carport to be Decommissioned at the Completion of Construction be granted consent subject to the following conditions in Attachment 2 (#E2018/13678).

 

Attachments:

 

1        Plans prepared by Michael Leung Design dated 28/3/17, E2018/13696

2        Conditions of consent , E2018/13678

 

 


 

 

 


 

Assessment:

 

1.         INTRODUCTION

 

1.1.          History/Background

 

BA84/2353           Shed/Garage                                             Approved   19.07.1984

BA84/2464                    Dwelling                                           Approved   26.09.1984

10.2016.576.1               Swimming Pool, Terrace and Gazebo      Approved   19.12.2016

 

 

1.2.          Description of the proposed development

 

This application seeks approval for Alterations and Additions to Existing Dwelling House including a Garage, Studio, Roofed Deck and Temporary Storage Shed with Attached Carport to be Decommissioned at the Completion of Construction

 

The development seeks the following:

·    Construction of a two (2) storey building comprising of a garage (first floor)with an attached studio on the ground floor.  

·    Construction of a roofed deck to the existing dwelling;

·    Decommissioning of temporary storage shed and attached carport prior to the occupation of the garage and studio; and

·    Alterations and additions to the existing dwelling which were completed prior to obtaining construction certificate or other related approvals.

 

The proposed elements of the proposed development are further detailed below:

 

Studio

·    Toilet and shower facilities;

·    Storage and maximum of 60m2 internal space with external tiled deck area.

 

Garage

·    4 car garage in a drive-through configuration work benches and storage area with concrete balcony and external stairs down to the studio.

 

Unauthorised addition to existing dwelling

·    Ground Floor

Two (2) bedrooms plus study;

Storage; and

Bathroom.

 

·    First Floor

Deck addition 4m x 9.6m

Colourbond roof to deck.

 

Temporary Shipping Container Shed

1 x 40ft container and carport (6m x 12m) with gravel hardstand for vehicles. This is to be removed prior to the occupation of the Garage and Studio.

 

The site contains an existing (unapproved) studio as shown on the Site Plan, which is to be decommissioned and rendered uninhabitable prior to occupation of the proposed new studio. The site is located within the Deferred Matters Zone under the Byron LEP 2014. A maximum of 1 studio is allowed per site.

 

1.3.          Description of the site

 

Land is legally described as LOT: 1 DP: 566244

Property address is 126 Coolamon Scenic Drive EWINGSDALE

Land is zoned: DM Deferred Matter / 7(d) (Scenic/Escarpment Zone)

Land area is: 2.39 m2

Property is constrained by:    Bushfire prone land 

High Conservation Value     

 

The development will be located on an existing cleared section of the site and will not require the removal of any trees.

 

2.         SUMMARY OF REFERRALS

 

Referral

Issue

Environmental Health Officer*

No objections subject to conditions.

Building Surveyor

The proposal also seeks to rectify works which have been carried out on the dwelling and associated building without consent. Conditions of consent recommended requiring the issue of a building certificate in terms of structural adequacy and certification of these structures, pest management for termite4s and other BCA matters. 

 

 

3.         SECTION 79BA – BUSH FIRE PRONE LAND

 

Under section 79BA of the Act, Council must be satisfied prior to making a determination for development on bush fire prone land, that the development complies with the document ‘Planning for Bush Fire Protection 2006’. The site is bush fire prone land.

 

Using the procedure provided on the NSW Rural Fire Service webpage titled ‘Site Assessment Methodology’, the asset protection zone and bush fire attack levels for this proposed development (which is in fire weather area FDI 80) are as follows:

 

Direction

North

Vegetation formation

Woodland

Distance between vegetation formation and building

55m

Effective slope

>15 to 20 degrees

Asset Protection Zone

45m

Bushfire Attack Level (BAL)

BAL– 29

 

Direction

South

Vegetation formation

Woodland

Distance between vegetation formation and building

>100m

Effective slope

Upslope

Asset Protection Zone

20m

Bushfire Attack Level (BAL)

BAL– 19

 

Direction

East

Vegetation formation

Woodland

Distance between vegetation formation and building

>100mm

Effective slope

>5 to 10 degrees

Asset Protection Zone

30m

Bushfire Attack Level (BAL)

BAL– 19

 

Direction

West

Vegetation formation

Woodland

Distance between vegetation formation and building

24m

Effective slope

Upslope/Flat

Asset Protection Zone

20m

Bushfire Attack Level (BAL)

BAL– 19

 

Bushfire conditions are to apply in relation to construction standards, provisions of water and services, asset protection zones and landscaping.

 

4.         SECTION 79C – MATTERS FOR CONSIDERATION – DISCUSSION OF ISSUES

 

Having regard to the matters for consideration detailed in Section 79C(1) of the Environmental Planning & Assessment Act 1979 (EP&A Act), the following is a summary of the evaluation of the issues.

 

4.1       State Environmental Planning Instruments

 

 

 

Satisfactory

Unsatisfactory

State Environmental Planning Policy No 1—Development Standards

Consideration: The DA is supported by two SEPP 1 objections which are discussed in detail below in relation to clauses 27 and 31 of Byron Local Environmental Plan 1988.

 

State Environmental Planning Policy No 55—Remediation of Land

Consideration: The proposed development does not result in an increase in sensitivity. No further investigation warranted.

State Environmental Planning Policy (Building Sustainability Index: BASIX) 2004

Consideration: A BASIX Certificate has been provided in support of this application.

State Environmental Planning Policy (Rural Lands) 2008

Consideration: The proposal is satisfactory with regard to the relevant matters under SEPP (Rural Lands) 2008.

 

 

 

4.2A  Byron Local Environmental Plan 2014 (LEP 2014)

 

LEP 2014 identifies the site as being within the Deferred Matters Zone.

 

4.2B  Byron Local Environmental Plan 1988 (LEP 1988)

 

LEP 1988 is an applicable matter for consideration in the assessment of the subject development application in accordance with subsection 79C(1) of the EP&A Act because it applies to the subject land and the proposed development. The LEP 1988 clauses that are checked below are of relevance to the proposed development:

 

Part 1

1| 2| 2A| 3| 4| 5| LEP 1988 Dictionary| 7

Part 2

8| 9

Part 3

10| 11| 11A| 11B| 12| 13| 14| 15| 16| 17| 17A| 17B| 18| 19| 22| 22| 23| 24| 25| 27| 29| 29AA| 29A| 30| 31| 32| 33| 34| 35| 36| 37| 38| 38A| 38B| 39| 39A| 39B| 39C| 40| 41| 42| 43| 44| 45| 46| 47| 47AA| 47A| 48| 49| 51| 52| 53| 54| 55| 56| 57| 58| 59| 60| 61| 62| 63| 64

Part 5

| 65| 66| 67| 68| 69| 70| 71| 72| 73| 74| 75| 76| 77| 78| 79| 80| 81| 82| 83| 84| 85| 86| 87| 88| 89| 90| 91| 92| 93| 94| 95|

96| 97| 98| 99| 100| 101

 

In accordance with LEP 1988 clauses 5, 8 and 9:

(a)     The proposed development is defined in the LEP 1988 Dictionary as Dwelling (Ancillary Structures);

(b)     The land is within the 7(d) (Scenic/Escarpment Zone) according to the map under LEP 1988;

(c)     The proposed development is permitted with consent; and

(d)     The proposed development is consistent with the relevant objectives of the Zone for the following reasons:

 

Zone Objective

Consideration

(a)  to protect and enhance the scenic qualities of the Shire of Byron which enhance the visual amenity by controlling the choice and colour of building materials, position and bulk of buildings, access roads and landscaping

The proposed ancillary structures are small in scale and of a minor nature and therefore will have only a minor impact on the visual amenity of the area

(b)  to prohibit development within the zone that is likely to have a visually disruptive effect on the scenic quality and visual amenity of the Shire

Given the minor nature of the proposal, it is unlikely to have a visually disruptive effect

(c)  to enable development for certain purposes where such development would not have a detrimental effect on the scenic quality and visual amenity of the Shire

The proposal is of a minor nature within the context of existing development on the site and adjoining land therefore will not have a significant detrimental effect on the scenic quality and visual amenity of the area

(d)  to minimise soil erosion from escarpment areas and prevent development in geologically hazardous zones

Geotechnical details will be required as part of a Construction Certificate application to ensure the site is suitably stable for the proposal

(e)  to enable the careful control of noxious plants and weeds by means not likely to be significantly detrimental to the native ecosystem

The proposal does not require any tree removal.

 

The remaining underlined clauses have been taken into consideration in the assessment of the subject development application in accordance with subsection 79C(1) of the EP&A Act. The proposed development complies with all clauses of LEP 1988 (in some cases subject to conditions and/or to the satisfaction of other assessing officers).

 

What clause does the development not comply with and what is the nature of the non-compliance?

Further consideration, including whether the development application is recommended for approval or refusal accordingly

27. Building lines along arterial roads

The proposed buildings are closer than 55m to the Coolamon Scenic Drive (an arterial road) frontage of the site and the circumstances do not meet the provisions of (2). A SEPP 1 objection in this regard is considered below.

 

The proposed garage and studio structure will be stepped down the slope of the site with ground floor (studio) being dug into the side of the slope by up to 1.8m and will the highest point of the building being approximately 5m above ground level. This will reduce the visual prominence of the structure on the hill side with the existing dwelling providing and vegetation screening the garage and studio.

 

Further, a condition requiring the proposed development be painted in muted bushland tones to reduce the potential for the garage and studio to be visually prominent on the hill side. 

 

Clause 27 – Building lines along arterial roads

Subclause 27(1) of LEP 1988 states that a person shall not, on an allotment of land which is within (in this case) Zone No 7(d), and which has a frontage to an arterial road as designated on the map, erect a building for any purpose closer than 55m from the boundary of the road. The LEP map indicates that Coolamon Scenic Drive is an arterial road as defined in the Dictionary to LEP 1988. The proposed buildings are set back a minimum of approximately 15m from the Coolamon Scenic Drive frontage of the site. This represents a numerical variation of 72% to the development standard.

 

Subclause 27(2) allows a building to be erected closer than 55m however the development does not meet any one of the required pre-requisites (a) to (c) of this subclause for the following reasons:

 

(a)     the allotment of land is not totally contained within 55m of the boundary of the road;

(b)     there are alternative suitable building sites notwithstanding considerations such as levels, steepness, instability, flooding or other physical barrier; and

(c)     the amenity of the immediate environment would not be adversely affected by requiring the 55m setback to be maintained.

 

Accordingly, the development application does not meet the 55m front setback requirement and the DA is supported by an objection pursuant to SEPP 1. The Land Environment Court judgment in Wehbe v Pittwater Council [2007] identified requirements needed in order to uphold a SEPP 1 objection, and these are addressed in the circumstances of this particular case as follows:

 

Is the requirement a development standard?

The 55m front setback requirement is a development standard as defined by section 4 of the Environmental Planning and Assessment Act 1979, because it is a provision of an environmental planning instrument in relation to the carrying out of development, being a provision by or under which requirements are specified and standards are fixed in respect of the distance of any building from any specified point and the location and siting of a building.

 

Is the objection in writing, is it an objection “that compliance with the development standard is unreasonable or unnecessary in the circumstances of the case” and does it specify “the grounds of the objection”?

The development application is accompanied by an objection in writing. It is an objection that compliance with the development standard is unreasonable or unnecessary in the circumstances of the case and specifies the grounds of the objection as follows:

 

Compliance with the numerical standard does not necessary achieve the intent of the development standard and is therefore not reasonable or necessary.

 

Strict adherence with the standard would result in the garage being located on the steepest portion of the site in an inaccessible location. The development of the garage over the existing driveway will result in less land disturbance and further the setback is generally consistent with that of neighbouring properties.

 

 

Clause 27 Building Lines along arterial roads (2) states:

Notwithstanding subclause (1), a person may, with the consent of the council, erect a building closer than 55 metres from the boundary of an arterial road as designated on the map, provided the council is satisfied that:

a)   the allotment of land is totally contained within 55 metres of the boundary of the road, or

b)   there is no alternative suitable building site due to levels, steepness, instability, flooding or other physical barrier, or

c)   the amenity of the immediate environment would be adversely affected by requiring the 55 metre setback to be maintained

 

Given the steepness of the lot the only physical location for the garage is within the 55m setback and is consistent with (b) above. Further if the garage were to be located 55m from the site frontage then the requirement for clearing to achieve suitable bushfire protection measures would result on the clearing of native vegetation on the site. This would adversely affect the amenity of the surrounding environment if strict adherence to the 55m setback were required.

 

The following site section demonstrates that the dwelling cannot be viewed from vehicles or pedestrian traversing Coolamon Scenic Drive due to:

 

- The landscaped earth berm

- The vertical separation of the dwelling from Coolamon Scenic Drive

- The proposed setback

 

Strict compliance with the standard, in this particular case, would be unreasonable or unnecessary as it would not achieve the desired positive planning outcomes. The response in Item 10 above demonstrates this assertion. The objectives of the development standard are achieved notwithstanding non-compliance with the standard.

 

It should be noted that a further reason that compliance of the standard would be unreasonable is that the setback pattern within the immediate neighbourhood shows a high level of approved setbacks far lesser than that proposed by this application and the development standard as depicted below. Many of these approved setbacks do not possess the merit shown by this application.

The case is well justified with sound environmental planning grounds which result in achieving the intent of the development standard and is consistent with orderly planning. The objectives of the development standard are achieved notwithstanding non-compliance with the standard”.

 

Is “the objection well founded” and will “granting of consent to the development application be consistent with the aims of SEPP 1 as set out in clause 3”?

An objection under SEPP 1 may be well founded and be consistent with the aims set out in clause 3 of the Policy in one of a variety of ways (according to the above mentioned judgment). These are:

 

1.       Compliance with the development standard is unreasonable or unnecessary because the objectives of the development standard are achieved notwithstanding non-compliance with the standard.

2.       The underlying objective or purpose is not relevant to the development with the consequence that compliance is unnecessary.

3.       The underlying objective or purpose would be defeated or thwarted if compliance was required with the consequence that compliance is unreasonable.

4.       The development standard has been virtually abandoned or destroyed by the Council’s own actions in granting consents departing from the standard and hence compliance with the standard is unreasonable and unnecessary.

5.       The zoning of particular land was unreasonable or inappropriate so that a development standard appropriate for that zoning was also unreasonable or unnecessary as it applied to that land and compliance with the standard in that case would also be unreasonable or unnecessary.

 

In the subject case, compliance with the development standard is unreasonable and unnecessary because the objectives of the development standard are achieved notwithstanding non-compliance with the standard. Clause 27 does not provide any stated objectives. However compliance with the development standard is unreasonable and unnecessary because the underlying objectives of the development standard are achieved for the following reasons:

 

a)      The proposed garage/studio appropriately ensures the retention and enhancement of rural character and amenity along this road corridor by ensuring appropriate setbacks and not significantly impacting on the rural character, amenity and scenic qualities from the road perspective.

b)      The proposed garage/studio will not be visible from Coolamon Scenic Drive due to the existing landscaped earth berm, the vertical separation of the dwelling from Coolamon Scenic Drive, and the proposed setback.

c)      The proposed setback would not be out of character when compared with the variety of other setbacks along the nearby stretch of Coolamon Scenic Drive.

d)      It is unlikely that this road would be subject to road widening in the near future that would be adversely affected by the proposed setback.

e)      The site contains existing landscaping along the site frontage to to visually soften the proposed development.

f)       Compliance with the standard would push the development, including the bush fire mitigation inner protection area, further down the slope into the site towards vegetated areas leading to likely vegetation removal.

 

The SEPP 1 objection is well founded notwithstanding non-compliance with the development standard and it is recommended that the SEPP 1 objection be upheld.

 

 

4.3       Any proposed Instrument that has been the subject of public consultation and has been notified to the consent authority

 

No draft EPI has been placed on public exhibition.

 

4.4     Byron Shire Development Control Plan 2010 (DCP 2010)

 

DCP 2010 is an applicable matter for consideration in the assessment of the subject development application in accordance with subsection 79C(1) of the EP& A Act because its purpose is to provide planning strategies and controls for various types of development permissible in accordance with LEP 1988. The DCP 2010 Chapters/Parts that are checked below are of relevance to the proposed development:

 

Chapter 1 Parts:

A| B| C| D| E| F| G| H| J| K| L| N

Chapters:

4| 6| 7| 8| 9| 10| 11| 12| 14| 15| 16| 17| 18| 19| 20| 21| 22

 

These underlined Chapters/Parts have been taken into consideration in the assessment of the subject development application in accordance with subsection 79C(1) of the EP&A Act. The proposed development is demonstrated to meet the relevant Objectives of DCP 2010 (in some cases subject to conditions and/or to the satisfaction of other assessing officers).

 

C14 Studios

The site contains an existing unapproved studio structure as shown on the Site Plan (Drawing 01.2), a maximum of one (1) studio is permitted per property in accordance with C14 of the Byron DCP 2010 which states

 

‘Studios are limited to one per property or, in the case of multiple occupancy, one per dwelling.

A studio must:

a) not exceed 60m2 gross floor area.

b) not contain internal partitions other than those necessary for ablution facilities or demonstrably required for the use of the studio (e.g. photography darkroom).

c) not contain a kitchen nor be capable of separate habitation.

d) not be used for separate habitation.

e) be located not greater than 100m from outside wall of the main part of the dwelling house

f) not require construction of any additional vehicular access roads, electricity services, separate on-site sewage management systems or clearing of vegetation.’

 

The applicant has indicated that they will accept a condition of approval to remove all improvements from the unlawful studio and return it to a Class 10(a) storage structure. A condition has been recommended to this effect.

 

C3.4 Element – Development in Scenic Zones

 

The site is located within the 7(d) (Scenic Escarpment zone) and must be designed to be compatible in appearance with the natural environment and scenic qualities of the land and landscapes in those zones.

 

The proposed garage and studio structure will be stepped down the slope of the site with ground floor (studio) being dug into the side of the slope by up to 1.8m and will the highest point of the building being approximately 5m above ground level. This will reduce the visual prominence of the structure on the hill side with the existing dwelling providing and vegetation screening the garage and studio. Given the sites slope away from Coolamon Scenic Drive and existing vegetation along the frontage of the site the proposal will not be readily visible from this road.

 

Further, a condition requiring the proposed development be painted in muted bushland tones to reduce the potential for the garage and studio to be visually prominent on the hill side. 

 

4.5       Any Planning Agreement or Draft Planning Agreement?

 

 

Yes

No

Is there any applicable planning agreement or draft planning agreement?

 

 

 

4.6       Environmental Planning & Assessment Regulation 2000 Considerations

 

Clause

This control is applicable to the proposal:

I have considered this control as it relates to the proposal:

If this control is applicable, does the proposal comply?

92

No

N/A

N/A

93

No

N/A

N/A

94

No

N/A

N/A

94A

No

N/A

N/A

 

* Non-compliances and any other significant issues discussed below

 

4.7       Any coastal zone management plan?

 

 

Satisfactory

Unsatisfactory

Not applicable

Is there any applicable coastal zone management plan?

 

 

 

4.8       The likely impacts of that development, including environmental impacts on both the natural and built environments, and social and economic impacts in the locality

 

Impact on:

Likely significant impact/s?

Natural environment

No. The proposal will not have a significantly adverse impact on the natural environment of the locality.

Built environment

No. The proposal will not have a significantly adverse impact on the built environment of the locality.

Social Environment

No. The proposal will not have a significant social impact on the locality.

Economic impact

No. The proposal will not have a significant economic impact on the locality.

 

Are there any Council Policies that are applicable to the proposed development?

 

The proposed development complies with Council’s development-related policies, in some cases to the satisfaction of other Council staff and/or subject to conditions if applicable.

 

4.9       The suitability of the site for the development

 

The site is a serviced, unconstrained property and is suitable for the proposed development.

 

4.10     Submissions made in accordance with this Act or the regulations

 

No Submissions were received.

4.11     Public interest

 

The proposed development is unlikely to prejudice or compromise the public interest or create a dangerous precedent

 

4.12     Section 5A of the EP&A Act – Significant effect on threatened species

 

Having regard to sections 5A, 5C and 5D of the EP&A Act, there is unlikely to be a significant effect on threatened species, populations or ecological communities, or their habitats as a result of the proposed development.

 

4.13     Section 5B of the EP&A Act – Have regard to register of critical habitat

 

The NSW Critical Habitat Register does not identify any critical habitat on or adjacent to the site.

 

5.         DEVELOPER CONTRIBUTIONS

 

5.1       Water & Sewer Levies

 

No Section 64 levies will be required.

 

5.2       Section 94 Contributions

 

No Section 94 Contributions will be required.

 

6.         DISCLOSURE OF POLITICAL DONATIONS AND GIFTS

 

Has a Disclosure Statement been received in relation to this application

No

Have staff received a ‘gift’ from anyone involved in this application that needs to be disclosed. Where the answer is yes, the application is to be determined by the Director or Manager of the Planning, Development and Environment Division.

No

 

Provide Disclosure Statement register details here: Not applicable

 

7.         CONCLUSION

 

This application seeks development consent for Alterations and Additions to Existing Dwelling House including a Garage, Studio, Roofed Deck and Temporary Storage Shed with Attached Carport.

 

The proposal is not in accordance with Clause 27 of Byron LEP 1998 due to the development being located within 55m of Coolamon Scenic Road which is identified as a Classified Road. The development application is supported by a request for a SEPP 1 objection to the LEP, having regards to the topography of the land.  Other than the setbacks to the road, the proposed development is consistent with the relevant environmental planning instruments and planning controls applicable to the site. The proposal raises no significant issues in terms of environmental impacts which cannot be managed and the site is considered suitable for the development. The application is recommended for approval subject to conditions of consent.

 

 

 

 

 


BYRON SHIRE COUNCIL

Staff Reports - Sustainable Environment and Economy                                 13.19

 

 

Report No. 13.19         PLANNING - Development Application 10.2017.450.1 Dual Occupancy (Detached) and Strata Subdivision at 40 Charlotte Street Bangalow

Directorate:                 Sustainable Environment and Economy

Report Author:           Luke  Munro , Planner

Noreen Scott, EA Sustainable Environment and Economy

File No:                        I2018/259

Theme:                         Ecology

                                      Development and Approvals

 

 

 

Proposal description:

Dual Occupancy (Detached) and Strata Subdivision

Property description:

LOT: 33 DP: 1228135

40 Charlotte Street BANGALOW

Parcel No/s:

268512

Applicant:

Joe Davidson Town Planning

Owner:

Mr D J & Mrs K Madell

Zoning:

R2 Low Density Residential

Date received:

22 August 2017

Integrated Development:

No

Public notification or exhibition:

-    Level 1 advertising under DCP 2014 Part A14 – Public Notification and Exhibition of Development Applications

-    Exhibition period: 31/8/17 to 13/9/17

-    Submissions received: None

Planning Review Committee:

Not applicable

Delegation to determination:

Council

 

Issues:

·    Strata Lot subdivision – less than minimum Lot Size (Clause 4.6 variation request)

·    Intrusion into the Building Height Plane

 

Summary:

Development consent is sought for a Dual Occupancy (Detached) and Strata Subdivision located at 40 Charlotte Street, Bangalow.

 

Clause 4.1 Minimum Subdivision Lot Size identifies that the minimum lot size under the LEP 2014 is 600m2. As the proposed development also includes a proposal to strata subdivide the existing allotment into two (2) strata lots with lot sizes less than 600m2 the application proposes a variation to the minimum lot size of over 10% and is to be considered by Council. The development application is supported in this instance pursuant to clause 4.6 of the LEP. The circumstances of the case warrant a more flexible approach to application of the minimum lot size as the existing lot size allows the development of a dual occupancy (detached) and the strata subdivision of the site will have no material impact on the appearance or function of the dual occupancy (detached). The Applicant’s variation request is supported and the development application is recommended for approval despite the non-compliance.

 

The proposed development is consistent with the provisions of the Byron LEP 2014 and DCP 2014 and is not likely to result in significant impacts on the existing residential environment. It is recommended that consent be granted subject to conditions.

 

NOTE TO COUNCILLORS:

 

In accordance with the provisions of S375A of the Local Government Act 1993, a Division is to be called whenever a motion for a planning decision is put to the meeting, for the purpose of recording voting on planning matters.  Pursuant to clause 2(a) under the heading Matters to be Included in Minutes of Council Meetings of Council's adopted Code of Meeting Practice (as amended) a Division will be deemed to have been called by the mover and seconder of all motions relating to this report.

 

  

 

RECOMMENDATION:

That pursuant to Section 80 of the Environmental Planning & Assessment Act 1979, development application no. 10.2017.450.1 for Dual Occupancy (Detached) and Strata Subdivision, be granted consent subject to conditions listed in Attachment 2 (#E2018/15715).

 

 

Attachments:

 

1        proposed plans prepared by Joe Davidson Town Planning, E2018/15725

2        Conditions of consent Dual Occupancy Detached and Strata subdivision, E2018/15715

 

 

 

 


 

Assessment:

 

1.         INTRODUCTION

 

1.1.          History/Background

 

This application is for development on a Council approved allotment as Lot 33 DP 1228135 registered on the 27.01.2017.

 

1.2.          Description of the proposed development

 

This application seeks approval for Dual Occupancy (Detached) and Strata Subdivision.

 

The proposal seeks to develop a Dual Occupancy (Detached) with two individual dwellings which will each contain the following:

 

Ground Floor

Combined Living, Kitchen area

Separate Laundry and WC

Covered alfresco area

Double garage

First Floor

Three bedrooms (main with en-suite and WIR)

Family room

Bathroom

 

Each dwelling will be constructed from coloured and textured FC cladding for external walls at ground level with weatherboard FC cladding to the first floor with a colourbond roof.

 

The development also seeks to Strata subdivide the site into two allotments with the following areas:

·    Strata Lot 1 – 398m2

·    Strata Lot 2 – 402m2

 

The proposal provided a double garage per dwelling with additional area on the driveway to accommodate a further visitor parking space in accordance with Chapter B4 of the DCP 2014.

 

The site is burdened by a number of easements across the site frontage and a small corner of the eaves as proposed encroaches into the Easement area, the plans have been amended in red to ensure that the eaves do not encroach into the easement area.

 

The existing lot has a total area of 800m2 lot size, Clause  4.1E Minimum lot sizes for dual occupancies, multi dwelling housing and residential flat buildings of the Byron LEP 2014 requires a minimum lot size of 800m2 for a dual occupancy (detached). The development complies with this requirement.

 

Clause 4.1 Minimum Subdivision Lot Size identifies that the minimum lot size under the LEP 2014 is 600m2. As the proposed development also includes a proposal to strata subdivide the existing allotment into two (2) lots with lot sizes less than 600m2 the application proposes a variation to the minimum lot size of over 10% and is to be considered by Council.

 

The development application is supported by a request for a variation pursuant to clause 4.6 of the LEP. The circumstances of the case warrant a more flexible approach to application of the minimum lot size as the existing lot size allows the development of a dual occupancy (detached) and the strata subdivision of the site will have no material impact on the appearance or function of the dual occupancy (detached).

 

 

1.3.          Description of the site

 

Land is legally described as

LOT: 33 DP: 1228135

Property address is

40 Charlotte Street BANGALOW

Land is zoned:

R2 Low Density Residential

Land area is:

800 m2

Property is constrained by:

Flood Liable Land – This overlay has since been removed as the site is not impacted by flood.           

 

There is no vegetation onsite as a result of the recent subdivision of the sites and has full road frontage with kerb and channel with footpath across the full frontage of the site.

 

2.         SUMMARY OF REFERRALS

 

Referral

Issue

Development Engineer

No objections subject to conditions.

S64 / Systems Planning Officer

No objections subject to conditions.

S94 / Contributions Officer

No objections subject to conditions.

 

3.         SECTION 79BA – BUSH FIRE PRONE LAND

 

Under section 79BA of the Act, Council must be satisfied prior to making a determination for development on bush fire prone land, that the development complies with the document ‘Planning for Bush Fire Protection 2006’. The site is not bush fire prone land.

 

 

4.         SECTION 79C – MATTERS FOR CONSIDERATION – DISCUSSION OF ISSUES

 

Having regard to the matters for consideration detailed in Section 79C(1) of the Environmental Planning & Assessment Act 1979 (EP&A Act), the following is a summary of the evaluation of the issues.

 

4.1       State Environmental Planning Instruments

 

 

Satisfactory

Unsatisfactory

State Environmental Planning Policy No 55—Remediation of Land

Consideration: The site is not identified as being contaminated and has previously been assessed at the time of subdivision.

 

State Environmental Planning Policy (Building Sustainability Index: BASIX) 2004

Consideration: A valid BASIX has been provided with the application.

 

4.2A  Byron Local Environmental Plan 2014 (LEP 2014)

 

LEP 2014 is an applicable matter for consideration in the assessment of the subject development application in accordance with subsection 79C(1) of the EP&A Act because it applies to the subject land and the proposed development. The LEP 2014 clauses that are checked below are of relevance to the proposed development:

 

Part 1

1.1| 1.1AA| 1.2| 1.3| 1.4| Dictionary| 1.5| 1.6| 1.7| 1.8| 1.8A| 1.9| 1.9A

Part 2

2.1| 2.2 | 2.3 |Land Use Table | 2.4 | 2.5 | 2.6 | 2.7 | 2.8

Part 3

3.1| 3.2| 3.3

Part 4

4.1| 4.1A| 4.1AA| 4.1B |4.1C| 4.1D| 4.1E| 4.2| 4.2A| 4.2B| 4.2C| 4.2|4.3|4.4 |4.5 | 4.6

Part 5

5.1| 5.2| 5.3| 5.4| 5.5| 5.6| 5.7| 5.8|5.9| 5.9AA| 5.10| 5.11| 5.12|5.13

Part 6

6.1| 6.2| 6.3| 6.4| 6.5| 6.6| 6.7| 6.8| 6.9

 

In accordance with LEP 2014 clauses 1.4 and 2.1 – 2.3:

(a)     The proposed development is defined in the LEP 2014 Dictionary as Dual Occupancy, Subdivision - Strata;

(b)     The land is within the R2 Low Density Residential according to the Land Zoning Map;

(c)     The proposed development is Permitted with Consent; and

(d)     Regard is had for the Zone Objectives as follows:

 

Zone Objective

Consideration

To provide for the housing needs of the community within a low density residential environment.

The dwellings will provide a range of housing types in the locality and maintains the existing residential character of the area.

To enable other land uses that provide facilities or services to meet the day to day needs of residents

The dwellings will provide a range of housing types in the locality.

 

The remaining underlined clauses have been taken into consideration in the assessment of the subject development application in accordance with subsection 79C(1) of the EP&A Act. The proposed development complies with all of these clauses (in some cases subject to conditions and/or to the satisfaction of other assessing officers), except in relation to clause which is considered further as follows:

 

What clause does the development not comply with and what is the nature of the non-compliance?

Further consideration, including whether the development application is recommended for approval or refusal accordingly

4.1E     Minimum lot sizes for dual occupancies, multi dwelling housing and residential flat buildings

The lot commands an area of 799.9m2 and is less than the minimum lot size of 800m2 required for a Dual Occupancy within an R2 Low Density Residential Zone. A Clause 4.6 variation request has accompanied the application and is addressed below.

 

See assessment below. 

4.3   Height of buildings

 

The proposed dual occupancy (detached) development has a maximum roof height for Dwelling 1 – 4.1m and Dwelling 2 – 5.22m, both dwellings will comply with the 9m maximum for the site specified by the Height of Buildings Map.

 

4.4   Floor space ratio

 

The site has a maximum allowable FSR of 0.5:1 – the proposed dual occupancy (detached) development will result in a FSR of approximately 0.36:1.

 

 

Clause 4.1E Minimum lot sizes for dual occupancies, multi dwelling housing and residential flat buildings

 

The proposed development complies with the Clause 4.1E Minimum lot sizes for dual occupancies, multi dwelling housing and residential flat buildings Which identifies that the existing lot size of 800m2 is appropriate for the development of a dual occupancy (detached). The clause has no role in the subsequent strata subdivision of the dual occupancy.

 

 

4.1   Minimum subdivision lot size.

The provisions of the clause state:

(1)  The objectives of this clause are as follows:

(a)  to ensure that lot sizes are compatible with local environmental values and constraints,

(b)  to facilitate efficient use of land resources for residential and other human purposes.

(2)  This clause applies to a subdivision of any land shown on the Lot Size Map that requires development consent and that is carried out after the commencement of this Plan.

(3)  The size of any lot resulting from a subdivision of land to which this clause applies is not to be less than the minimum size shown on the Lot Size Map in relation to that land.

(4)  This clause does not apply in relation to the subdivision of individual lots in a strata plan or community title scheme.

 

The existing lot has an area of 800m2. Which is sufficient to contain the proposed Dual Occupancy (Detached), however the strata subdivision of the site will result in lots less than the minimum lot size of the LEP 2014 mapping which requires a minimum lot size of 600m2.

 

The proposed lots will have an area of 398m2 and 402m2.

 

 

The Applicant has submitted a clause 4.6 variation request (refer to Doc #E2017/83599). The clause 4.6 variation request is considered with reference to relevant matters as follows:

 

a)      Introduction – Summary of proposed development

This application seeks approval for Dual Occupancy (Detached)  and strata subdivision on 40 Charlotte Street, Bangalow.

 

b)      Clause 4.6 Exceptions to Development Standards

Clause 4.6 of Byron LEP 2014  e4nables development standards to be varied where it can be demonstrated that strict compliance is unreasonable or unnecessary having regards to the circumstances of the case.

 

c)      The Development Standard to be varied

The development standard to be varied is contained in LEP 2014 subclause 4.1(3), which is stipulates a minimum lot size of 600 m2 for subdivision. 

 

d)      Extent of Variation to the Development Standard

The Statement of Environmental Effects indicates that the existing site commands an area of 800m2. The proposal seeks to develop a dual occupancy (detached) over the subject site, and strata subdivide the development resulting in two (2) lots with areas of 398m2 and 402m2 which is 202m2 and 198m2 (respectively) below the minimum lot size required under Clause 4.1(3). The development will result in a variation of 33.6% and 33% respectively to the minimum lot size identified in Clause 4.1(3).

 

As previously mentioned the minimum lot size required for dual occupancies (detached) development standard requires a lot size of 800m2. The variation sought is for the strata subdivision of the completed development.

 

e)      Objective of the Development Standard

The objectives of the development standard are stated in LEP 2014 subclause 4.1(1) which states:

 

(1)  The objectives of this clause are as follows:

(a)  to ensure that lot sizes are compatible with local environmental values and constraints,

(b)  to facilitate efficient use of land resources for residential and other human purposes.

 

 

f)       Objectives of the Zone

The objectives of the R2 Low Density Residential Zone which applies to the location of the proposed boundary realignment are stated in the Land Use Table to LEP clause 2.8, which states:

 

•  To provide for the housing needs of the community within a low density residential environment.

•  To enable other land uses that provide facilities or services to meet the day to day needs of residents.

 

 

g)      Assessment – the specific questions to be addressed:

 

(a)     Clause 4.6(3)(a) – Is compliance with the development standard unreasonable or unnecessary in the circumstances of the case?

 

The site currently commands an area of 800m2 which is the minimum lots size for the development of dual occupancy (detached) development. The applicant seeks to strata subdivide the development resulting in strata lots of 398m2 and 402m2.

 

The clause 4.6 written request submitted in support of the DA advises as follows in this regard:

 

·        compliance with the minimum lot size standard for the proposed Strata Title subdivision of the proposed multi dwelling housing development is unreasonable and unnecessary due to the fact that the wording of Clause 4.1(4) was clearly not intended to restrict the minimum lot sizes for Strata Title lots

 

Requiring compliance with the development standard would result in the proposed Strata Lots being inconsistent with the proposed built form and site layout. The proposed subdivision does not have any visible component and has no impact upon the environment of the locality. Requiring compliance with the development standard would be unreasonable and unnecessary in the circumstances of the case.

 

(b)     Clause 4.6(3)(b) – Are there sufficient environmental planning grounds to justify contravening the development standard?

 

The clause 4.6 written request submitted in support of the DA advises as follows in this regard:

 

·        if the subject land is mapped as being bushfire prone, the proposed Strata Title subdivision of the multi dwelling housing development would comprise “exempt development” pursuant to Clause 3.1 and Schedule 2 of the BLEP 2014 – there is no rational planning reason as to how or why Strata subdivision can be prohibited if it does not comply with the mapped minimum lot size on land that is mapped as being bushfire prone, but is then permitted as exempt development if the land is not mapped as being bushfire prone”.

 

The environmental planning grounds are particular to the site and considered to be sufficient to justify contravening the development standard. These include that the development to be Strata subdivided has been the subject of separate development assessment which has considered the environmental impacts of the development, there are no required site works or landscape disturbance associated with the subdivision, and the proposed variation does not create any significantly adverse social, environmental or economic impacts in the locality.

 

(c)     Clause 4.6(4)(a)(ii) – Is the proposed development in the public interest? Is it consistent with the objectives of the standard and the zone as set out above?

 

The clause 4.6 written request submitted in support of the DA advises discusses the existing approvals over the subject land for a dual occupancy development.

 

The proposal is consistent with the objectives of the development standard and the zone for site specific reasons as follows:

 

(a)     Objectives of the Standard

·        The proposed lot sizes are compatible with local environmental values and constraints. The proposed lot sizes will not cause any adverse environmental impacts and are in keeping with the proposed built form and site layout.

·        The proposed lot sizes support the efficient use of land resources for residential purposes.

 

(b)     Objectives of the R2 Zone

·        The proposed Strata Title subdivision supports the development to provide for the housing needs of the community within a low density residential environment.

·        The proposal is not a land use other than housing, and would not hinder but would instead support any other land use that provides facilities or services to meet the day to day needs of residents.

 

The proposal produces a better planning outcome than one that strictly complies with the development standard because requiring strict compliance would result in lot sizes that are not in keeping with the approved built form and site layout. The proposed Strata Title subdivision is in the public interest. The circumstances of the case warrant a more flexible approach to application of the lot size development standard, and the Applicant’s variation request is supported in this instance.

 

 

4.3       Any proposed Instrument that has been the subject of public consultation and has been notified to the consent authority

 

Not Applicable.

 

 

4.4A  Byron Shire Development Control Plan 2014 (DCP 2014)

 

DCP 2014 is an applicable matter for consideration in the assessment of the subject development application in accordance with subsection 79C(1) of the EP& A Act because it applies to the land to which LEP 2014 applies. The DCP 2014 Parts/Chapters that are checked below are of relevance to the proposed development:

 

Part A

Part B Chapters:

B2| B3| B4| B5| B6| B7| B8| B9| B10| B11| B12| B13|

B14

Part C Chapters:

C1| C2| C3| C4

Part D Chapters

D1| D2| D3| D4| D5| D6| D7| D8

Part E Chapters

E1| E2| E3| E4| E5| E6| E7

 

These checked Parts/Chapters have been taken into consideration in the assessment of the subject development application in accordance with subsection 79C(1) of the EP&A Act. The proposed development complies with all sections of these Parts/Chapters (in some cases subject to conditions and/or to the satisfaction of other assessing officers), except in relation to certain prescriptive measures which are considered further (having regard to the DCP 2014 Section A1 Dual Path Assessment) as follows:

 

What Section and prescriptive measure does the development not comply with?

Does the proposed development comply with the Objectives of this Section? Address.

Does the proposed development comply with the Performance Criteria of this Section? Address.

D1.2.1 Building Height Plane

 

Yes –

The encroachment is considered minor and will not impact on access to sunlight or privacy to the adjoining neighbour.

 

Yes

There is a minor BHP encroachment along both side boundaries of the property – where the eave and minor roof forms encroach into the BHP by approximately 600mm.

 

The encroachment is considered minor and will not impact on access to sunlight or privacy to the adjoining neighbour. The dual occupancy (detached) has been appropriately designed with large side setbacks and due to the ‘fan’ shape of the lot (narrowing at the rear) the side setbacks reduce and result in a minor BHP encroachment as described above.

 

 

 

The development is also consistent with the relevant provisions pertaining to dual occupancy development under Chapter D1.5 including car parking, character, surrounding development, private open space, sound proofing and landscaping. It is noted the development has two double garages facing the street. However the upper storey component of the dwelling with the small verandah, ensures the garages do not dominate the streetscape 

 

The development is considered satisfactory in terms of the provision’s contained within DCP 2014.

 

 

4.5       Any Planning Agreement or Draft Planning Agreement?

 

 

Yes

No

Is there any applicable planning agreement or draft planning agreement?

 

 

4.6       Environmental Planning & Assessment Regulation 2000 Considerations

 

Clause

This control is applicable to the proposal:

I have considered this control as it relates to the proposal:

If this control is applicable, does the proposal comply?

92

No

N/A

N/A

93

No

N/A

N/A

94

No

N/A

N/A

94A

No

N/A

N/A

* Non-compliances and any other significant issues discussed below

 

4.7       Any coastal zone management plan?

 

 

Satisfactory

Unsatisfactory

Not applicable

Is there any applicable coastal zone management plan?

 

 

4.8       The likely impacts of that development, including environmental impacts on both the natural and built environments, and social and economic impacts in the locality

 

Impact on:

Likely significant impact/s?

Natural environment

No. The proposal will not have a significantly adverse impact on the natural environment of the locality.

Built environment

No. The proposal will not have a significantly adverse impact on the built environment of the locality.

Social Environment

No. The proposal will not have a significant social impact on the locality.

Economic impact

No. The proposal will not have a significant economic impact on the locality.

 

Conditions of consent are proposed in relation to controlling construction activities, hours of work, construction noise and builders waste.

 

4.9       The suitability of the site for the development

 

The site is a serviced, unconstrained property and is suitable for the proposed development.

 

4.10     Submissions made in accordance with this Act or the regulations

 

The development application was publicly exhibited .

 

No submissions were received.

 

4.11     Public interest

 

The proposed development is unlikely to prejudice or compromise the public interest or create a dangerous precedent

 

4.12     Section 5A of the EP&A Act – Significant effect on threatened species

 

Having regard to sections 5A, 5C and 5D of the EP&A Act, there is unlikely to be a significant effect on threatened species, populations or ecological communities, or their habitats as a result of the proposed development.

 

4.13     Section 5B of the EP&A Act – Have regard to register of critical habitat

 

The NSW Critical Habitat Register does not identify any critical habitat on or adjacent to the site.

 

5.         DEVELOPER CONTRIBUTIONS

 

5.1       Water & Sewer Levies

 

Section 64 levies will be payable.

Council requires Payment of Developer Servicing Charges (prior to issue of a construction certificate) for the Dual Occupancy (Detached) of:

·    0.60 ET for Water 

·    0.60 ET Bulk Water; and

·    1.00 ET for Sewer.

 

5.2       Section 94 Contributions

 

Section 94 Contributions will be payable.

 

6.         DISCLOSURE OF POLITICAL DONATIONS AND GIFTS

 

Has a Disclosure Statement been received in relation to this application

No

Have staff received a ‘gift’ from anyone involved in this application that needs to be disclosed. Where the answer is yes, the application is to be determined by the Director or Manager of the Planning, Development and Environment Division.

No

 

 

7.         CONCLUSION

 

Development consent is sought for a Dual Occupancy (Detached) and Strata Subdivision located at 40 Charlotte Street, Bangalow.

 

Clause 4.1 Minimum Subdivision Lot Size identifies that the minimum lot size under the LEP 2014 is 600m2. As the proposed development also includes a proposal to strata subdivide the existing allotment into two (2) lots with lot sizes less than 600m2 the application proposes a variation to the minimum lot size of over 10% and is to be considered by Council. The circumstances of the case warrant a more flexible approach to application of the minimum lot size as the existing lot size allows the development of a dual occupancy (detached) and the strata subdivision of the site will have no material impact on the appearance or function of the dual occupancy (detached). The Applicant’s variation request is supported and the development application is recommended for approval despite the non-compliance.

 

The proposed development is consistent with the provisions of the Byron LEP 2014 and DCP 2014 and is not likely to result in significant impacts on the existing residential environment. The proposed development is not contrary to the public interest, and the proposal warrants approval.

 

 


BYRON SHIRE COUNCIL

Staff Reports - Sustainable Environment and Economy                                 13.20

 

 

Report No. 13.20         PLANNING - Development Application 10.2017.715.1 Farm Stay Accommodation 252 Middle Pocket Road Middle Pocket

Directorate:                 Sustainable Environment and Economy

Report Author:           Patricia Docherty, Planner

File No:                        I2018/268

Theme:                         Ecology

                                      Development and Approvals

 

 

Proposal description:

Farm Stay Accommodation

Property description:

LOT: 102 DP: 1133367

252 Middle Pocket Road MIDDLE POCKET

Parcel No/s:

240578

Applicant:

Ms E M Tomlinson

Owner:

Ms E M Tomlinson

Zoning:

RU2 Rural Landscape / PART DM Deferred Matter

Date received:

14 December 2017

Integrated Development:

Yes –deemed bushfire authority under S100B of the Rural fires Act 1997

Public notification or exhibition:

-    Level 1 advertising under DCP 2014 Part A14 – Public Notification and Exhibition of Development Applications

-    Exhibition period: 28/12/17 to 10/1/18

-    Submissions received: Seven (7)

Planning Review Committee:

To be determined by Council

Delegation to determination:

Council

 

Issues:

·    Bushfire prone land

·    Dip site

·    Access

·    Site history of non-compliance – unauthorised dwelling in shed, dams with no engineering certification.

·    Public submissions.

 

 

Summary:

This application seeks development consent to use an existing dwelling house on a rural lot as temporary farm stay accommodation during holiday periods.  The proposed use is permissible with consent in the RU2 Rural Landscape zone, where the dwelling house is located.   The subject property is a beef cattle farm comprising of a herd of Hereford breeders with the land dominated by paddocks and pastures.

 

The site is constrained by bushfire and this has been addressed by conditions of consent provided by the Rural Fire Service which requires the farm stay accommodation to only occur within the existing approved dwelling.

 

There is a history of unauthorised works known to Council’s compliance staff, particularly relating to a shed being used as an unauthorised dwelling located to the north of the approved dwelling and dams being used as swimming holes on the premises. Conditions of consent have been drafted to regularise these matters

 

Notwithstanding these issues, the development otherwise meets the requirements of Byron LEP 2014 and DCP 2014 as applicable to the proposed use. Conditions of consent have been recommended in relation to the use of the dwelling for Farm Stay Accommodation, including signage, contact details of the owner or manager of the property, pets, lighting and other management measures. 

 

The development application is recommended for approval.  

 

NOTE TO COUNCILLORS:

 

In accordance with the provisions of S375A of the Local Government Act 1993, a Division is to be called whenever a motion for a planning decision is put to the meeting, for the purpose of recording voting on planning matters.  Pursuant to clause 2(a) under the heading Matters to be Included in Minutes of Council Meetings of Council's adopted Code of Meeting Practice (as amended) a Division will be deemed to have been called by the mover and seconder of all motions relating to this report.

 

  

 

RECOMMENDATION:

 

Pursuant to Section 80 of the Environmental Planning & Assessment Act 1979, development application no.10.2017.715.1 for Farm stay accommodation, be approved subject to conditions of consent listed in Attachment 2 (E2018/17602).

 

 

Attachments:

 

1        DA 10.2017.715.1 DA PLANS, E2018/19229

2        Proposed conditions, E2018/17602

3        submissions received, E2018/17292

 

 

 


 

 

Assessment:

1.         INTRODUCTION

 

1.1.          History/Background

 

16.2012.49.1 - the existing 3 bedroom dwelling house was approved by complying development certificate on 20/9/2012.

 

10.2011.577.1 – Animal establishment (cattery) – Withdrawn 10/02/2012

 

56.2008.100.1 Contaminated land assessment – finalised 21/05/2008

 

The applicant has provided a statement to demonstrate that:

 

The farm is an ongoing concern (PIC NB 530291) beef cattle farm.  Tithe previous owners ran it with mixed breeds, while I have specialised breeding only Hereford beef cattle.

I presently have 25 breeders (mostly Pol Hereford) with one bull, one steer and 3 heifer calves. The steers are sold by Andrew Sommerville of Ray White Rural, at the Casino Saleyard. I can provide proof of previous sales if required. 

 

I own and manage the herd with my caretaker - Jason Gary whom I think you met.

 

We also have ducks and chickens with an extensive vegetable garden and developing orchard

 

It is noted that there is a history of unauthorised works known to Council’s compliance staff, particularly relating to the existing shed marked on site plans being used as an unauthorised dwelling located to the north of the approved dwelling and dams being used as swimming holes on the premises. 

 

1.2.          Description of the proposed development

 

This application seeks approval for Farm stay accommodation within the existing approved dwelling house on the part of the land zoned RU2 Rural Landscape.  The applicant has proposed that the accommodation will be used during (school) holiday periods. The development as described in the Statement of Environmental Effects is as follows:

 

This property is a 5O acre farm that breeds Hereford cattle that is presently my

only source of income. Unfortunately the farm is no longer viable without an additional source of income - farm stay. The guests who come to the farm are

highly professional people from Brisbane, Sydney and Melbourne who want to

get away from the noise and stress of the City and spend some quality time in

the country with their children. They don't want to go to Byron Bay or other

urban areas, they want to stay and experience a working farm.

They want their children to understand home grown food and the process of food on their table. They want to feed the chickens and ducks, talk to the cows and select their food from our vegetable garden. They want to get back to basics though in a very comfortable manner and that is what I offer. Mostly they are a family or two small families coming together. These guests are used to a very comfortable lifestyle and want that standard to continue on their farm stay.

They do not want to stay in a barn or shed, but enjoy all the comforts they

have in their own home with the added experience of a working farm. This is a

very small niche market that can easily travel elsewhere to another state if

their specific needs are not met.

 

No functions or events permitted.

 

1.3.          Description of the site

 

Land is legally described as

LOT: 102 DP: 1133367

Property address is

252 Middle Pocket Road MIDDLE POCKET

Land is zoned:

RU2 Rural Landscape / PART DM Deferred Matter

Land area is:

20.46 hectares

Property is constrained by:

 

 

·    Bushfire prone land – Special fire protection – deemed bushfire authority

·    High Environment- part of lot. 

·    Dip Site – Part of lot

·    Key fish habitat – along creek line

·    Secondary Koala Habitat (class B) – parts of lot

·    Chinamans Creek Road (Access) affected by 100 yr flood level

·    Public access from Crown Road (Chinamans Creek Road).  This public road (DP257458) is not managed by Council

 

 

 

 

 

Lot Boundary and location of approved dwelling on site

 

Deposited Plan – Trim Doc #DM814347

Deposited Plan - Chinamans Creek Road – Crown Road (public access) - Trim Doc #E2016/68949

 

 

 

Chinamans Creek Road affected by 100 yr flood level

 

Property access from Chinamans Road looking west

 

Dwelling house looking south

Dwelling house looking west

 

Dwelling house looking north

Dwelling house looking south west

 

 

There are a number of unauthorised activities and structures not approved for farm stay accommodation:

 

Extended shed being used as unauthorised dwelling

Unauthorised dam with swimming pool safety signage a life saving ring

 

Cabin adjoining unauthorised dam

 

2.         SUMMARY OF REFERRALS

 

Referral

Issue

Building Surveyor

No objections subject to conditions.

 

Rural Fire Service (100B)

No objections subject to conditions.

 

* Conditions provided in the above referral are included in the Recommendation of this Report below

3.         Section 100B, Rural Fires Act 1997 – Integrated Approvals

 

 

The site is partly identified as bush fire prone land, however the dwelling to be used for tourist and visitor accommodation is located well clear of the bushfire hazard The development application was referred to the NSW Rural Fire Service, which provided a condition of consent and reflected in the Recommendation of this Report.

 

 

4.         SECTION 79C – MATTERS FOR CONSIDERATION – DISCUSSION OF ISSUES

 

Having regard to the matters for consideration detailed in Section 79C(1) of the Environmental Planning & Assessment Act 1979 (EP&A Act), the following is a summary of the evaluation of the issues.

 

4.1       State Environmental Planning Instruments

 

 

 

Satisfactory

Unsatisfactory

State Environmental Planning Policy No 44—Koala Habitat Protection

Consideration: The land is not core koala habitat.  Parts of the site are mapped as secondary koala habitat.  The proposed development is contained to an existing built structure that will have no impact on potential koala habitat.

 

State Environmental Planning Policy No 55—Remediation of Land

Consideration: A search of council records found a site history of pesticides associated with cattle farming.  There is a known dip site located down slope to the west on Jones Lane and the existing structure is located approximately 410 metres to the east of the dip site buffer.  Contaminated land assessment No. 56.2008.100.1 was finalised 21/05/2008. The site is considered suitable for  the proposed development. 

State Environmental Planning Policy (Rural Lands) 2008

x

Consideration: The proposed development for farm stay accommodation in an approved dwelling on this rural lot is consistent with the Rural Planning Principles outlined in Part 2 of the SEPP:

 

Rural Planning Principles

The Rural Planning Principles are as follows:

(a)  the promotion and protection of opportunities for current and potential productive and sustainable economic activities in rural areas,

(b)  recognition of the importance of rural lands and agriculture and the changing nature of agriculture and of trends, demands and issues in agriculture in the area, region or State,

(c)  recognition of the significance of rural land uses to the State and rural communities, including the social and economic benefits of rural land use and development,

(d)  in planning for rural lands, to balance the social, economic and environmental interests of the community,

(e)  the identification and protection of natural resources, having regard to maintaining biodiversity, the protection of native vegetation, the importance of water resources and avoiding constrained land,

(f)   the provision of opportunities for rural lifestyle, settlement and housing that contribute to the social and economic welfare of rural communities,

(g)  the consideration of impacts on services and infrastructure and appropriate location when providing for rural housing,

(h)  ensuring consistency with any applicable regional strategy of the Department of Planning or any applicable local strategy endorsed by the Director-General.

4.2A  Byron Local Environmental Plan 2014 (LEP 2014)

 

LEP 2014 is an applicable matter for consideration in the assessment of the subject development application in accordance with subsection 79C(1) of the EP&A Act because it applies to the subject land and the proposed development. The LEP 2014 clauses that are checked below are of relevance to the proposed development:

 

Part 1

1.1| 1.1AA| 1.2| 1.3| 1.4| Dictionary| 1.5| 1.6| 1.7| 1.8| 1.8A| 1.9|

1.9A

Part 2

2.1| 2.2 | 2.3 |Land Use Table | 2.4 | 2.5 | 2.6 | 2.7 | 2.8

Part 3

3.1| 3.2| 3.3

Part 4

4.1| 4.1A| 4.1AA| 4.1B |4.1C| 4.1D| 4.1E| 4.2| 4.2A| 4.2B| 4.2C| 4.2|4.3|4.4 |4.5 | 4.6

Part 5

5.1| 5.2| 5.3| 5.4| 5.5| 5.6| 5.7| 5.8|5.9| 5.9AA| 5.10| 5.11| 5.12|

5.13

Part 6

6.1| 6.2| 6.3| 6.4| 6.5| 6.6| 6.7| 6.8| 6.9

 

In accordance with LEP 2014 clauses 1.4 and 2.1 – 2.3:

(a)     The proposed development is defined in the LEP 2014 Dictionary as a type of Tourist and visitor accommodation;

(b)     The land is within the RU2 Rural Landscape / small part of the site is zoned DM Deferred Matter (currently 1(a) - General Rural Zone in LEP 1988) according to the Land Zoning Map;

(c)     The proposed development is permissible with consent; and

(d)     Regard is had for the Zone Objectives or RU2 Rural Landscape as follows:

 

Zone Objective

Consideration

•  To encourage sustainable primary industry production by maintaining and enhancing the natural resource base.

The proposed use of an existing approved dwelling house for the purposes of temporary farm stay accommodation on land zoned RU2 Rural Landscape is consistent with the objectives of the zone.

 

The applicant has provided information to demonstrate that the farm is an ongoing concern beef cattle farm.

 

The proposal will provide temporary short-term accommodation to paying guests on a cattle farm as a secondary business.

 

The proposed farm stay accommodation is small scale and will not impact on the rural landscape character or scenic quality of the locality.

•  To maintain the rural landscape character of the land.

•  To provide for a range of compatible land uses, including extensive agriculture.

•  To enable the provision of tourist accommodation, facilities and other small-scale rural tourism uses associated with primary production and environmental conservation consistent with the rural character of the locality.

•  To protect significant scenic landscapes and to minimise impacts on the scenic quality of the locality.

 

The LEP 2014 Dictionary defines the proposed use as:

 

          farm stay accommodation means a building or place that provides temporary or short-term           accommodation to paying guests on a working farm as a secondary business to primary         production.

          Note.

          See clause 5.4 for controls relating to the number of bedrooms.

 

          Farm stay accommodation is a type of tourist and visitor accommodation—see the    definition of that term in this Dictionary.

 

Clause 5.4  Controls relating to miscellaneous permissible uses restricts the number of bedrooms:

(5) Farm stay accommodation If development for the purposes of farm stay accommodation is permitted under this Plan, the accommodation that is provided to guests must consist of no more than 12 bedrooms.

 

The approved dwelling house complies with the prescribed maximum number of bedrooms  – comprising not more than 2 bedrooms and a small study and media room both, separate from the open plan living area, have potential to be used as temporary bedroom space (4 temporary guest bedrooms - maximum).

 

The remaining checked clauses have been taken into consideration in the assessment of the subject development application in accordance with subsection 79C(1) of the EP&A Act. The proposed development complies with all clauses of LEP 2014 (in some cases subject to conditions and/or to the satisfaction of other assessing officers).

 

 

4.3       Any proposed Instrument that has been the subject of public consultation and has been notified to the consent authority

 

Not applicable.

 

4.4A  Byron Shire Development Control Plan 2014 (DCP 2014)

 

DCP 2014 is an applicable matter for consideration in the assessment of the subject development application in accordance with subsection 79C(1) of the EP& A Act because it applies to the land to which LEP 2014 applies. The DCP 2014 Parts/Chapters that are checked below are of relevance to the proposed development:

 

Part A

Part B Chapters:

B2| B3| B4| B5| B6| B7| B8| B9| B10| B11| B12| B13|

B14

Part C Chapters:

C1| C2| C3| C4

Part D Chapters

D1| D2| D3| D4| D5| D6| D7| D8

Part E Chapters

E1| E2| E3| E4| E5| E6| E7

 

These checked Parts/Chapters have been taken into consideration in the assessment of the subject development application in accordance with subsection 79C(1) of the EP&A Act. The proposed development complies with all sections of these Parts/Chapters (in some cases subject to conditions and/or to the satisfaction of other assessing officers), except in relation to certain prescriptive measures which are considered further (having regard to the DCP 2014 Section A1 Dual Path Assessment) as follows:

 

What Section and prescriptive measure does the development not comply with?

Does the proposed development comply with the Objectives of this Section? Address.

Does the proposed development comply with the Performance Criteria of this Section? Address.

D3.3.4        Rural Tourist Accommodation and Farm Stay Accommodation

Controls related to the ‘design of’ rural tourist accommodation including restriction on gross floor area of each tourist accommodation (cabin) being not more than 60 m² and that at least one room must be disabled accessible.

 

It is considered that these are not strictly relevant to an existing principal dwelling house being used temporarily for the purposes of farm stay accommodation.

 

 

Yes.  It is considered that the development complies with the

Objectives

1.     To ensure that rural tourist accommodation does not detract from the rural and natural character of its locality.

2.     To ensure that rural tourist accommodation does not adversely affect the conduct and productivity of agricultural operations on the site or nearby lands.

3.     To facilitate and support the establishment of low scale farm tourism as a secondary business to primary production, where farm stay accommodation is proposed.

 

 

 

Yes. The proposal complies with all

Performance Criteria

1.       The development must be located and operated so that it does not:

a)    adversely affect the conduct and productivity of agricultural operations on the site;

b)    create potential for conflict with adjoining land uses;

c)    disrupt environmental enhancement projects on the land; and

d)    impact on the ecological or environmental values of the land; and

e)    conflict with buffer requirements pursuant to Chapter B6 Buffers and Minimising Land Use Conflict.

2.       Rural tourist accommodation must be designed and located to be compatible with the surrounding rural and natural landscape.  Where new buildings are proposed to be constructed for the purpose of rural tourist accommodation such buildings are to be clustered and located in proximity to the primary dwelling house on the lot.

3.       The development is to be low scale and designed and located to be compatible with the surrounding rural environment and of minimal environmental impact.  

4.       Car parking for guests must be provided in accordance with Chapter B4 Traffic Planning, Vehicle Parking, Circulation and Access. 

5.       Provision of recycling and waste management facilities must be in accordance with Chapter B8 Waste Minimisation and Management.

6.       The development must observe the road and boundary setback requirements specified in Chapter D2 Residential Accommodation and Ancillary Development in Rural Zones (D2.2.2) and the character and visual impact requirements (D2.2.3).

7.       Rural tourist accommodation to be suitably sited in accordance with the requirements of Chapter C3 Visually Prominent Sites, Visually Prominent Development & View Sharing.

 

The proposed development is demonstrated to meet the relevant Objectives of DCP 2014.

 

 

4.5       Any Planning Agreement or Draft Planning Agreement?

 

 

Yes

No

Is there any applicable planning agreement or draft planning agreement?

Consideration: Not applicable

 

 

4.6       Environmental Planning & Assessment Regulation 2000 Considerations

 

Clause

This control is applicable to the proposal:

I have considered this control as it relates to the proposal:

If this control is applicable, does the proposal comply?

92

No

N/A

N/A

93

Yes

Yes

Yes – Condition of consent for fire safety certificate prior to occupation of farm stay accommodation

94

No

N/A

N/A

94A

No

N/A

N/A

* Non-compliances and any other significant issues discussed below

 

4.7       Any coastal zone management plan?

 

 

Satisfactory

Unsatisfactory

Not applicable

Is there any applicable coastal zone management plan?

Consideration: Not applicable.

 

 

4.8       The likely impacts of that development, including environmental impacts on both the natural and built environments, and social and economic impacts in the locality

 

Impact on:

Likely significant impact/s?

Natural environment

No. The proposal will not have a significantly adverse impact on the natural environment of the locality.

Built environment

No. The proposal will not have a significantly adverse impact on the built environment of the locality.

Social Environment

No. The proposal will not have a significant social impact on the locality.

Economic impact

No. The proposal will not have a significant economic impact on the locality.

 

The development application for use of an existing dwelling house as temporary farm stay accommodation on a beef cattle farm has been assessed against all relevant Council Policies that are applicable to the proposed development. Consideration has also been had for draft controls for short term holiday letting in terms of managing the property. Conditions of consent have been recommended in relation to the use of the dwelling for Farm Stay Accommodation, including signage, contact details of the owner or manager of the property, pets, lighting and other management measures to mitigate against potential amenity impacts on neighbours.

 

4.9       The suitability of the site for the development

 

The site is a serviced, unconstrained property and is suitable for the proposed development.

 

Upgrades to the existing on site sewer management system are the subject of a separate local approval application. Conditions to apply.

 

Lawful public access to the property is available via a Crown road (Chinamans Hill Road).

 

4.10     Submissions made in accordance with this Act or the regulations

 

The development application was publicly exhibited from 28 December 2017 to 10 January 2018.

 

There were seven (7) submissions made against the development application and are considered as follows:

 

Submission/ issues

Consideration

Noise and anti social behaviour

Conditions of consent apply strict requirements on the management and registration of activity on the proposed farm stay accommodation.

Permissibility

Farm stay accommodation is a type of tourist and visitor accommodation and is permitted with consent on a working cattle farm.

Light pollution from outdoor lighting

Conditions of consent address the use of outdoor areas and the consideration of potential light spill on surrounding properties.

Passing traffic and increased impact on Chinamans Hill Road

Concerns that visiting vehicles will not observe passing points, speeding and dust.  The use is not expected to cause a major impact.  No additional bedrooms are proposed. The small scale of the farm stay accommodation would not increase the traffic more than the current limited capacity of the existing approved dwelling. Chinamans Hill Road is a public Crown Road.  Visiting vehicles would have access from this road. Responsibility for maintenance of this Crown Road is with the NSW Government. 

Glare from existing roof

The dwelling was approved under complying development certificate.  The existing roof material is not a relevant matter for consideration for the temporary use of the existing dwelling house for temporary farm stay accommodation.

Dams, swimming and impacts on creek

Conditions of consent strictly exclude and prohibit the use of dams and swimming holes as part of the farm stay accommodation.  Compliance staff at council have separately requested that engineering certificates be prepared for the dam structures. 

Use of sheds for dwelling.

Conditions of consent strictly exclude the use of other structures as part of the farm stay accommodation.  Compliance staff at Council are separately investigating the use of other structures including this shed. Notwithstanding conditions to apply to regularise the uses as sheds.

Fire Safety

Council’s Building surveyor has recommended condition of consent that the fire safety certification of the building (required for a change of use from Class 1a to 1b) be completed prior to issue of occupation certificate. This will involve minor upgrades for fire safety.

Accuracy of plans

Council’s Building Surveyor entered the property during a site inspection on the 19th of  January and has considered the use of the dwelling house for the change of use for temporary farm stay accommodation.  No issues were raised that would indicate the plans provided to Council are inaccurate.

Flooding and fire evacuation concerns

Conditions of consent apply requirements to prepare flood evacuation plans and bushfire evacuation plans prior to occupation certificate for the use of the property as farm stay accommodation.

Waste management

 

The existing On Site Sewage Management system will need to be upgraded. Conditions of consent to apply. 

Duration of use as farm stay accommodation

The use of the farm stay will be restricted to 90 days in a 12 month period.  The property cannot be let all year under the conditions of consent recommended under this report. 

Sewerage capacity

The query relates to the unlawful use of the sheds for accommodation not the dwelling house where farm stay accommodation is to be located.  It is understood that an on site sewage management application is currently being assessed. Upgrades to the existing on site sewer management system are the subject of a separate local approval application. Conditions to apply

 

False claims and irrelevant information

Only relevant matters under the Environmental Planning and Assessment Act 1979 have been considered in the assessment of this development application.

 

4.11     Public interest

 

The proposed development is unlikely to prejudice or compromise the public interest or create a dangerous precedent.

 

4.12     Section 5A of the EP&A Act – Significant effect on threatened species

 

Having regard to sections 5A, 5C and 5D of the EP&A Act, there is unlikely to be a significant effect on threatened species, populations or ecological communities, or their habitats as a result of the proposed development because the proposal does not impact on flora and fauna.

 

4.13     Section 5B of the EP&A Act – Have regard to register of critical habitat

 

The NSW Critical Habitat Register does not identify any critical habitat on or adjacent to the site.

 

5.         DEVELOPER CONTRIBUTIONS

 

No S94 Contributions or water and sewer charges are applicable to this development.

 

6.       DISCLOSURE OF POLITICAL DONATIONS AND GIFTS

 

Has a Disclosure Statement been received in relation to this application

No

Have staff received a ‘gift’ from anyone involved in this application that needs to be disclosed. Where the answer is yes, the application is to be determined by the Director or Manager of the Planning, Development and Environment Division.

No

 

Provide Disclosure Statement register details here: Not applicable

 

 

7    CONCLUSION

 

The proposed development is consistent with the relevant environmental planning instruments and planning controls applicable to the site. The proposal raises no significant issues in terms of environmental impacts which cannot be managed and the site is considered to be suitable for a small scale use as farm stay accommodation.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


BYRON SHIRE COUNCIL

Staff Reports - Sustainable Environment and Economy                                 13.21

 

 

Report No. 13.21         PLANNING - Development Application 10.2017.600.1 - Strata Subdivision to create two (2) Strata Lots at 10 Rangal Road, Ocean Shores

Directorate:                 Sustainable Environment and Economy

Report Author:           Paul Mills, Senior Planner

File No:                        I2018/272

Theme:                         Ecology

                                      Development and Approvals

 

 

Proposal:

 

DA No:

10.2017.600.1

Proposal description:

Strata Subdivision: Two (2) Lots

Property description:

LOT: 3004 DP: 249562

10 Rangal Road OCEAN SHORES

Parcel No/s:

76060

Applicant:

Joe Davidson Town Planning

Owner:

Mr J L & Mrs S L McKay & Ms L Joyner & Mr A C McKay

Zoning:

R2 Low Density Residential

Date received:

23 October 2017

Integrated Development:

Yes (Section 100B Rural Fires Act 1997)

Public notification or exhibition:

-    Level 1 advertising under DCP 2014 Part A14 – Public Notification and Exhibition of Development Applications

-    Exhibition period: 9/11/17 to 22/11/17

-    Submissions received: One (1)

Planning Review Committee:

Not applicable

Delegation to determination:

Council

 

Issues:

·    Clause 4.1 of Byron LEP 2014 Minimum lot size. Clause 4.6 request for variation submitted (proposed variation approximately 17% for each proposed lot)

 

 

 

Summary:

This application seeks development consent for Strata Subdivision to create two (2) strata lots with boundaries that align with a recently approved Dual Occupancy (detached) development on the site. The subject site is currently vacant land.

 

The proposed Strata Title subdivision seeks to create two (2) Strata Title lots with the approximate area of Lot 1 499.6m2 and Lot 2 498.5m2  below the minimum lot size of 600m2. The application is supported by a written request for a variation to the minimum lot size pursuant to Clause 4.6 of LEP 2014. The circumstances of the case warrant a more flexible approach to the application of the minimum lot size development standard having regards to the approved use of the site for a dual occupancy (detached) and the Applicant’s variation request is supported in this instance subject to conditions.

 

A condition has been included to require the completion of the construction of the dwelling on proposed Strata Lot 1 prior to registration of the proposed Strata Subdivision.

 

In response to the public notification of the application one (1) submission was received. The matters raised in the submission relate to the size of the proposed strata lots which has been addressed in this report. The application is considered to have sufficient planning merit to warrant approval subject to conditions.

 

NOTE TO COUNCILLORS:

 

In accordance with the provisions of S375A of the Local Government Act 1993, a Division is to be called whenever a motion for a planning decision is put to the meeting, for the purpose of recording voting on planning matters.  Pursuant to clause 2(a) under the heading Matters to be Included in Minutes of Council Meetings of Council's adopted Code of Meeting Practice (as amended) a Division will be deemed to have been called by the mover and seconder of all motions relating to this report.

 

  

 

RECOMMENDATION:

That pursuant to Section 80 of the Environmental Planning & Assessment Act 1979, Development Application No. 10.2017.600.1 for Strata Subdivision to create two (2) Lots, be granted consent subject to the recommended conditions listed in Attachment 2 (#E2018/17623):

 

 

 

Attachments:

 

1        Proposed Plans, E2018/16996

2        Conditions of consent, E2018/17623

3        submission received, E2018/17036

 

 

 

Assessment:

 

1.         INTRODUCTION

 

1.1.          History/Background

 

6.1994.2520.1                Building Application for a dwelling approved 22 August 1994.

 

10.2017.11.1               Development Application for demolition of existing dwelling house and deck areas, approved 18 January 2017.

 

10.2017.485.1             Development Application for a new two-storey dwelling house, consent granted 4 January 2018.

 

10.2017.589.1             Development Application for an additional Dwelling to create Dual Occupancy (detached), consent granted 5 February 2018.

 

 

1.2.          Description of the proposed development

 

This application seeks development consent for Strata Subdivision to create two (2) Strata lots.

 

The applicant has described the proposal in the SEE as follows:

 

Development consent is sought to subdivide the subject properly into two strata lots with boundaries that align with the recently submitted Dual Occupancy (detached) development within the site. Two separate Development Applications hove been submitted to Byron Shire Councils described below:

 

-           Development Application No. 10.20.l 7.485.1 for a two storey dwelling within the eastern half of the allotment

-           Development Application No. 10.201 7.589.1 for a two storey dwelling within the western half of the allotment, which create of dual occupancy (detached) development within the site

 

Only minor works are required as port of the subdivision application to provide services to each lot. Services will also be made available as Development Application No. 10.201 7 .485.1 is carried out. It is noted that Strata Subdivision of on approved dual occupancy development would normally be permitted as Exempt Development, however because the proposed development is within a bush fire buffer, a Bush Fire Safety Authority and Development Consent is triggered.

 

Financing arrangements for the construction of the western dwelling require the Strata Subdivision to be completed prior to the commencement of the dwelling. As such, it is requested that approval be granted in a manner which facilitates the following staging of development within the site:

 

Stage One - Construction of the eastern dwelling (DA 10.2017 .485.1)

 

Stage Two - Completion of the strata subdivision (Subject DA)

 

Stage Three - Construction of the western dwelling (DA 10.2017.589.1)

 

 

1.3.          Description of the site

 

Land is legally described as

Lot: 3004 DP: 249562

Property address is

10 Rangal Road OCEAN SHORES

Land is zoned:

R2 Low Density Residential

Land area is:

998sqm

Property is constrained by:

 

 

Flood Liable Land, Bushfire prone land, Acid Sulfate Soils Class 2, High Conservation Value and High Environmental Value Vegetation 

 

2.         SUMMARY OF REFERRALS

 

 

Referral

Issue

Development Engineer

No issues identified subject to conditions included in the recommendation of this report.

S64 / Systems Planning Officer

No issues identified subject to conditions included in the recommendation of this report.

S94 / Contributions Officer

Section 94 Contributions are applicable unless contributions for the approved dual occupancy development have already paid.

Rural Fire Service (100B/79BA/79C)

Bush Fire Safety Authority issued pursuant to Section 100B of the Rural Fires Act 1997. See Section 3 of this report. 

 

3.         SECTION 100B OF RURAL FIRES ACT 1997 – BUSH FIRE PRONE LAND

 

This response is to be deemed a bush fire safety authority as required under section 100B of the 'Rural Fires Act 1997' and is issued subject to the following conditions:

 

1.       The development proposal is to comply with the drawing titled 'Site Plan' prepared by G J Gardner Homes as submitted in Appendix A of the 'Bushfire Threat Assessment Report' prepared by Bushfire Certifiers dated 23rd May 2017.

 

Asset Protection Zones

The intent of measures is to provide sufficient space and maintain reduced fuel loads so as to ensure radiant heat levels of buildings are below critical limits and to prevent direct flame contact with a building. To achieve this, the following conditions shall apply:

 

2.       At the issue of subdivision certificate and in perpetuity the entire property shall be managed as an inner protection area (IPA) as outlined within section 4.1.3 and Appendix 5 of 'Planning for Bush Fire Protection 2006' and the NSW Rural Fire Service's document 'Standards for asset protection zones'.

 

Water and Utilities

The intent of measures is to provide adequate services of water for the protection of buildings during and after the passage of a bush fire, and to locate gas and electricity so as not to contribute to the risk of fire to a building. To achieve this, the following conditions shall apply:

 

3.         Any new water, electricity and gas supply shall comply with section 4.1.3 of 'Planning for Bush Fire Protection 2006'.

 

General Advice – consent authority to note

This approval is for the subdivision of the land only. Any further development application for class 1,2 & 3 buildings as identified by the 'Building Code of Australia' must be subject to separate application under section 79BA of the EP & A Act and address the requirements of 'Planning for Bush Fire Protection 2006'.

 

 

 

4.         SECTION 79C – MATTERS FOR CONSIDERATION – DISCUSSION OF ISSUES

 

Having regard to the matters for consideration detailed in Section 79C(1) of the Environmental Planning & Assessment Act 1979 (EP&A Act), the following is a summary of the evaluation of the issues.

 

4.1       State Environmental Planning Instruments

 

 

Satisfactory

Unsatisfactory

State Environmental Planning Policy No 55—Remediation of Land

Consideration: The subject site was considered in two recent Development Applications for residential development and found to be suitable for the proposed use. The proposal is considered to satisfy the requirements of Clause 7 of SEPP No.55. 

 

State Environmental Planning Policy No 71—Coastal Protection

Consideration: No issues identified.

 

State Environmental Planning Policy (Infrastructure) 2007

Consideration: No issues identified.

 

NSW Coastal Policy

 

Consideration: No issues identified.

 

 

 

4.2A  Byron Local Environmental Plan 2014 (LEP 2014)

 

LEP 2014 is an applicable matter for consideration in the assessment of the subject development application in accordance with subsection 79C(1) of the EP&A Act because it applies to the subject land and the proposed development. The LEP 2014 clauses that are checked below are of relevance to the proposed development:

 

Part 1

1.1| 1.1AA| 1.2| 1.3| 1.4| Dictionary| 1.5| 1.6| 1.7| 1.8| 1.8A| 1.9|

1.9A

Part 2

2.1| 2.2 | 2.3 |Land Use Table | 2.4 | 2.5 | 2.6 | 2.7 | 2.8

Part 3

3.1| 3.2| 3.3

Part 4

4.1| 4.1A| 4.1AA| 4.1B |4.1C| 4.1D| 4.1E| 4.2| 4.2A| 4.2B| 4.2C| 4.2|4.3|4.4 |4.5 | 4.6

Part 5

5.1| 5.2| 5.3| 5.4| 5.5| 5.6| 5.7| 5.8|5.9| 5.9AA| 5.10| 5.11| 5.12|

5.13

Part 6

6.1| 6.2| 6.3| 6.4| 6.5| 6.6| 6.7| 6.8| 6.9

 

In accordance with LEP 2014 clauses 1.4 and 2.1 – 2.3:

(a)     The proposed development is defined in the LEP 2014 Dictionary as Subdivision - Strata ;

(b)     The land is within the R2 Low Density Residential according to the Land Zoning Map;

(c)     The proposed development is permissible with consent; and

(d)     Regard is had for the Zone Objectives as follows:

 

 

Zone Objective

Consideration

•  To provide for the housing needs of the community within a low density residential environment.

•  To enable other land uses that provide facilities or services to meet the day to day needs of residents.

 

The proposed Strata Subdivision is considered to be consistent with the Objective of the R2 Zone.

 

The checked clauses have been taken into consideration in the assessment of the subject development application in accordance with subsection 79C(1) of the EP&A Act. The proposed development complies with those clauses of LEP 2014 (in some cases subject to conditions and/or to the satisfaction of other assessing officers) apart from Clause 4.1 the minimum subdivision Lot size.

 

4.1   Minimum Subdivision Lot Size

The Lot Size Map shows a minimum lot size of 600m2 for this site. Proposed Strata Lots 1 and 2 do not comply, with lot sizes as follows:

 

Lot

Size

Variation

1

498.5m2

16.92%

2

499.6m2

16.74%

 

The Applicant has submitted a written clause 4.6 variation request as follows:

 

1.       Introduction – Summary of proposed development

The development application proposes strata subdivision to create two (2) strata lots for an approved Dual Occupancy (detached).

 

2.       Clause 4.6 Exceptions to Development Standards

LEP 2014 clause 4.6 allows the granting of a development consent, even though the development would contravene a development standard. However Council must first consider a written request from the Applicant that seeks to justify the contravention of the development standard by demonstrating:

 

(a)     that compliance with the development standard is unreasonable or unnecessary in the circumstances of the case, and

(b)     that there are sufficient environmental planning grounds to justify contravening the development standard.

 

Council must be satisfied that the Applicant’s written request has adequately addressed the matters required to be demonstrated and that the proposed development will be in the public interest because it is consistent with the objectives of the particular standard and the objectives for development within the zone (noting that the concurrence of the Secretary is not required to be obtained in this instance).

 

3.       The Development Standard to be varied

The development standard to be varied is the minimum lot size planning control of 600m2 applicable to this site under LEP 2014 clause 4.1 as described above.

 

The minimum lot size planning control is a development standard in accordance with the applicable definition in Section 4 of the Environmental Planning and Assessment Act 1979 because it is a provision of an environmental planning instrument in relation to the carrying out of development, being a provision by or under which requirements are specified or standards are fixed in respect of any aspect of that development, being the area of land.

 

 

4.       Extent of Variation to the Development Standard

The extent of the variation ranges from 16.92% to 16.74% as indicated in the table above.

 

5.       Objective of the Development Standard

The objectives of the development standard, as outlined in subclause 4.1(1) are:

 

(a)     to ensure that lot sizes are compatible with local environmental values and constraints; and

(b)     to facilitate efficient use of land resources for residential and other human purposes.

 

6.       Objectives of the Zone

The objectives of the R2 Low Density Residential Zone are stated and have been addressed in this section above.

 

7.       Assessment – the specific questions to be addressed:

 

(a)     Clause 4.6(3)(a) – Is compliance with the development standard unreasonable or unnecessary in the circumstances of the case?

 

The clause 4.6 written request submitted in support of the DA advises as follows in this regard:

 

·        compliance with the minimum lot size standard for the proposed Strata Title subdivision of the proposed multi dwelling housing development is unreasonable and unnecessary due to the fact that the wording of Clause 4.1(4) was clearly not intended to restrict the minimum lot sizes for Strata Title lots

 

Requiring compliance with the development standard would result in the proposed Strata Lots being inconsistent with the proposed built form and site layout. The proposed subdivision does not have any visible component and has no impact upon the environment of the locality. Requiring compliance with the development standard would be unreasonable and unnecessary in the circumstances of the case.

 

(b)     Clause 4.6(3)(b) – Are there sufficient environmental planning grounds to justify contravening the development standard?

 

The clause 4.6 written request submitted in support of the DA advises as follows in this regard:

 

·        if the subject land is mapped as being bushfire prone, the proposed Strata Title subdivision of the multi dwelling housing development would comprise “exempt development” pursuant to Clause 3.1 and Schedule 2 of the BLEP 2014 – there is no rational planning reason as to how or why Strata subdivision can be prohibited if it does not comply with the mapped minimum lot size on land that is mapped as being bushfire prone, but is then permitted as exempt development if the land is not mapped as being bushfire prone”.

 

The environmental planning grounds are particular to the site and considered to be sufficient to justify contravening the development standard. These include that the development to be Strata subdivided has been the subject of separate development assessment which has considered the environmental impacts of the development, there are no required site works or landscape disturbance associated with the subdivision, and the proposed variation does not create any significantly adverse social, environmental or economic impacts in the locality.

 

(c)     Clause 4.6(4)(a)(ii) – Is the proposed development in the public interest? Is it consistent with the objectives of the standard and the zone as set out above?

 

The clause 4.6 written request submitted in support of the DA advises discusses the existing approvals over the subject land for a dual occupancy development.

 

The proposal is consistent with the objectives of the development standard and the zone for site specific reasons as follows:

 

(a)     Objectives of the Standard

·        The proposed lot sizes are compatible with local environmental values and constraints. The proposed lot sizes will not cause any adverse environmental impacts and are in keeping with the proposed built form and site layout.

·        The proposed lot sizes support the efficient use of land resources for residential purposes.

 

(b)     Objectives of the R2 Zone

·        The proposed Strata Title subdivision supports the development to provide for the housing needs of the community within a low density residential environment.

·        The proposal is not a land use other than housing, and would not hinder but would instead support any other land use that provides facilities or services to meet the day to day needs of residents.

 

The proposal produces a better planning outcome than one that strictly complies with the development standard because requiring strict compliance would result in lot sizes that are not in keeping with the approved built form and site layout. The proposed Strata Title subdivision is in the public interest. The circumstances of the case warrant a more flexible approach to application of the lot size development standard, and the Applicant’s variation request is supported in this instance.

 

 

4.3       Any proposed Instrument that has been the subject of public consultation and has been notified to the consent authority

 

Draft SEPP (Coastal Management)

The draft SEPP proposes to replace SEPP 14 (Coastal Wetlands), SEPP 26 (Littoral Rainforest) and SEPP 71(Coastal Protection).  It will redefine the current ‘Coastal Zone’, to be within four coastal management areas:

 

·    coastal wetlands and littoral rainforests area

·    coastal environment area;

·    coastal use area; and

·    coastal vulnerability area.

 

The subject site will be mapped within the coastal use area and partially within the coastal environment area. The proposed development is not in a wetland, littoral rainforest or coastal vulnerability area.  The proposed development is considered to generally accord with the draft provisions of the SEPP.

 

4.4A  Byron Shire Development Control Plan 2014 (DCP 2014)

 

DCP 2014 is an applicable matter for consideration in the assessment of the subject development application in accordance with subsection 79C(1) of the EP& A Act because it applies to the land to which LEP 2014 applies. The DCP 2014 Parts/Chapters that are checked below are of relevance to the proposed development:

 

Part A

Part B Chapters:

B2| B3| B4| B5| B6| B7| B8| B9| B10| B11| B12| B13|

B14

Part C Chapters:

C1| C2| C3| C4

Part D Chapters

D1| D2| D3| D4| D5| D6| D7| D8

Part E Chapters

E1| E2| E3| E4| E5| E6| E7

 

These checked Parts/Chapters have been taken into consideration in the assessment of the subject development application in accordance with subsection 79C(1) of the EP&A Act. The proposed development is demonstrated to meet the relevant Objectives of all relevant Parts/Chapters (in some cases subject to conditions and/or to the satisfaction of other assessing officers).

 

4.5       Any Planning Agreement or Draft Planning Agreement?

 

 

Yes

No

Is there any applicable planning agreement or draft planning agreement?

 

 

 

4.6       Environmental Planning & Assessment Regulation 2000 Considerations

 

The proposal is considered to satisfy the relevant provisions of the EP&A Regulation 2000.

 

4.7       Any coastal zone management plan?

 

 

Satisfactory

Unsatisfactory

Not applicable

Is there any applicable coastal zone management plan?

 

 

 

4.8       The likely impacts of that development, including environmental impacts on both the natural and built environments, and social and economic impacts in the locality

 

Impact on:

Likely significant impact/s?

Natural environment

No. The proposal will not have a significantly adverse impact on the natural environment of the locality.

Built environment

No. The proposal will not have a significantly adverse impact on the built environment of the locality. No changes are proposed to the built form as the Strata Subdivision relates only to the land and not to the dual occupancy that has already been approved on the site.

Social Environment

No. The proposal will not have a significant social impact on the locality.

Economic impact

No. The proposal will not have a significant economic impact on the locality.

 

 

4.9       The suitability of the site for the development

 

Issue

Comment

Services

-      Water/ Sewer/ Stormwater

-      Ph/ power

-      Access

All services are available for the site.

Hazards

-      Flooding

-      ASS

-      Bushfire

 

Conditions included in existing consents 10.2017.589.1 and 10.2017.485.1 for:

-      Flood Planning

-      Compliance with Planning for Bush Fire Protection

-      Preliminary Acid Sulfate Soils report submitted.

It is considered these hazards can be adequately managed.

 

 

4.10     Submissions made in accordance with this Act or the regulations

 

The development application was publicly exhibited in accordance with the Level 1 procedure of DCP 2014. Council’s records indicate that one (1) submission was received for the development application.

 

Following is a summary of the planning matters raised in the submission.

 

Summary of issues

Comment

The proposed strata lots would be 499sqm each, i.e. substantially less than the minimum allotment size stated as 600sqm in the Byron LEP 2014. The variation sought to allow a lot size of 499sqm is completely unacceptable and is in no way in keeping with the amenity of the area. 

Council has issued development consent for a dual occupancy (detached) on the subject site and the proposed strata subdivision is to facilitate separate titles for each of the approved dwellings.  The proposed strata subdivision is consistent with the approved use of the land. Byron LEP 2014 sets the minimum lot size for Dual Occupancy development at 800sqm. The subject lot has an area of 998sqm.

 

Rangal Road is a quiet residential street. It is not the town centre of Ocean Shores, and is certainly far from the example subdivisions with lot sizes less than 600sqm which are all located several kilometres away in the vicinity of Balemo Drive, rather than in the relaxed and spacious beach side area of North Ocean Shores/ South Golden Beach.

 

The minimum size for Dual Occupancy development is 800sqm. The subject lot has an area of 998sqm and has been approved for the development of a dual occupancy. The proposed strata subdivision does not increase the density of development on the subject site.  

 

 

4.11     Public interest

 

The proposed development is unlikely to prejudice or compromise the public interest or create a dangerous precedent.

 

 

 

 

4.12     Section 5A of the EP&A Act – Significant effect on threatened species

 

Having regard to sections 5A, 5C and 5D of the EP&A Act, there is unlikely to be a significant effect on threatened species, populations or ecological communities, or their habitats as a result of the proposed development because the proposed strata subdivision does not involve any works likely to a significant environmental impact.

 

4.13     Section 5B of the EP&A Act – Have regard to register of critical habitat

 

The NSW Critical Habitat Register does not identify any critical habitat on or adjacent to the site.

 

5.         DEVELOPER CONTRIBUTIONS

 

5.1       Water & Sewer Levies

 

No Section 64 levies will be required.

 

5.2       Section 94 Contributions

 

Section 94 Contributions will be payable.

 

6.         DISCLOSURE OF POLITICAL DONATIONS AND GIFTS

 

Has a Disclosure Statement been received in relation to this application

No

Have staff received a ‘gift’ from anyone involved in this application that needs to be disclosed. Where the answer is yes, the application is to be determined by the Director or Manager of the Planning, Development and Environment Division.

No

 

Provide Disclosure Statement register details here: Not applicable

 

 

7.         CONCLUSION

 

Council has previously granted development consent for a dual occupancy (detached) on the subject lot. The proposed strata subdivision is consistent with the intent of relevant environmental planning instruments and planning controls applicable to the site. The submitted request for a variation to Clause 4.1 of Byron LEP 2014 (minimum lot sizes) is supported for the Strata Subdivision of an approved Dual Occupancy (detached).  The proposal raises no significant issues in terms of environmental impacts which cannot be managed and the site is considered to be suitable for the development.

 

 


BYRON SHIRE COUNCIL

Staff Reports - Sustainable Environment and Economy                                 13.22

 

 

Report No. 13.22         PLANNING - 24.2017.82.1 'Housekeeping' Amendment - Byron DCP 2014 (Various Chapters)

Directorate:                 Sustainable Environment and Economy

Report Author:           Steve Daniels, Project Officer - Planning Reforms

File No:                        I2018/356

Theme:                         Ecology

                                      Planning Policy and Natural Environment

 

 

Summary:

 

This report presents the public exhibition outcomes for a proposed ‘housekeeping’ amendment to Byron DCP 2014 (various chapters) in accordance with Council Resolution 17-414.  The amendment seeks to resolve a number of anomalies and inconsistencies that create issues when assessing development applications.  An itemised description and rationale for the proposed amendments was provided in report 13.11 to the 21 September 2017 Council Meeting

http://byron.infocouncil.biz/Open/2017/09/OC_21092017_AGN_610_WEB.htm

 

The proposed amendment was placed on public exhibition for a period of 30 days from Thursday 16 November 2017 to Friday 15 December 2017.  Five submissions were received during the exhibition period. 

 

A submissions report was initially considered at the 22 February 2018 Ordinary Council Meeting.  Prior to the meeting, Cr Cameron had sought clarification with respect to Item 4 – Telecommunications Services, and suggested some minor wording changes.  Attachment 1 has been amended to include the suggested wording changes where necessary.

 

18-113 resolved that the matter be deferred to the 22 March 2018 Ordinary Council Meeting. This was due to time constraints and a request for further information regarding the implications of the amendment on housing affordability in rural zones.  Attachment 2 provides an overview of permissible housing options in rural zones and explains why the proposed amendment will not impact on housing affordability or the supply of housing stock.  

 

The majority of submissions raise concerns with regard to proposed amendment ‘Item 8’ which seeks changes to Chapter D2: Residential Accommodation and Ancillary Development in Rural Areas.  The remaining issues raised were in relation to proposed amendment ‘Item 3’ which seeks changes to Chapter B3: Services, and amendment ‘Item 11’ which seeks changes to Chapter D8: Public Art.  Submission details and staff responses to each submission are provided in the body of this report. No changes are proposed as a result of the submissions.

 

Item 12 of the draft amendment proposed a new DCP chapter – Chapter D9: Child Care Centres.  Following the introduction of State Environmental Planning Policy (Educational Establishments and Childcare Facilities) 2017, this chapter is now redundant and it’s recommended that it be removed.

 

Additional changes are also recommended to Item 4, B3.2.1: Provision of Services.  Since the proposed amendment was first reported to Council, the NSW Department of Planning has issued Planning Circular No. PS 17-002 which recommends that consent authorities adopt a model condition of consent for real estate developments.  The condition of consent relates to the provision of telecommunications infrastructure and requires that developers install fibre-ready facilities to all individual lots and/or premises in a real estate development project so as to enable fibre to be readily connected.  Recommended changes to Item 4, B3.2.1: Provision of Services are detailed in Attachment 1.

 

It should be noted that Item 4 also enables alternative means of telecommunications access for rural subdivision to be considered where the applicant can demonstrate that an NBN service is available.  No changes to this provision are recommended.

 

Item 7 of the draft amendment proposes minor changes to D1.2.2 Setbacks from Boundaries.

An additional amendment is recommended to clarify that in instances where parking provision is not required by the DCP (i.e. visitor parking is not required for a dwelling house); informal parking within the driveway may be provided.  If parking provision is required by the DCP, it must not be provided within setbacks.  Recommended changes to Item 7, D1.2.2 Setbacks from Boundaries are detailed in Attachment 1.

 

NOTE TO COUNCILLORS:

 

In accordance with the provisions of S375A of the Local Government Act 1993, a Division is to be called whenever a motion for a planning decision is put to the meeting, for the purpose of recording voting on planning matters.  Pursuant to clause 2(a) under the heading Matters to be Included in Minutes of Council Meetings of Council's adopted Code of Meeting Practice (as amended) a Division will be deemed to have been called by the mover and seconder of all motions relating to this report.

 

  

 

RECOMMENDATION:

 

1.       That Council adopts the exhibited amendments to Byron DCP 2014 with the following changes:

 

a)   removal of Chapter D9: Child Care Centres;

b)   amendment to B3.2.1 Provision of Services as contained in Attachment 1; and

c)   amendment to D1.2.2 Setbacks from Boundaries as contained in Attachment 1.

 

2.       Adopt the Byron DCP 2014 amendment and give public notice of the decision within 28 days.

 

 

Attachments:

 

1        24.2017.82.1 - Schedule of Proposed Amendments to Byron DCP 2014 - Amended following public exhibition, E2018/17641

2        24.2017.82.1 - Housing Affordability and Diversity in Rural Zones, E2018/17658

3        24.2017.82.1 submissions, E2018/18015

 

 


 

Report

 

Council resolved to proceed with preparation and public exhibition of the proposed amendments to Byron DCP 2014 (various chapters) on the 21 September 2017 as follows:

 

17-414 Resolved:

 

1.   That Council proceed with preparation and public exhibition of the Byron DCP 2014 amendments proposed in this report, as detailed in Attachment 1 (#E2017/86663) and Attachment 2 (#E2017/85812) as amended below:

 

Item 4 - Chapter B3 Services B3.2.1 Provision of Services

 

3. Telecommunications Infrastructure

 

c)  Alternative means of telecommunications access for rural subdivision may be considered where the applicant can demonstrate that an NBN service is available and is supported by a letter from a recognised telecommunications consultant confirming that each allotment can be serviced by such a system.

 

Approvals for rural subdivisions utilising alternative means of telecommunications access will require restrictions on the title of all new allotments consistent with the concept sought by the developer (e.g. fixed line telephone services not provided).

 

2.   That Council receive a further report for consideration of submissions following the statutory public exhibition period;

 

3.   That should there be no submissions, the amendments to the DCP be adopted as of the close of the statutory public exhibition period date, and notified accordingly.

 

The proposed amendment was placed on public exhibition for a period of 30 days from Thursday 16 November 2017 to Friday 15 December 2017 in accordance with Res 17-414.  Five public submissions were received during the exhibition period and one staff submission has been included in this report. 

 

A submissions report was initially considered at the 22 February 2018 Ordinary Council Meeting.  Prior to the meeting, Cr Cameron had sought clarification with respect to Item 4 – Telecommunications Services, and suggested some minor wording changes.  Attachment 1 has been amended to include the suggested wording changes where necessary.

 

18-113 Resolved that this matter be deferred to the ordinary meeting of 22 March 2018

 

The deferment was due to time constraints and a request for further information regarding the implications of the amendment on housing affordability in rural zones.  Further information with respect to housing affordability was intended to be provided to Council at the 8 March Strategic Planning Workshop; however this was not possible due to an already full agenda.  Attachment 2 provides an overview of permissible housing options in rural zones and explains why the proposed amendment will not impact on housing affordability or the supply of housing stock.  

 

 

 

 

 

 

Submissions

 

Council received five submissions during the exhibition period.  No amendments to the DCP are recommended as a result of the submissions. The table below identifies the key issues raised in the submissions and includes staff comments for Council’s consideration.    

 

The table below should be read with reference to Attachment 1 (Schedule of Proposed Amendments).

 

Issue Raised in Submission

Staff Comment

DCP Amendment Item 3:

·    Council should consider an amendment to the DCP to ensure that acoustic barriers and associated infrastructure are to be contained within the development they are servicing.

 

 

Noted.  This suggestion will be considered for a future amendment to the DCP. 

DCP Amendment Item 8:

·    Given that our Council has invested a great deal of time for affordable housing, it appears at odds with itself to then reduce the number of studios that can be constructed on rural lands.  Rural lots play a vital role in providing a mix of affordable housing and this does not seem to be recognised by Council.

 

 

 

 

This submission reflects the unlawful practice of building rural studios for the purpose of separate habitation, be it in the form of rental accommodation or holiday letting.

 

Existing DCP provisions require that a studio must not be used for separate habitation.  The objective of the controls is to enable construction and use of a detached building where, because of its nature or space requirements, the proposed use of the building is not practical within the confines of the dwelling.  Examples of such uses may include a workshop, art space or home office.

 

Therefore, proposed controls pertaining to rural studios should have no bearing on addressing affordable housing concerns within the Shire.

  

 

·    There are no clear reasons or objectives given for the changes to D2.7.1 Studios.

 

The reasons/objectives stated for all amendments included under ‘Item 8’ are:

 

·    To ensure that the character and amenity of the Shire’s rural zones does not become compromised by over development.

 

·    To ensure that planning controls applicable to rural zones seek to achieve a scale of residential development that is consistent with the objectives of the zone.

 

 

·    Studios should be allowed for each approved dwelling within a rural allotment. Many households have a need for a workspace that is external to the main dwelling building and working from home is becoming more popular with the rollout of the NBN. 

 

 

 

 

 

The proposed controls do not strictly prohibit the construction of more than one rural studio.  The Objectives and Performance Criteria applicable to D2.7.1 Studios enable the construction of a studio where it can be demonstrated that a legitimate need exists for the studio.  Therefore, a development application seeking an additional studio may be considered if the applicant has satisfied this requirement. 

 

 

·    It is logical that if one studio per dwelling is permitted in a multiple occupancy, it should also be permitted in a dual occupancy.

 

 

Both dwellings in a rural dual occupancy development are owned by a single land owner unless later subdivided.  A rural studio may be shared among the residents of the property or an additional studio may be considered if there is a demonstrated need for the studio and it will not result in over development of the land.

 

This scenario is distinctly different from multiple occupancy development whereby the lot is collectively owned.  For a multiple occupancy development, the DCP permits a rural studio for each dwelling in the interest of equity among each of the individual owners of the land.

 

The key objective for Item 8 is to manage the scale of rural residential development and ensure that the rural character and rural environment is not compromised by over development.  In this regard, it should be noted that multiple occupancy development is only permissible in certain mapped locations within the Shire that have been selected based on suitable site characteristics for accommodating this form and scale of rural development.

 

 

·    There is a problem with the proposed amendment and its description because both a primary dwelling and a dual occupancy may be expanded houses and both the primary dwelling and dual occupancy could theoretically have a studio and secondary dwelling as part of their dwelling.

 

 

The submission is correct in stating that both a primary dwelling and a dual occupancy may be expanded houses.  However, where this arrangement constitutes more than six (6) residential buildings, the proposed controls would require applicants to demonstrate that there is a need for more than six (6) buildings and that the rural character and rural environment will not be adversely affected by over development.

 

The submission is incorrect in stating that both the primary dwelling and dual occupancy could theoretically have a secondary dwelling.  A secondary dwelling is quite literally a ‘second dwelling’ on the property and must meet Byron LEP 2014 requirements with regard to gross floor area.  An application for three (3) or more dwellings would be assessed as ‘multi-dwelling housing’ which is not permissible in rural zones.

 

It should be noted that where a development application for a rural studio would result in more than six (6) buildings on the property, the proposed controls would again require the applicant to demonstrate that there is a need for more than six (6) buildings and that the rural character and rural environment will not be adversely affected by over development.

 

 

·    Item 8 does not take into consideration the Affordable Housing SEPP which allows Group Homes (temporary and permanent) in rural zones where a dwelling is permitted.

 

 

For applications where the provisions of a SEPP apply (such as an application seeking approval for a Group Home), the provisions of the SEPP take precedence over any DCP provisions that may obstruct the application of the SEPP.     

 

DCP Amendment Item 11

 

Object to the proposed amendment on the following grounds:

 

1.   The amendment has been proposed at a time when Council’s Public Art Policy and Guidelines are under review.

 

2.   No justification for the proposed amendment has been provided by Council

 

3.   The proposed amendment allows developers to escape commissioning and displaying public art in their development, thereby devaluing public art as an essential component of significant developments

 

4.   The proposed amendment does nothing to address the unfair and regressive nature of the Developer Contribution as it applies to public art

 

5.   No method of valuing the cost of a work/s of public art is outlined, or referred to, in the draft chapter

 

 

This amendment relates to Council Resolution 15-604 which resolved;

 

1.   That Council amend the DCP Chapter D8 ‘Public Art’ to include under ‘Prescriptive Measures’ point 2 “In lieu of providing Public Art, the applicant could enter into a Voluntary Planning Agreement with Council to provide an equivalent financial contribution for the installation of Public Art in a suitable location.”

 

The amendment responds to the fact that not all developments subject to DCP Chapter D8 ‘Public Art’ will provide suitable opportunities for the display of art works in a public setting.  An example of such an occurrence would be a private development with limited street frontage or public exposure. 

 

Where practical opportunities for public art display are limited, the proposed amendment provides a solution by allowing developers to fund ‘off-site’ art works in suitable locations that are accessible to the public.  Entering into a Voluntary Planning Agreement with Council is an appropriate mechanism for developers to provide for public art in such instances.

 

Points 4 and 5 of the submission are noted.  These points will be considered under a comprehensive review of Chapter D8 Public Art.

 

 

Staff Review

 

·    Item 4 of the draft amendment proposed changes to B3.2.1 Provision of Services.  Since the proposed amendment was first reported to Council, the NSW Department of Planning has issued Planning Circular No. PS 17-002 which recommends that consent authorities adopt a model condition of consent for real estate developments.  The condition of consent relates to the provision of telecommunications infrastructure and requires that developers install fibre-ready facilities to all individual lots and/or premises in a real estate development project so as to enable fibre to be readily connected. 

 

Point b) of Item 4 has been amended to reflect this requirement (see Attachment 1), however certain forms of development are considered exempt, typically where it would be impractical or costly to upgrade existing infrastructure.  The exemptions are required under Commonwealth law. 

 

It should be noted that the condition of consent is not recommended to apply in rural areas. Therefore, no changes are recommended to the exhibited amendment which enables alternative means of telecommunications access for rural subdivision to be considered where the applicant can demonstrate that an NBN service is available.

 

·    Item 7 of the draft amendment proposed minor changes to D1.2.2 Setbacks from Boundaries.

An additional amendment is recommended to clarify that in instances where parking provision is not required by the DCP (i.e. visitor parking is not required for a dwelling house); informal parking within the driveway may be provided.  If parking provision is required by the DCP, it must not be provided within setbacks.  Recommended changes to Item 7, D1.2.2 Setbacks from Boundaries are detailed in Attachment 1.  

                    

·    Item 12 of the draft amendment proposed a new DCP chapter – Chapter D9: Child Care Centres.  Following the introduction of State Environmental Planning Policy (Educational Establishments and Childcare Facilities) 2017, this chapter is now redundant and it is recommended that it be removed.

 

Financial Implications

As this is a Council initiated DCP amendment, the processing costs will be borne by Council.  If Council chooses not to proceed then the matter does not incur any additional costs.

 

Statutory and Policy Compliance Implications

The amendment of development control plans is governed by Environmental Planning and Assessment Regulation 2000 (Part 3 – Development Control Plans). The amendment process is summarised below:

 

Part 3 of the regulation states that a draft development control plan must be publicly exhibited for at least 28 days and copies of the draft development control plan are to be made publicly available.  After considering any submissions about the draft development control plan that have been duly made, the council:

 

(a)  may approve the plan in the form in which it was publicly exhibited, or

(b)  may approve the plan with such alterations as the council thinks fit, or

(c)  may decide not to proceed with the plan.

 

The council must give public notice of its decision in a local newspaper within 28 days after the decision is made.  Notice of a decision not to proceed with a development control plan must include the council’s reasons for the decision.  A development control plan comes into effect on the date that public notice of its approval is given in a local newspaper, or on a later date specified in the notice.

 

The relevant policy considerations are addressed above.


BYRON SHIRE COUNCIL

Staff Reports - Sustainable Environment and Economy                                 13.23

 

 

Report No. 13.23         Expressions of Interest for the Multi Use of Byron Shire Rail Corridor

Directorate:                 Sustainable Environment and Economy

Report Author:           Tania  Crosbie , Economy and Sustainability Coordinator

Joshua Winter, Civil Engineer

Therese Black, Business Analyst

Tara McGready, Place Planning Coordinator

Tony Nash, Manager Works

File No:                        I2018/381

Theme:                         Economy

                                      Economic Development

 

 

Summary:

 

Staff are seeking Council’s endorsement for the attached Expressions of Interest for Multi Use of Byron Shire Rail Corridor (Bangalow to Yelgun) document (E2018/17051) to be used to advertise for Expressions of Interest to complete the study.

 

Staff will then complete the Expressions of Interest process and report to Council at the 24 May 2018 ordinary meeting of Council to seek endorsement to proceed to a selective Request for Tender.

 

The process and assessment panel will consist of the same project team used to redraft the Expressions of Interest document, being;

-     Tania Crosbie             Economy and Sustainability Coordinator

-     Tara McGready                   Place Planning Coordinator

-     Therese Black            Business Analyst

-     Josh Winter                Civil Engineer

-     Tony Nash                  Manager Works

-     Tricia Shantz              Social Planner (Consultant)

 

  

 

RECOMMENDATION:

1.       That Council endorse the Expression of Interest for the Multi Use of Byron Shire Rail           Corridor (Bangalow to Yelgun) documents (E2018/17051 & E2018/17429) to be used to           advertise for Expressions of Interest to complete the study.

 

2.       That staff present the Expressions of Interest assessment panel’s report to Council’s 24 May 2018 ordinary meeting to seek Council’s endorsement of proponents to proceed to a selective Request for Tender.

 

 

Attachments:

 

1        2017-0037 - EOI Expressions of Interest - Multi Use Byron Shire Rail Corridor - 22 March 2018, E2018/17051

2        2017-0037 - EOI - Expressions of Interest - Multi Use Byron Shire Rail Corridor - Deliverables Framework, E2018/17429

 

 


 

Report

 

Council resolved 18-065 as follows;

 

1.       That Council establish an expert multi-discipline working group to deliver a revised brief suitable to meet Councillor's expectations. 

 

2.       The working group is to report a revised brief to the 22 March Ordinary Meeting of Council. 

 

3.       The internal working group is to be overseen by Director Sustainable Environment and Economy and Director Infrastructure Services, and consist of Councillors, internal staff members with expertise in economic development, place making/masterplanning, business analysis and civil engineering, and an external social and economic impact consultant expert.

 

The working group consisted of the following staff, being overseen by the Director of Sustainable Environment and Economy, and the Director Infrastructure Services;

-     Tania Crosbie             Economy and Sustainability Coordinator

-     Tara McGready                   Place Planning Coordinator

-     Therese Black            Business Analyst

-     Josh Winter                Civil Engineer

-     Tony Nash                  Manager Works

-     Tricia Shantz              Social Planner (Consultant)

 

The working group met with the Mayor and Deputy Mayor to present the iterations and finalise the draft document to present to Council. The document being presented is the final document proposed to be used to seek Expressions of Interest to complete the study.

 

The working group that redrafted the document will oversee the Expressions of Interest process, taking part in the assessment of the submissions received in order to present a panel of proponents to Council seeking endorsement to proceed to a selective Request for Tender.

 

If endorsed, the Expression of Interest will be advertised on Tuesday 3 April 2018, closing on Wednesday 27 April 2018. This will allow the assessment to be completed and presented to Council at the 24 May 2018 ordinary meeting of Council.

 

If the panel to proceed to a selective Request for Tender is endorsed at this meeting, it is anticipated that the Tender assessment will be reported to Council at the 2 August 2018 ordinary meeting of Council for award.

 

Financial Implications

 

The previously approved budget of $200,000 to complete this study has been utilised throughout the drafting and redrafting process for staff and consultant time, with approximately $185,000 remaining.

 

Once the Expressions of Interest process has been completed, and if Council endorse to proceed to a selective Request for Tender, staff will report the financial implications of the Tenders to the appropriate Council meeting for approval with a suitable budget source identified.

 

Statutory and Policy Compliance Implications

 

No known implications at this time.

 


BYRON SHIRE COUNCIL

Staff Reports - Sustainable Environment and Economy                                 13.24

 

 

Report No. 13.24         Update - Barrio Eatery and Bar, 1 Porter Street, Byron Bay - Enforcement proceedings

Directorate:                 Sustainable Environment and Economy

Report Author:           Shannon Burt, Director Sustainable Environment and Economy

Ralph James, Legal Counsel

File No:                        I2018/427

Theme:                         Ecology

                                      Development and Approvals

 

 

Summary:

 

The purpose of this report is to provide Council with an update on current enforcement

proceedings in relation to the Barrio Eatery and Bar.

 

 

  

 

RECOMMENDATION:

That Council:

 

1.       Note the report.

 

2.       In respect of the Penalty Infringement Notice, accept the legal advice and take action accordingly.

 

 

Attachments:

 

1        Confidential - Legal advice in respect of development consent, E2018/18986  

 

 


 

Report

 

On 4 February 2016 Council issued Notice of Determination  of  a  Development Application No.10.2015.353.1 authorising development for "Mixed use development composing 22 residential dwellings, plus commercial and retail  units,  recreational facilities,  associated  infrastructure  and subdivision"  ("the development consent") .

 

The development consent relates to land at Lot 3 DP 1004514 Bayshore Drive, Byron Bay ("the land").

 

The development consent has subsequently been modified on a number of occasions however condition 79(a) has remained the same and relevantly provides:

 

"79 Land Uses

 

The various land uses contained within the development are to operate in accordance with the Statement of Environmental Effects (prepared by Planners North dated June 2015) Chapter E5 of Byron Development Control Plan 2014 and the following requirements:

 

(a)The canteen located within Buildings C1 is to be operated in accordance with the definition of a restaurant or cafe [a restaurant or cafe means a building or place the principal purpose  of  which  is  the  preparation  and  serving,  on  a  retail basis,  of  food  and  drink  to  people  for  consumption  on  the premises, whether or not liquor, take away meals and drinks or entertainment are also provided) with the exception that it is generally to be used to service the residents/workers within the development."

 

Located on the land and within Building C1 is the Barrio Eatery and Bar (Barrio).

 

‘Barrio’ opened at the end of 2017.

 

http://thegoodguide.com.au/goldcoast/blog/the-fare-essentials/item/new-barrio-byron-bay

 

Since opening, resident’s complaints have been received by Council about the use, noise from the premises and exhaust fan, and on site waste management not being compliant with development consent conditions.  Staff met with a number of affected residents on 26 February 2018 to hear from them directly about their experiences and to explain council enforcement processes and actions in relation to Barrio.

 

Staff also met with Barrio representatives on 19 February 2018.

 

Key issues discussed:

 

·    the use of the premises under DA353/2015

·    noise impacts;

·    on site waste management; and

·    residential amenity impact.

 

 

 

At the end of that meeting the Barrio representatives were issued with:

 

1.   A Penalty Infringement Notice (PIN) for non compliance with development consent condition 79a.

 

This consent condition provides for a ‘canteen’ use on site and a defined area for the canteen use to occur. 

 

The Barrio representatives have now requested a review of this PIN, which has now been undertaken by Council’s Legal Services team and its external solicitors.  Their advice is provided in confidential attachment 1 to the report.

 

2.   A draft Prevention Notice for noise impacts.

 

This draft Notice stipulated works that would be required to be undertaken to ameliorate adverse noise impacts from the site to achieve compliance with conditions of consent for noise and amenity.

 

Barrio was given 14 days to respond to this notice.  This has occurred.

 

Barrio has engaged an acoustic specialist to address all noise issues.  Expert engineers have also been engaged to assist. 

 

Notwithstanding the above, the formal Noise Prevention Order was issued on 13 March 2018.  This Order requires Bayshore Development Pty Ltd to:

 

1.   Immediately comply with relevant noise standards.

 

2.   Engage the services of a suitably qualified and experienced noise engineer, and within 14 days submit to Council for approval an acoustic assessment report.

 

3.   The acoustic assessment report must include a roster for staff of Barrio to carry out regular noise monitoring.

 

Separately, a liquor licence application (liquor on premises licence – restaurant) has been lodged with Office of Liquor and Gaming (OLG) which was referred to Council for comment.  Staff objected to the granting of a licence due to concerns about non compliance with conditions of development consent and resultant amenity impacts on the immediate neighbourhood.

 

http://www.lgnoticeboardassets.justice.nsw.gov.au/liquor_applications/docs/APP-0003728298-Notice.pdf

 

Staff await the OLG determination on this application.

 

Financial Implications

 

Cost to Council depends on legal advice and enforcement action.

 

Statutory and Policy Compliance Implications

 

Compliance with relevant planning and environment Acts and Regulations.

  


BYRON SHIRE COUNCIL

Staff Reports - Infrastructure Services                                                               13.25

 

 

Staff Reports - Infrastructure Services

 

Report No. 13.25         Loan Funding - Eureka Bridge Embankment Repairs and Replacement of Five Bridges

Directorate:                 Infrastructure Services

Report Author:           Phil Warner, Manager Assets and Major Projects

James Brickley, Manager Finance

File No:                        I2018/230

Theme:                         Community Infrastructure

                                      Local Roads and Drainage

 

 

Summary:

 

The purpose of this report is to seek Council approval to borrow loan funds necessary to fund embankment repairs at Eureka Bridge and the replacement of Five Bridges (O’Meara’s, Parkers, Booyong, Scarrabelottis and James) subject to a Tender Report to this Ordinary Meeting of Council.

  

 

RECOMMENDATION:

1.       That Council authorise the borrowing of $1,665,000 through an Expression of Interest (EOI) process prior to 30 June 2018 to fund the repairs of the Eureka Bridge Embankment Repairs and replacement of the Five Bridges subject to a Tender Report to the 22 March 2018 Ordinary Meeting.

 

2.       That Council delegates authority to the General Manager to negotiate with financial institutions to acquire the loan funds required in recommendation 1 above and accept the best offer made available to Council.

 

3.       That Council authorise the affixing of the Council seal to all documents that may require it, in regards to the loan borrowing.

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

Report

 

The purpose of this report is to seek Council approval to borrow loan funds necessary to fund embankment repairs at Eureka Bridge and the replacement of Five Bridges subject to a Tender Report to this Ordinary Meeting of Council.

 

Eureka Bridge Embankment Repairs

 

The 7.2 m high embankment slip failure at Eureka Bridge was detected in February 2017 and is being monitored by staff for potential further failure signs.

 

 

Figure 1: Embankment collapse

 

Council’s response to date has involved 4 stages of action:-

 

1.   Geotechnical appraisal and interim control measures (realign traffic clear of top of bank and divert bridge drainage runoff water at collapse).

 

2.   Geotechnical analysis of bank stability and implementation of further controls (15 tonne load limit suitable for 2 school bus services and 20km speed limits signs and speed humps).

 

3.   Survey by drone and site investigation drilling, laboratory testing and two rectification concept design options and preliminary cost estimate.

 

4.   Detail design by consultants Coffey.

 

The estimated cost for completion of the Coffey design is $550,000.

 

 

Figure 2: Traffic control to avoid slip zone

 


 

Significant Issues

 

·    There is currently no budget allocation for completion of the necessary rectification works.

 

·    There remains a risk that expansion of the collapse will result in road closure.

 

·    Ongoing monitoring of risk management measures is required to ensure safety.

 

·    Ongoing monitoring of heavy vehicles with the cooperation of NEWLOG is required.

 

·    Construction of rectification works will require a 3-4 month road closure (subject to weather). There is an immediate alternative route using Springvale Road.

 

·    Eureka Road is important in the local road network and some community opposition may occur regarding the necessary road closure.

 

·    Construction is best in the dry season from July to October. Ideally a tender process should commence in March with a view to commencing work in July.

 

·    Risk is minimised if the necessary repairs are completed this coming dry season. 

 

·    The proposed repairs are substantial and will greatly lengthen the operational life of this important bridge.

 

Replacement of Five Bridges

 

Subject to a separate Tender Report to this Ordinary Meeting of Council is the tender outcome for the replacement of five bridges. 

 

Specific details of the tender outcome costs, implementation costs and available grant funding for the bridge replacements are contained in that report related to O’Meara’s, Parkers, Booyong, Scarrabelottis and James bridges.

 

For the 2017/2018 financial year, Council currently has a budget allocation of $460,000 funded from new loan borrowings to finalise the purchase of the ex Defence Force bridges.  The Tender Report contains a funding shortfall of $655,000 compared to the costs to install the bridges and other implementation costs less the grant funding Council has secured for these bridges. 

 

To complete the replacement of the five bridges, Council needs to borrow a total $1,115,000.

 

 

Financial Implications

 

Included in Council’s successful Special Rate Variation Application approved by the Independent Pricing and Regulatory Tribunal (IPART) was a commitment to loan finance $6,000,000 over three years for bridges.

 

Council advised the Office of Local Government via NSW Treasury Corporation that it intended to borrow $2,160,000 for the 2017/2018 financial year but the borrowing requirement was reduced in the 31 December 2017 Quarter Budget Review to $460,000.  If Council borrows the funds subject of this report it is still within the limit advised to the Office of Local Government as this has not been reduced.

 

 

Whilst the construction works for all the bridge projects will most likely commence in the 2018/2019 financial year, if Council borrows the funds by the end of this financial year, it will fund the remaining purchase costs of the ADF bridges plus have funds available for when construction commences.  Borrowing at the end of this financial year will mean there will be no loan repayments payable during 2017/2018 financial year.  In addition any loan funds borrowed that remain unexpended at 30 June 2018 will be reserved and carried forward to the 2018/2019 financial year.

 

Future loan repayments will be factored in from the 2018/2019 financial year budget considerations consistent with the current Council Long Term Financial Plan.  Council’s policy on loan borrowings suggests loan terms should be reflective as much as possible of the life of the asset.  In this respect, Council should consider a loan term of up to 25 years which would be the maximum Council could potentially secure.

 

To summarise for Council, the overall loan borrowing requirements for the Bridge Program is as follows:

 

·    Eureka Bridge Embankment Repairs  $550,000

·    Finalisation of the purchase of the Defence Force Bridges $460,000

·    Installation and implementation costs for O’Meara’s, Parkers, Booyong, Scarabelottis and James bridges in addition to announced grant funding $655,000.

 

Any revised budget amount for loan borrowings relevant to the 2017/2018 financial year will be reported to Council as part of the 30 June 2018 Quarter Budget Review once the outcome of the loan borrowing process has been finalised. 

 

Statutory and Policy Compliance Implications

 

Council has adopted Policy 2009/006 regarding loan borrowings.

 

Section 55(1)(f) of the Local Government Act 1993 provides that Council does not need to call tenders for a contract relating to loan borrowings.

 

Section 377(1)(f) of the Local Government Act 1993 stipulates that a Council may by resolution delegate to the General Manager or any other person or body (not including another employee of the Council any of the functions of the Council except the borrowing of money.

 

Section 621 to 624 of the Local Government Act 1993 provides:

 

·   That Council can borrow at any time for purposes allowed under the Local Government Act 1993,

·   That Council may borrow by way of overdraft or loan or by other means approved by the Minister.

·   That Council may give security for any borrowings in such manner as may be prescribed by the regulations with such securities ranking on equal footing despite any other Act.

·   The Minister may, from time to time, impose limitations or restrictions on borrowings by a particular Council, or Councils generally despite the other provisions of this Part.

 

Clause 229 of the Local Government (General) Regulation 2005 provides the repayment of money borrowed by a Council (whether by way of overdraft or otherwise), and the payment of any interest on that money, is a charge on the income of the Council.

 

Clause 230 of the Local Government (General) Regulation 2005 provides that the General Manager must notify the Director-General within 7 days of the borrowing of loan funds that the borrowing has occurred.

 

Clause 400(4) of the Local Government (General) Regulation 2005 provides the seal of a Council must not be affixed to a document unless the document relates to the business of the Council and the Council has resolved by resolution specifically referring to the document that the seal be so affixed.

 

The Minister for Local Government issued a revised Borrowing Order for Councils in New South Wales on 13 May 2009.  The stipulation in the Borrowing Order is that Councils are not to borrow from any source outside the Commonwealth of Australia or in any other currency other then Australian currency.


BYRON SHIRE COUNCIL

Staff Reports - Infrastructure Services                                                               13.26

 

 

Report No. 13.26         Tyagarah Clothes Optional Declaration - results of the enhanced stakeholder safety initiatives of Res 17-499 and Res 17-715

Directorate:                 Infrastructure Services

Report Author:           Darren McAllister, Acting Open Space and Facilities Coordinator

File No:                        I2017/2101

Theme:                         Community Infrastructure

                                      Open Space and Recreation

 

 

Summary:

 

This report details the results of the enhanced stakeholder safety initiatives of both resolutions 17-499 and 17-715.  Following the installation of Council signage at Grays Lane beach access, and at each end of the declared clothes optional area (Attachment 2), there has been varied responses to whether the trial has been a success.

 

NSW Police have reported a drop in undesirable behaviour since the installation of the Council and NPWS signage and a increase in Police presence and enforcement in the area (Refer Police statistics Attachment 10).

 

NSW Police, NPWS, Safe Beaches Committee, and other stakeholders have requested additional signage at the southern end of the clothes optional area, Belongil Beach, and at Elements Resort.  Police and the committee have advised that the current clothes optional location is their preferred location (see minutes at Attachment 1).  A walk around with Police, NPWS, and Council staff resulted in Police recommending 14 separate sign locations.  These separate sign locations include a spacing of 200m along the dunes from elements to the Southern end of the clothes optional area (Refer Attachment 2).  

 

Resolution 17-715 (14 December 2017) endorsed $5000 for 3 additional signs shown as “priority” (refer map, attachment 2) as per recommendations from the Safe Beaches Committee meeting 31 January 2018.

 

Council staff are currently working with NSW Police, NPWS, and other stakeholders on the location of a fourth sign that targets people approaching the clothes optional area from Brunswick Heads to the northern end of the Clothes Optional Area.

 

  

 

RECOMMENDATION:

That Council receive a further report after six months following the installation of the signs (as per Res 17-715), to report on the results of the enhanced stakeholder safety initiatives of Res 17-499 and Res 17-715.

 

 

Attachments:

 

1        Confidential - Minutes from Safe Beaches meeting 28/11/2017 re Tyagarah Clothes Optional Signs and Signage, E2017/117169  

2        Tyagarah Clothes Optional Existing and Proposed Sign Locations, E2017/117168

3        2017 November Lifeguard Report Belongil Beach near Elements Resort, E2017/117170

4        Tyagarah Clothes Optional submission from Ms Yuti McLean, E2017/117171

5        Tyagarah Clothes Optional Submission from Zephyr Horses Belongil_Tyagrah Nude Beach Proposal, E2017/117172

6        Tyagarah Clothes Optional submission from David Dixon, E2017/117173

7        NSW Police Tyagarah Clothes Optional media release 12022018, E2018/15646

8        Confidential - Tyagarah Clothes Optional Minutes Safe Beaches meeting 31 January 2018, E2018/15650  

9        Tyagarah Beach Submission 2018, E2018/15640

10      Confidential - Tyagarah Clothes Optional Police Statistics Offences - Sexual Assault  Street - 2016 to 2018, E2018/15706  

11      Email from Colin Obrien regarding length of Nudist Section of Tygarah beach, E2018/17244

12      Email from Shane West - Request for Nudist Beach at Tyagarah Be Reopened Fully, E2018/17243

13      Email from Jill Huggett regarding Tyagarah Beach length, E2018/17242

 

 


Report

 

Background

 

In response to Res 17-499 (below from 26 Oct 2017), actions 1 to 5 have been completed.

 

Res 17-499 ( 26 October) Resolved that Council:

 

1.   Erect signs within two weeks declaring Tyagarah Beach a clothes optional beach (nude bathing permitted) 200 metres south of Grays Lane for a distance of 800 metres.

 

2.   Work with NPWS, beach users, police and community safety committee to enhance safety at Tyagarah Beach or identify more suitable locations.

 

3.   Support police action to deter inappropriate behaviour at Tyagarah Beach.

 

4.   That a report be brought back to Council after three months to detail the results of the enhanced stakeholder safety initiatives.

 

5.   That this resolution rescinds Council resolution 8147

 

 

In relation to Res 17-715 (14 December 2017), the Safe Beaches Committee endorsed (attachment 8) the locations of 3 priority signs ( attachment 2).

 

Council staff are currently working with NSW Police, NPWS, and other stakeholders on the location of a fourth sign that targets people approaching the clothes optional area from Brunswick Heads to the northern end of the Clothes Optional Area.

 

 

Res 17-715 (14 Dec 2017) Resolved that:

 

1.   Subject to landowner consent, staff install 3 signs in consultation with the Safe Beach Group (including Police and NPWS) at the southern end (Belongil) relating to resolution 17-499; and

 

2.   That funding of $5,000 be identified in the December review

Police Reports

 

Please see confidential attachment 10

 

Consultation

 

A meeting of the Safe Beaches Committee was held on 28 November 2017 (see minutes at attachment 1). Key points were:

 

·        There was general agreement that the current location of the clothes optional beach is the preferred location

·        That additional signage is required to enhance safety at the southern end of the clothes optional area, Belongil Beach, and around Elements Resort

·        It was suggested that the dune signs installed on 8th November 2017 are too small to be easily read from the shoreline

·        feedback has shown there has been improvement since signs installed on 8th November 2017

 

A separate walk around meeting with NSW Police, NPWS, Elements and Council staff was held on 8 December 2017.   NSW Police advised that the current clothes optional location is their preferred location.  The walk around meeting resulted in Police recommending 14 separate sign locations, including every 200m on the dunes from elements to the clothes optional area. (See Attachment 2 for locations) 

 

Police noted that existing signs delineating the clothes optional could be perceived as ambiguous.

 

A meeting of the Safe Beaches Committee was held on 31 January 2018 (see minutes at attachment 8).  Key points were:

 

·        Police report that word is getting out as a result of increased Police actions. Undesirables are choosing different locations.

·        There has been positive and negative feedback since increased Police actions. The matter has attracted Local, State and National media coverage.

·        Proposed signage locations and content supported.

·        Map of Clothes Optional Area provided to Police for media release–complete (attachment 7)

·        Map and signage would be uploaded to the Byron Shire Council website – complete

·        Investigation into social media options for clear and accurate messaging is required

 

 

Informal Submissions

 

Informal submissions have been made directly to Council staff and through the Safe Beaches Group:

 

·           An Interim Lifeguard report from Go Sea Kayak Byron Bay reported 172 Nude beach goers advised.  (refer Attachment 3)

·           Email from Ms Yuti McLean supported the new signage. (refer Attachment 4)

·           Email from Zephyr Horses requesting the clothes optional area be moved north of Grays Lane as undesirable behaviour is affecting their business. .  (refer Attachment 5)

·           Email from David and Susan Dixon recommending additional signage near Elements Resort.   (refer Attachment 6)

·           Informal Submission from David Dixon including results of informal research on clothes optional beach.  In summary - Local residents, naturists and Police all agree there has been a substantial change for the better at Tyagarah Beach in the three month trial period set by Council. The number of deviants has decreased and the number of genuine beach-goers has increased. This momentum can be maintained in 2018 as the Safe Beaches Committee continues its stellar work. (refer Attachment 9)

·        Email from Colin O’Brien requesting the Clothes Optional area be increased in size.  (refer Attachment 11)

·        Email from Shane West in relation to Clothes Optional area. (refer Attachment 12)

·        Email from Jill Huggett requesting the Clothes Optional area be increased in size. (refer Attachment 13)

 

 

Financial Implications

 

Non Dune located Signs – Single Pole

Based on previous Council installation of 3 signs, the cost estimate for installation by Council staff is $880 per sign.

 

Dune Located Signs – Double Pole

Based on previous Council installation of 3 signs, the cost estimate for installation by Council staff is $1,060 per sign.

 

Cost estimate of full proposal as per NSW Police recommendations is $13,940.  This estimate is based on previous Council installation.  Contractor’s quotes may vary considerably.

 

Ongoing costs of maintenance of the signs in such a dynamic environment, and subject to vandalism also needs to be considered.  Signs erected on 8 November 2017 have been vandalised and replaced 3 times to date, at a cost of $2,400

 

Statutory and Policy Compliance Implications

 

Signs to be placed in Tyagarah Nature Reserve will require approval by NPWS.

 


BYRON SHIRE COUNCIL

Staff Reports - Infrastructure Services                                                               13.27

 

 

Report No. 13.27         Interim Parking Permits - fees and charges

Directorate:                 Infrastructure Services

Report Author:           Evan Elford, Team Leader Infrastructure Planning  

File No:                        I2018/263

Theme:                         Community Infrastructure

                                      Local Roads and Drainage

 

 

Summary:

 

This report is to provide the background to and recommendations for Council to implement an interim parking permit scheme to enable shire residents and workers, who do not fully meet the requirement necessary to obtain a permit under the existing parking schemes, apply for an interim parking permit to avoid being disadvantaged while Council staff continue to review and develop parking scheme permit criteria.

 

  

 

RECOMMENDATION:

That Council:

 

1.  Implement an interim parking permit scheme for shire residents and workers  that do not meet the current criteria to obtain a permit under the existing pay parking and residential parking scheme requirements.

 

2.  Require a resident to prove that they reside within a pay parking or residential parking scheme and that there are no options available for the resident to park within the private property space of their residence in order to obtain an interim permit noting that the permit will specify the location to which the permit will apply.

 

3.  Require a worker to prove that they work at a business or organisation located within a residential parking scheme and that there are no options available for the worker to park within the private property space of their place of work in order to obtain an interim permit noting that the permit will specify the location to which the permit will apply.

 

4.  Apply the existing pay parking permit fees of $55 for residents and $110 for workers for interim parking permits until such time as the criteria is reviewed and new fees and charges for the interim permits are adopted.

 

5.  Restrict the number of permits to one per resident or worker with permits being valid for a maximum period of 12 months noting that a valid permit will require to be displayed within the vehicle and contain the registration number of the vehicle to be valid.

 

6.  Receive a report within 12 months to review the performance of the interim parking permit scheme.

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

Report

 

Council as a parking Authority, operates a Meter Parking Scheme (Pay Parking) in Byron Bay and at Wategos.

 

Parking authorities may also implement six types of permit parking schemes (PPS), subject to certain conditions and approvals.

 

A parking permit issued by a parking authority under any of the following schemes exempts the permit holder from charge or time restrictions while parked in a Permit Parking Scheme (PPS):

 

Business Parking Scheme (BPS)

Used where business people have no off-street parking and have difficulty parking near their business premises.

Commuter Parking Scheme

Used to attract commuters to walk or to use public transport for part

Resident Parking Scheme (RPS)

Used where residents have limited off-street parking and have difficulty parking near their residence.

Residents’ Visitor Parking Scheme (RVPS)

Similar to RPS, but used to allow a visitor to attend the residence.

Special Event Parking Scheme (SEPS)

Used where parking from a major venue spills into a substantial adjoining area affecting residences or businesses.

Declared Organisation Parking Scheme (DOPS)

Used by hospitals, universities, sporting venues, recreational areas and parks etc. to provide equitable parking for motorists.

 

Council currently operates a Resident Parking Scheme (RPS) and a Resident’s Visitor Parking Scheme (RVPS) in association with the Meter Parking Scheme implemented in Byron Bay and Wategos.

 

The schemes have been in operation for some 2 years following a “soft start” whereby Council eased the community into the schemes.

 

RMS Guidelines document “Permit Parking Ver 3.4, dated March 2016” set out the requirements and conditions under which Council must operate the schemes

 

RMS requirements note that: 

 

·        Council may approve, establish and operate PPS’s on roads and road related areas within their area of operations except classified roads, in accordance with the instrument of delegation issued under Section 50 Transport Administration Act 1988 and the guidelines.

·        Before establishing PPS’s on roads and road related areas, council must consider conducting parking studies, undertaking planning, consulting neighbouring parking authorities and undertaking appropriate advertising.

·        Council has the responsibility for the provision and maintenance of parking control signs on all roads and road related areas within a PPS for which it is the roads authority.

·        Council must bear all costs associated with PPS. This includes administration, implementation, enforcement and installation and maintenance of parking signs. .

·        A parking authority must consider setting a list of eligibility criteria before issuing a permit and these should be incorporated in the permit application form.

 

The following sections indicate the minimum eligibility criteria applicable to permits. Parking authorities may set criteria additional to those in the guidelines.

 

 

Resident Parking Scheme.

 

The following eligibility criteria must be considered:

·        resident has no on-site parking or limited on-site parking and also has no unrestricted on-street parking available near their residence.

·        place of residence could not be reasonably modified to provide on- site parking space(s).

·        vehicle is not a truck, bus, tram, caravan trailer (boat trailers are permitted) or tractor.

·        Council is responsible for establishing the criteria for eligible residents to obtain permit parking within the RPS , e.g. entry on the electoral roll, proof of short or long term tenancy.

·        vehicle is registered in NSW. For exceptions, see Section 11, ‘Interstate registered vehicles’.

·        the vehicle needs not be registered in the name of the applicant but proof is required from the registered owner that the vehicle is normally used by the applicant. This applies to eligible residents who do not own a vehicle but use company, pool or hire cars.

·        the number of permits to be issued for an area should not exceed the number of available on-street parking spaces in the area.

·        a maximum of one permit per bedroom in a boarding house or two permits per household. However, in exceptional circumstances, the number of permits may be increased.

·        when issuing permits to eligible residents who have on-site parking space(s), the number of permits which may be issued to the household is the difference between the maximum number of permits that can be issued to each household within the RPS and the number of on-site parking spaces available to the household.

 

Where the number of requests for permits exceeds the number of available on-street parking spaces, the following criteria must be considered.  First the applicant must have no unrestricted on-street parking space(s) in front of their residence or along their kerbside. Second the following priority order would be used to issue permits:

·        no on-site parking space.

·        one on-site parking space.

·        two or more on-site parking spaces.

 

Note:  household is a house, home-unit, flat or an apartment where one person resides alone or a group of persons reside together.  A hotel is not considered a household

 

 

Resident Visitor’s Parking Schemes.

 

The following eligibility criteria must be considered:

 

Council is responsible for establishing the criteria for eligible residents to obtain visitor parking permits within the RPS , e.g. entry on the electoral roll, proof of short or long term tenancy.

 

Eligible residents may obtain permit(s) from the parking authority unless the resident has:

·    on-site parking for the visitors’ vehicle(s).

·    unrestricted on-street parking spaces in front of their residence or along their kerbside.

 

The resident can then issue the permit to and retrieve it from their visitor. The number of residents’ visitor permits issued to a resident is a matter for the parking authority.

 


 

To obtain residents’ visitor permits, eligible resident/s including those who do not own a vehicle must apply to the parking authority with:

·    the residents’ address.

·    the duration of parking required by the visitor:

·    just for a few hours or a day, e.g. family members, friends, carers or tradespersons, or

·    a number of days on a continual basis, e.g. holiday visitors, regular visitors over a longer period, carers who visit on a regular basis or tradespersons.

·    the visitors’ vehicle registration number in the case of long term visitors on a continual basis

 

The vehicle need not be registered in the name of the applicant but proof is required from the registered owner that the vehicle is normally used by the applicant.

 

 

Interim Permit Considerations

 

Management of Council’s parking schemes in compliance with the regulations has uncovered a number of issues whereby residents and workers  either living within a metered Parking Scheme area with no ability to park on site at their residence or workers whose place of work is located within a residential parking scheme area are unable to obtain permits parking. In most cases, the affected resident or worker would be happy to pay for a parking permit if one was available.

 

Council has the ability to investigate the introduction of alternative parking schemes such as commuter parking which may be a suitable way to manage some of these issues. The regulations make provision for schemes to overlap without impacting schemes already in place so the introduction of alternative schemes would be seen as a management tool to improve existing systems.

 

The introduction of an interim permit parking scheme would give time for those investigations and reporting recommendations to Council to be completed whilst providing a temporary solution to the issues.

 

The interim permits would clearly identify the vehicle to which the permit applies and the location in which the permit is valid and would need to be displayed in the vehicle to be valid. 

 

The issue of an interim permit would involve consideration on a case by case basis following  receipt of an application.

 

It is considered appropriate that Council charge $55 for residents interim permits  and $110 for workers interim permits as these fees are consistent with current fees and charges already adopted for pay parking permits and offset staff time costs associated with investigation of applications and the preparation an issue of interim permits.

 

Discussions with Council’s enforcement officers confirm that this would be a workable solution to the current problem and issues.

 


 

Financial Implications

 

There are no other financial implications as the management of the interim parking permit scheme can be incorporated into ongoing management systems associated with Meter Parking, Residential and Resident’s visitor parking scheme works currently being carried out.

 

Statutory and Policy Compliance Implications

 

Roads Act 1993,

Road Rules 2014

Road Transport Act 2013.

Road Transport (General) Regulation 2013.

Roads and Maritime Services NSW – Pay Parking and Permit Parking Guidelines.

 


BYRON SHIRE COUNCIL

Staff Reports - Infrastructure Services                                                               13.28

 

 

Report No. 13.28         Tyagarah Airfield Plan Management 

Directorate:                 Infrastructure Services

Report Author:           Darren McAllister, Acting Open Space and Facilities Coordinator

File No:                        I2018/279

Theme:                         Community Infrastructure

                                      Open Space and Recreation

 

 

Summary:

 

Resolution 17-592 (23 November 2017) resolved:-

 

 “that staff and Councillors meet on-site with Matthew O’Reilly and other airstrip stakeholders and ground truth assertions made in his address in public access and present a report on this meeting to Council.           (Richardson/Lyon)

 

The on-site meeting at Tyagarah Airfield took place on 14 February at 4:30pm.

 

The meeting was attended by Cr Coorey, Cr Cameron, Cr Martin, Cr Hackett, Matthew O’Reilly (President of Community Alliance for Byron Shire Association), Anne Allen (Resident), Joe Stein (Australia Skydive), Norman Sanders (Byron Gliding Club), Ted Kabbout (Aussie Air Charter), Michael Mathews (BSC), and Darren McAllister (BSC).  

 

This report addresses the assertions made in relation to unauthorized vegetation removal.

 

 

  

 

RECOMMENDATION:

That Council note this report.

 

 

Attachments:

 

1        Tyagarah Airport Report - Northern Tree Care - February 2018, E2018/17535

 

 


 

Report

 

Assertions (from Ordinary meeting Public Access 23 November 2017 and subsequent email)

 

Council contractors undertook preliminary drainage works between May 2015 and January 2016

 

Although drainage works was an adopted budgeted item for the Tyagarah Airfield for the 2014/15 and 2015/16, these works were not performed. 

 

Some key reasons drainage works have not been performed to date include that staff consider perceived drainage issues at Tyagarah to be predominately vertical flow (infiltration) restrictions as opposed to lateral flow restrictions from vegetation impediments. 

 

This is to be confirmed through detailed survey of drainage and professional hydrological assessment.

 

As a part of those drainage works they (Council) undertook unauthorised vegetation removal in Lot 407 DP 728640 and also on Council owned land at the western end of the runway.

 

Council staff did not engage contractors or Council employees to undertake vegetation works between May 2015 and January 2016.

 

An arborist report commissioned in February 2018 (attachment 1) to investigate the area of concern at the eastern end of the runway advises that it is considered to be very unlikely that the lopping carried out to cut down the trees was carried out by qualified contractors.

 

Operationally, specifically in relation to risk management, trees that encroach into the Obstacle Limitation Surface (OLS) is and has been the priority.  The immediate OLS spans 80 Hectares of land with multiple tenure, ownership and LEP zones.  This planning complexity and sensitive nature of some areas, has required careful consideration on the most appropriate planning mechanism to treat or remove each encroachment.

 

Council staff will continue to review, assess and implement the most appropriate approval pathway to treat or remove hazards to aircraft through its operational maintenance programs.

 

Verbal assertion made at on site meeting – Unauthorised vegetation removal was carried out with an excavator and/or a bulldozer

 

An arborist report commissioned in February 2018 (attachment 1) to investigate the area of concern at the eastern end of the runway states that the vegetation was lopped and It is considered to be very unlikely that the lopping was carried out by qualified contractors.

 

In 2015-2016 budget papers a carryover of $171,686 is shown for the Tyagarah Aerodrome report and remedial drainage works. I believe a contract for approximately $140,000 was awarded to clear drains adjacent to the Tyagarah Runway in 2015.  I assume it was using this same budget carryover funding.  I believe it was under this contract that the illegal vegetation removal took place.

 

There have been carryovers against the airstrip inspections and drainage accounts since $105,000 was allocated at the December 2014 budget review.  No drainage works have occurred.

 

 

If Council staff continue to deny that Council was responsible for tree removal at the western and eastern ends of the runway can they please explain how the tree removal occurred on land owned by Council (western end) and on land managed by Council (eastern end) without Council taking any action or seemingly even being aware of it happening? And if Council did not undertake the tree removal or a contractor of Council did not undertake the tree removal then who did?  Is Council in the habit of allowing members of the public to use chain saws or excavators to remove trees on Council land without Council permission?

 

Unfortunately a small number of our community take upon themselves to remove or damage vegetation unlawfully on both private and public land for various self and others interests. 

 

Due to the location of the small number of trees that have been lopped by others (in a unprofessional manner) and the fact that it is in the location of the OLS take-off and landing areas, staff consider that these trees are likely to have been perceived as obstacles or future obstacles by a user of the airfield. 

 

Some of the vegetation, presented as having been cleared, had not been identified as encroaching into the OLS, and as such was not identified or programmed for treatment by Council.

 

Staff have made enquiries with regular users as to any knowledge or information in respect to these specific vegetation treatments.

 

Staff inspect the runway daily.  Below is a photo airside facing the area in which the allegations of illegal clearing by Council.  A greater appreciation of how such treatments may go unnoticed will have become apparent at the onsite meeting. There is no doubt that if excavators were actually used, this would have not gone unnoticed due to the damage that would be sustained in this environment from such use.

 

 

 

Council records indicate that through 2015 and 2016,"The Tyagarah Airport Internal Working Group has been meeting on monthly basis, with monthly reports being provided to the Executive Team" Given that these monthly reports should be available to Councillors I request all monthly reports from the Tyagarah Airport Internal Working Group from 2014 through to 2017 be provided to Councillors for them to assess which works and contracts Council has approved during this period.

 

These meeting minutes are for internal use and can be shared with Councillors through Councillor Requests.  The minutes themselves do not describe operational details such as works and Contracts.

 

 

Financial Implications

 

None

 

Statutory and Policy Compliance Implications

 

None

 


BYRON SHIRE COUNCIL

Staff Reports - Infrastructure Services                                                               13.29

 

 

Report No. 13.29         Water and Sewer Equivalent Tenements Policy

Directorate:                 Infrastructure Services

Report Author:           Dean Baulch, Principal Engineer, Systems Planning

File No:                        I2018/355

Theme:                         Community Infrastructure

                                      Sewerage Services

 

 

Summary:

 

At the ordinary meeting of 26 October 2017 Council resolved that it place a revised Water and Sewer Equivalent Tenements Policy 2017 on public exhibition for 28 days.

 

The exhibition period for the Policy commenced on 16 November 2017 and ended on 22 December 2017. 

 

No submissions were received during this period.  As a result the policy is now being reported back to Council for adoption to commence on 22 March 2018.

 

  

 

RECOMMENDATION:

1.       That Council adopt the Equivalent Tenement Policy as exhibited (E2017/106070).

 

2.       That Council notify the adoption of the Equivalent Tenement Policy in the local           newspaper.

 

3.       That the Equivalent Tenement Policy commence operation from 22 March 2018.

 

 

Attachments:

 

1        DRAFT Water and Sewer Equivalent Tenement (ET) Policy 2017, E2017/106070

 

 


 

Report

 

At the ordinary meeting of 26 October 2017 Council resolved that it place a revised Water and Sewer Equivalent Tenements Policy 2017 on public exhibition for 28 days.

 

17-489: Resolved that Council adopt the following Committee Recommendation(s):

 

Report No. 4.3     Water and Sewer Equivalent Tenement Policy Review

File No: I2017/1232

 

Committee Recommendation 4.3.1

 

1.         That Council note the report on the Water and Sewer Equivalent Tenement Policy Review.

 

2.         That the reduction amount for waterless composting toilets, in the table under section 4.4 of Attachment 1 to the Water and Sewer Equivalent Tenement Policy Review report, be changed from 16% to 25%.

 

3.         That the Draft Water and Sewer Equivalent Policy 2017 be placed on public exhibition.

 

4.         That Council receive a report investigating whether local effects give water and sewer Equivalent Tenement rates different from those listed under sections 6 and 9 in Appendix A of Attachment 1 to the Water and Sewer Equivalent Tenement Policy Review report.

 

(Richardson/Cameron)

The motion was put to the vote and declared carried.

 

The exhibition period for the Policy commenced on 16 November 2017 and ended on 22 December 2017. 

 

No submissions were received during this period.

 

As a result the policy is now being reported back to Council for adoption.

 

Financial Implications

 

Adoption of the Policy, and its associated Developer Servicing Plan allows for collection of developer contributions and provides a sound foundation for the long term financial sustainability of Council’s water supply and sewer funds.

 

Statutory and Policy Compliance Implications

 

This Policy has affect on Section 64 of the Local Government Act 1993 and the amount Council charges development in the Shire.

 


BYRON SHIRE COUNCIL

Staff Reports - Infrastructure Services                                                               13.30

 

 

Report No. 13.30         Review of Council's Smoke Free Outdoor Areas Policy

Directorate:                 Infrastructure Services

Report Author:           Lloyd Isaacson, Team Leader Resource Recovery and Quarry

File No:                        I2018/366

Theme:                         Community Infrastructure

                                      Waste and Recycling Services

 

 

Summary:

 

An amendment is required to the current Smoke-free outdoor areas policy 11/010 to enable Staff to fully implement the objectives of the General Manager’s 2017 research report Towards smoke-free and litter-free beaches in the Byron Shire and associated Resolution 17-270.

 

The proposed amendment will prohibit smoking on all beaches within the shire (as opposed to the current statement of “discouraging” smoking).

 

The enactment of the policy will be coupled with a comprehensive Litter Reduction program targeting cigarette butt litter resulting from a $100,000 grant received from the NSW State Government in March 2018.

 

  

 

RECOMMENDATION:

1.       That the current Smoke-Free Outdoor Areas Policy (11/010) is amended to include prohibition of smoking on all beaches in the Shire and the amended policy be placed on public exhibition for a period of 28 days.

 

2.       That in the event:-

 

a)   that any submissions are received on the amended Smoke-Free Outdoor Areas Policy, that those submissions be reported back to Council prior to the adoption of the policy; and

 

b)   that no submissions are received on the amended Smoke-Free Outdoor Areas Policy, that the Policy be adopted and incorporated into Council’s Policy Register.

 

 

Attachments:

 

1        Policy: Smoke-free Outdoor Areas (Adopted 13/1/100 Res 11-801) (Current_Policies) (DM1164551), DM1164551

2        Proposed Amended Smoke Free Outdoor Areas Policy_2018 (E2017/109512), E2017/109512

 

 


 

Report

 

Resulting from the General Manager’s research report Towards smoke-free and litter-free beaches in the Byron Shire delivered to the Council meeting of 22 June 2017, it was resolved (17-270) that

 

Council consider the following propositions, namely:-

1.       Enact Councils existing ‘Smoke-free outdoor areas policy 11/010’ and invest in signage and enforcement resourcing;

2.       Support the development of an overarching policy for litter reduction, which could include enforcement of the ‘Smoke-free outdoor areas policy’ as well as Council’s Dumping Action Plan and a new education campaign to enforce the anti-litter messages including consideration of design competitions for signage and messaging; and

3.       Explore grant funding options to support relevant infrastructure and educational programs.

 

In March 2018, Council was awarded a $100,000 Litter Prevention Grant which will fund a program focused on reducing the volume of cigarette butt litter in the Shire (identified as the worst offending litter item in a recent research filed study conducted by Staff)  through an integrated approach of evidence gathering, education and awareness, prevention, enforcement, infrastructure and evaluation.

 

Forming part of the grant, Council will partner with the EPA and Enviropole to install, service and maintain cigarette bins in 119 locations in around the Byron Shire. Enviropole supply, service and maintain high capacity units that enable the collection of valuable data, whilst allowing for the safe capture of cigarette butts for recycling into plastic products.  In addition, Enviropole will assist with the development of educational messaging and labels to promote their purpose and indicate their location for ease of use.

 

Cigarette bin infrastructure will be complemented with regulation and enforcement via implementation of a smoking ban on beaches in Bryon Shire, and installation of associated signage, to create a ‘smoke-free’ beach environment to improve the health and safety of the environment and the community at large.

 

Staff aim to change littering behaviour through an education campaign that incorporates the ‘Don’t be a Tosser!’ material and Council’s ‘Don’t spoil us, we’ll spoil you’ branding. To effectively enforce the smoking ban, Staff will advertise and conduct enforcement blitzes in peak litter periods, and will engage and collaborate with a number of well-known community stakeholders throughout the project to increase awareness and influence behaviour.

 

Policy Review

 

In order to implement the desired smoking ban on beaches, the following restriction/issue with the current Smoke-free outdoor areas policy 11/010’  was articulated in the General Manager’s June 2017 research report:

 

Despite having an existing Smoke-Free Outdoor Areas Policy (11/010), Council has not taken action to enforce the smoking-ban on the beaches.  There was no funding allocated for the installation of signs and therefore could not be resourced and installed.

In adopting the Council Policy, there was no definition of the areas that could be restricted under s632, making enforcement problematic and requiring that another report to Council was needed for the enforcement of specific areas. No budget meant that it was not progressed.

 

As such, Staff wish to amend the policy in line with the direction of the research report and upcoming litter reduction program to include beaches as a smoking prohibited area (as opposed to a discouraged area). The current and proposed revised policies have been attached.

 

Financial Implications

 

All costs associated with the policy revision will be covered by the grant funding.

 

Statutory and Policy Compliance Implications

 

As per proposed amended policy.

 


BYRON SHIRE COUNCIL

Staff Reports - Infrastructure Services                                                               13.31

 

 

Report No. 13.31         Ewingsdale Road and Sunrise Boulevard Roundabout

Directorate:                 Infrastructure Services

Report Author:           Tony Nash, Manager Works

Joshua Winter, Civil Engineer

File No:                        I2018/367

Theme:                         Community Infrastructure

                                      Local Roads and Drainage

 

 

Summary:

 

To inform Council about the completion of the roundabout project, the debrief during and post works, the budget adjustments, the lessons learnt and their application to future projects, especially the Bayshore Drive Roundabout project.

 

 

  

 

RECOMMENDATION:

1.       That the issues associated with the construction of the Sunrise Boulevard roundabout, the budget adjustments, the debrief and learnings and their application to future projects, especially the Bayshore Drive roundabout be noted.

 

2.       That the financial adjustments outlined in this report be approved.

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

Report

 

Design Investigations

 

In 2016 Council was undertaking design investigations for Ewingsdale Road to provide an adequate level of service for the future in accordance with the MR545 Traffic Study.  The investigations were being undertaken by the engagement of external civil design consultants, for the detailed design documents, including specifications for tenders, for Ewingsdale Road between the Belongil Bridge and immediately west of Bayshore Drive.  These investigations included 2 lane roundabouts at the intersection of Sunrise Boulevard and Bayshore Drive.

 

Blackspot Grant funding

 

Council was successful in receiving a Federal Government Blackspot grant of $1.99M for the project for a one lane roundabout.

 

Council were able to negotiate with the Federal Government through the Roads and Maritime Services (RMS) to allow the grant funding to be used to construct a two lane roundabout with Council to provide the additional funding above the grant amount of $1.99M.

 

The construction of the two lane roundabout included the reconstruction of adjoining road pavements in the roundabout legs of Sunrise Boulevard and the western and eastern approaches of Ewingsdale Road, as part of the tie-ins from the new roundabout to the existing road alignments and levels.  An existing water main was upgraded at the same time ahead of its planned renewal, so that no underground works would be required in this location for Council assets in the foreseeable future.

 

Request to invite tenders

 

The request to invite tenders for the construction of the roundabout and all associated works, including the water main renewal, was approved by the General Manager on 26 October 2016.

 

The works were contracted out due to the:

 

·        project size and scope

·        staff skills required for the concrete roundabout

·        overall program size and number of capital roadwork projects for 2016/17

·        completion in a timely manner and to meet the deadlines for completion

 

At this time, the design investigation and all documentation was only at concept stage. The tender documents were based on the concept design, quantities and associated details. The RFT process was undertaken in conjunction with the finalisation of the designs and all associated documentation to fast track the start of the project construction onsite and achieve the earliest completion date of late 2017.

 

The design investigation and finalisation of all documentation was completed at approximately the same time as the award of the tender by Council at its meeting of 2 February 2017.  The differences in the concept plans are documentation were dealt with by way of variation with the successful contractor.

Land acquisition

 

The construction of the roundabout required a small acquisition of land on the North east corner of the intersection, from the caravan park property.  The acquisition was reported to Council at the meeting on 15 December 2016 and the following resolution was made:

 

Res 16-627

 

That Council

1.    Proceed compulsory acquisition in accordance with the Land Acquisition (Just Terms Compensation) Act and Section 177 of the Roads Act 1993, for part Lot 1  DP 620682 (including all mines and minerals in the land) as identified in the draft plan at Attachment 1 #E2016/102812 subject to:

 

a)      agreement being reached to the satisfaction of both Council and the landowner on the amount of compensation payable.

 

2.    Authorise the General Manager to take the necessary steps to proceed with the land acquisition, including but not limited to:

 

a)      negotiate with the landowner regarding amount of compensation payable to reach agreement to the satisfaction of both Council and the landowner;

 

b)    affix the Council Seal to acquisition and land title documentation for the acquisition of part Lot 1 DP 620682, in accordance with Regulation 400 of the Local Government (General) Regulations 2005.

 

 

Award of construction tender

 

Council at its meeting on 2 February 2017 considered a report on the tenders received for the construction of the Sunrise Boulevard roundabout and resolved as follows:

 

Res 17-017

1.       That Council accept Tender and award Lump Sum Price Contract 2016-0037 for the Construction of Concrete Roundabout and Road Reconstruction at the Intersection of Sunrise Boulevard and Ewingsdale Road, Byron Bay to Hazell Bros Group Pty Ltd for the value of $2,958,260.41 exclusive of GST.

 

2.       That the budget for this project be increased by $550,000, being $300,000 S94 and         $250,000 Water Fund as detailed in the report.

 

3.       That Council makes public its decision, including the name and amount of the successful tenderer, in accordance with Clause 179(b) of the Local Government (General) Regulation 2005.

 

4.       That the report remains confidential until the contract is finalised.

Contract and Project management

 

The project management of the roundabout was undertaken by a Council officer whilst the detail contract management was undertaken by a consultant engaged after a competitive process with between one and three staff involved in all of the contract management aspects, including:-

 

·        site inspections.

·        quality control.

·        work health and safety.

·        environmental controls.

·        assessing invoices and making recommendations for payment

·        assessing variations and providing a recommendation.

 

Debrief during and post works

 

During the construction of the roundabout a number of issues were encountered which have been detailed in the following items:

 

Electrical Drawings

 

The head design consultant engaged to design the project enlisted a sub-consultant to complete and provide certified electrical drawings for construction. The tender was based on ‘Issued for Tender’ concept drawings. The eventual provision of a certified electrical design effected two contract variations, being the change to the scope of works and a variation due to the drawings not being provided in a timely manner and hence delaying the contract.

 

The change to the scope of works effected a variation of $145,000, due to the tender drawings not accurately representing the works required to upgrade the electrical network to Essential Energy standard.  This cost would have been borne by Council regardless; however it was not budgeted for when the tender was awarded.

 

The delay in provision of the electrical drawings resulted in a variation of approximately $210,000, being a combination of additional works by the Contractor and additional management costs by both Council and Council’s engaged Contract Administration consultant.

 

Telstra Relocations

 

In order to relocate Telstra assets, Council is required to notify Telstra and Telstra then proceeds to design, tender and contract out their works, issuing an invoice to Council. The total cost for these relocations was not known when Council proceeded to tender and hence required extra funding to complete. The total cost of the Telstra relocations was $265,000.

 

Furthermore, due to the Telstra works not being commenced prior to construction, there was a variation from the Contractor in order to facilitate the works.

 

Landscaping

 

Council always had the intention to landscape this roundabout however, the landscape designs were not finalised in time to include them in the request for tender.  An allowance was made for this work, however the scope of works increase significantly with iterations in the landscape design, resulting in extra work and cost to Council. The total cost of the landscaping was approximately $115,000.

 


 

Belongil Bridge Works

 

During the roundabout construction, Council was also completing a project on the Belongil Bridge, to repair the piles and abutments and extend the life of the bridge.  It became apparent that there would be a clear gap in the road pavement between the bridgeworks and the roundabout construction.

 

The Sunrise roundabout project contractor was instructed to vary the scope of works to resurface Ewingsdale Road to the eastern end of the Belongil Bridge. This variation was accepted at a value of $140,000.

 

The final result is a neat, smooth and logical pavement surface from the eastern end of the bridge through to the Western side of the new roundabout, which looks appropriate on site and provides a better driving experience for motorists.

 

Overall Contracted Works Construction Variations

 

All projects can incur construction variations, as design work is usually based on best case scenario and sometimes certain portions cannot be constructed exactly as per the design. This project had construction variations totalling an amount of $425,000.  Calculating this on the original contract sum of $2,958,260 is approximately 15%. This is higher than the average construction project and could largely be due to the design not being finalised at the time the tenders were invited.

 

Summary

 

The variations are summarised below for clarity;

 

Component

Original Budget Allowance

Final Cost

Budget Variance

Contractor Lump Sum

$2,958,260

 

 

Contract Variations

$140,000

$425,000

($285,000)

Council Management

$10,000

$18,500

($8,500)

Contract Management (consultant)

$230,000

$350,000

($120,000)

Electrical Design Changes/Delay

$0

$305,000

($305,000)

Belongil Bridge Works

$0

$140,000

($140,000)

Telstra Relocation

$100,000

$265,000

($165,000)

Landscaping

$50,000

$115,000

($65,000)

Land Acquisition

$20,000

$23,500

($3,500)

 

Lessons Learnt for Future Projects & Bayshore Drive Roundabout

 

The learnings from the Sunrise Boulevard Roundabout project are broadly categorised into the following areas:

1.   minimise risk by only tendering final design plans and documentation

2.   ensure approval and designs for relocation of utilities, such as Telstra and electrical assets, are received and incorporated into tender documents

3.   raise purchase orders for additional works and variations progressively throughout the contract and not just at the end.

4.   improve governance of the contract and project management

5.   improved and robust communications and engagement plan, reported both to management and the Communications Panel.

 

The increased costs for the Sunrise Boulevard roundabout detailed in the Financial Implications section of this report presents issues for Council in needing to find the extra funding due to not having the budget allocated at the commencement of the project. Therefore changes must and have been made for future projects to ensure this does not happen again.

 

With reference to the Bayshore Drive roundabout, the following changes were made for this project:-

 

·        Certified electrical drawings were obtained prior to proceeding to tender

·        Telstra relocation costs are known and have been budgeted.

·        Landscaping plans have been finalised prior to proceeding to tender

·        There should not be a variation to extend the scope of works.

·        A more detailed review of the construction drawings was done prior to tender prices being submitted

·        Land acquisition costs have been agreed prior to proceeding to tender.

·        An improved and more robust governance model has been implemented, which is discussed below.

·        Regular information provided to management and Councillors.

Governance model for Bayshore Drive roundabout

 

A governance team has been assembled for the Bayshore drive project to manage all aspects associated with the management of the contract, project and Australian Government Building Better Regions Fund Grant. The governance team includes representatives from the following areas of Council:

 

·        Finance

·        Grants

·        Business analysis

·        Communications

·        s94

·        Managerial

·        Engineering

·        Contract management

 

Meetings of the governance team are held every two (2) weeks and a status report with project metrics is produced as part of each meeting. The status reports are provided to the Director of Infrastructure Services.

 

On a monthly basis, the status reports and the project metrics are included in the monthly performance reports for the works team, copied into the Director’s performance report and formally considered by the executive team on the second Wednesday of each month.

 

It is proposed to regularly update Councillors on a monthly basis in the middle of each month for the status of the project as at the end of the preceding month on all associated issues for the project involving the communications and the contract project and grant management. The first report would be expected in mid April 2018, following the proposed award of the tender by Council at its meeting on 22 March 2018.


 

Sunrise Boulevard v Bayshore Drive roundabouts

 

The tender for the construction of the Bayshore Drive roundabout is the subject of a separate report to Council at the 22nd March 2018 meeting.  Some comparative information about the 2 roundabouts is in the following table:

 

It can be seen from the general data (radius, concrete path, concrete pavement and landscaping) in the table that the Bayshore Drive roundabout is about 1/3 greater in size than the Sunrise Blvd roundabout. The other data (water main, stormwater treatment area, stormwater pipe and flexible pavement) are location specific and not directly comparable.

 

 

Sunrise RAB

Bayshore RAB

Bayshore / Sunrise

 

Total Cost

122%

Radius of RAB (centre to kerb)

17.5m

21.5m

123%

Length of Project (Ewingsdale Road)

331m

275m

83%

Length of Side Leg/s

30m

45m approx

150%

Land Acquisition Area

50m2

1400m2 (portion offset by developer)

 

Length of Water Main

600m

156m

26%

Length of Retaining Wall

100m

NA

 

Stormwater Treatment Area

200m2

650m2

325%

Length of Concrete Path

300m

400m

133%

Length of Stormwater Pipe

345m

112m

32%

Area of Concrete Pavement

1670m2

2400m2

144%

Area of Flexible Pavement

3800m2

3960m2

104%

Landscaping Area

3000m2 (approx.)

4000m2 (approx.)

133%

 

Financial Implications

 

There were two projects undertaken at the intersection of Sunrise Blvd, being the roundabout and the renewal of water mains, with both projects bundled into one construction contract and undertaken by one contractor. The water main works were brought forward and were completed before the roundabout works commenced to future proof the roundabout and eliminate the need to undertake any underground works beneath the roundabout in the future. The project and contract were managed by the one Council officer and external staff.

 


 

The overall increase in budget for this project in 2017/18 to account for all costs for the completion of the roundabout is $649,300 and for completion of the water main renewal works is $37,500 and is proposed to be funded according to the following table:

 

Local Roads and Drainage

 

 

Current Budget

Increase/

Decrease

Revised Budget

Proposed Funding Source

 

4054.101

Section 94 Levies Applied

(5,722,400)

(180,000)

(5,902,400)

 S94 – Roads

 

4338.116

Goonengerry Road CH0-6520

222,000

(151,500)

70,500

IRR Reserve

Works deferred to make savings.

4338.120

Bangalow Road CH780-1630

146,000

(27,800)

118,200

IRR Reserve

Budget adjustment to reflect actual costs and savings reallocated.

44265.001

Byron St

601,400

(290,000)

311,400

IRR Reserve

Works deferred. Budget will be provided in 2018/19.

6414.101

Section 64 Levies Applied

(1,689,200)

(37,500)

(1,726,700)

Water Section 64 Reserve

Additional $37,500 from Section 64 Reserve, so that the Ewingsdale Road Water Main Upgrade will have sufficient funds to cover its contribution to the cost of roundabout.

 

 

The deferral of the Goonengerry Road reseal project was to allow for the numerous failed &/or poor condition pipe culverts in this section of road to be renewed prior to the reseal.  The timing of the reseal is dependant upon pavement temperature and other weather conditions and the most optimum time for bitumen reseals in our area is October to December each year. The reseal project has been delayed one year to allow the pipe works to be completed. This project will be included in the 2018/19 reseal program.

 

With regard to reserve movements, an additional $180,000 is required from Section 94 Roads – Shirewide and an additional $37,500 from the Water Section 64 Reserve.  The Infrastructure Renewal Reserve balance will remain the same due to works detailed in the table above being reduced, with funding redirected to this project.

 

Statutory and Policy Compliance Implications

 

Any statutory and policy implications have been discussed elsewhere in the report.     


BYRON SHIRE COUNCIL

Reports of Committees - Corporate and Community Services                      14.1

 

 

Reports of Committees - Corporate and Community Services

 

Report No. 14.1           Report of the Audit, Risk and Improvement Committee Meeting held on 30 November 2017

Directorate:                 Corporate and Community Services

Report Author:           Jessica Orr, Strategic Risk and Improvement Coordinator

File No:                        I2018/269

Theme:                         Corporate Management

                                      Governance Services

 

Summary:

 

This report provides the minutes and recommendations of the Audit, Risk and Improvement Committee Meeting held on 30 November 2017 for determination by Council.

 

  

 

RECOMMENDATION:

1.       That Council note the minutes of the Audit, Risk and Improvement Committee Meeting held on 30 November 2017. 

 

 

 

2.       That Council adopt the following Committee Recommendation(s):

 

Report No. 4.1   Update on Disaster Recovery & Business Continuity Planning  at Council 

File No: I2017/1806

 

Committee Recommendation 4.1.1

1.       That the Audit, Risk and Improvement Committee note work undertaken in improving Council’s business continuity and disaster recovery efforts.

 

 

3.       That Council adopt the following Committee Recommendation(s):

 

Report No. 4.2   Corporate Compliance and Policy Management Audit Review - November 2017

File No: I2017/1807

 

Committee Recommendation 4.2.1

1.       That the Audit, Risk and Improvement Committee note the Corporate Compliance and Policy Management internal audit review report.

 

2.       That the Audit, Risk and Improvement Committee request that management           implement the recommendations made in the report identified as Attachment 1      (#E2017/108208).

 

 

4.       That Council adopt the following Committee Recommendation(s):

 

Report No. 4.3   Internal audit activity & progress report

File No: I2017/1814

 

Committee Recommendation 4.3.1

That the Audit, Risk and Improvement Committee note the Internal Audit Activity Report – November 2017.

 

 

 

 

Attachments:

 

1        Minutes 30/11/2017 Audit, Risk and Improvement Committee, I2017/1904

 

 


 

Report

 

The attachment to this report provides the minutes of the Audit, Risk and Improvement Committee Meeting of 30 November 2017 for determination by Council. 

 

Financial Implications

 

As per the Reports listed within the Audit, Risk and Improvement Committee Meeting of 30 November 2017.

 

Statutory and Policy Compliance Implications

 

As per the Reports listed within the Audit, Risk and Improvement Committee Meeting of 30 November 2017.

 


BYRON SHIRE COUNCIL

Reports of Committees - Corporate and Community Services                      14.2

 

 

Report No. 14.2           Report of the Audit, Risk and Improvement Committee Meeting held on 15 February 2018

Directorate:                 Corporate and Community Services

Report Author:           Jessica Orr, Strategic Risk and Improvement Coordinator

File No:                        I2018/270

Theme:                         Corporate Management

                                      Governance Services

 

Summary:

 

This report provides the minutes and recommendations of the Audit, Risk and Improvement Committee Meeting held on 15 February 2018 for determination by Council.

 

  

 

RECOMMENDATION:

1.       That Council note the minutes of the Audit, Risk and Improvement Committee Meeting held on 15 February 2018. 

 

 

 

2.       That Council adopt the following Committee Recommendation(s):

 

Report No. 5.1   Update from NSW Audit Office - Performance Report summary

File No: I2018/194

 

Committee Recommendation 5.1.1

That the internal audit, risk and improvement committee note the contents and recommendations made in the performance report from NSW Audit Office at Attachment 1.

 (Georghiou/Richardson)

The recommendation was put to the vote and declared carried.

 

 

3.       That Council adopt the following Committee Recommendation(s):

 

Report No. 5.2   Update on Business Continuity, Disaster Recovery & Risk Management

File No: I2018/169

 

Committee Recommendation 5.2.1

1. That the Audit, Risk and Improvement Committee note ongoing work undertaken in improving Council’s business continuity and disaster recovery efforts across the organisation.

 

2. That the Audit, Risk and Improvement Committee receive an update on initiatives to work with the community and the SES initiatives regarding community action teams.

(Georghiou/Wilkinson)

The recommendation was put to the vote and declared carried.

 

 

4.       That Council adopt the following Committee Recommendation(s):

 

Report No. 5.3   Internal Audit Activity & Progress Report

File No: I2018/65

 

Committee Recommendation 5.3.1

1. That the Audit, Risk and Improvement Committee note the Internal Audit Activity Report – February 2018 (#E2018/9927).

 

2. That the Audit, Risk and Improvement Committee endorse the suggestion from OCM to close off the two outstanding recommendations in Appendix C of the attached report (#E2018/9927) due to these actions being confirmed as complete, pending verification by OCM.

(Georghiou/Cameron)

The recommendation was put to the vote and declared carried.

 

 

5.       That Council adopt the following Committee Recommendation(s):

 

Report No. 5.4   Buildings and Property Management Audit Review

File No: I2018/64

 

Committee Recommendation 5.4.1

1.       That the Audit, Risk and Improvement Committee note the Buildings and Property Management internal audit review report.

 

2.       That the Audit, Risk and Improvement Committee request that management           implement the recommendations made in the report identified as Attachment 1      (#E2018/10497).

 (Georghiou/Wilkinson)

The recommendation was put to the vote and declared carried.

 

6.       That Council adopt the following Committee Recommendation(s):

 

Report No. 5.5   2017 Final Year End Audit Management Letter

File No: I2018/213

 

Committee Recommendation 5.5.1

That the comments provided by Management in response to matters raised in the 2017 Final Audit Management Letter as outlined in Attachment 1 (#E2018/10287) be noted by Council.

 (Georghiou/Wills)

The recommendation was put to the vote and declared carried.

 

 

 

 

Attachments:

 

1        Minutes 15/02/2018 Audit, Risk and Improvement Committee, I2018/232

 

 

 

Report

 

The attachment to this report provides the minutes of the Audit, Risk and Improvement Committee Meeting of 15 February 2018 for determination by Council.  The agenda for this meeting can be located on Council’s website at:

 

https://www.byron.nsw.gov.au/Council/Council-meetings/Agendas-Minutes

 

Financial Implications

 

As per the Reports listed within the Audit, Risk and Improvement Committee Meeting of 15 February 2018.

 

Statutory and Policy Compliance Implications

 

As per the Reports listed within the Audit, Risk and Improvement Committee Meeting of 15 February 2018.

  


BYRON SHIRE COUNCIL

Reports of Committees - Infrastructure Services                                             14.3

 

 

Reports of Committees - Infrastructure Services

 

Report No. 14.3           Report of the Transport and Infrastructure Advisory Committee Meeting held on 13 February 2018

Directorate:                 Infrastructure Services

Report Author:           Dominika   Tomanek, Executive Assistant Infrastructure Services

File No:                        I2018/276

Theme:                         Community Infrastructure

                                      Roads and Maritime Services

 

Summary:

 

The attachment to this report provides the minutes of Extraordinary Transport and Infrastructure Advisory Committee Meeting held on 13 February 2018 for determination by Council.

  

 

RECOMMENDATION:

1.       That Council note the minutes of the Transport and Infrastructure Advisory Committee Meeting held on 13 February 2018. 

 

 

2.       That Council adopt the following Committee Recommendation(s):

 

Report No. 4.1   Transport Asset Management Plan Draft Communication Strategy

File No: I2018/75

 

Committee Recommendation 4.1.1

1.      That Council note the draft Communication Strategy for Transport Asset Management Plan (TAMP).

 

2.     That a draft Media Release regarding the TAMP Communication Strategy be provided to members of committee if possible before the next committee meeting.

 

 

3.       That Council adopt the following Committee Recommendation(s):

Report No. 4.2   Byron Bay (Browning St) to Suffolk Park (Clifford St) Cycleway Investigation

File No: I2018/173

 

Committee Recommendation 4.2.1

1.       That the Committee review the details within Byron Bay (Browning St) to Suffolk Park (Clifford St) Cycleway Investigation presentation (Attachment 1; E2018/9404) by PSA Consulting and provide final feedback to the consultant at the meeting to assist report finalisation.

 

2.       That the draft final preferred concept design drawings (Attachments 2-5: E2018/9393, E2018/9399, E2018/9400, E2018/9402) and draft final report be finalised by PSA Consulting for reporting to the 15 March 2018 ordinary TIAC meeting, with the intention of further recommending to Council to adopt the recommendations within the final report and place the final report and proposed concept design drawings on public exhibition.

 

3.       That funding report will be brought to 15 March 2018 meeting outlining internal and external grants funding sources for the cycleway.

 

 

 

Attachments:

 

1        Minutes 13/02/2018 Transport and Infrastructure Advisory Committee Extraordinary, I2018/203

 

 


 

Report

 

The attachment to this report provides the minutes of the Transport and Infrastructure Advisory Committee Meeting of 13 February 2018 for determination by Council.  The agenda for this meeting can be located on Council’s website at:

 

http://byron.infocouncil.biz/Open/2018/02/TIAC_13022018_AGN_833_AT_EXTRA.PDF

 

 

Committee Recommendation

 

The committee recommendations are supported by management and are provided in the attachment to this report.

 

Financial Implications

 

As per the Reports listed within the Transport and Infrastructure Advisory Committee Meeting of 13 February 2018.

 

Statutory and Policy Compliance Implications

 

As per the Reports listed within the Transport and Infrastructure Advisory Committee Meeting of 13 February 2018.

 


BYRON SHIRE COUNCIL

Reports of Committees - Infrastructure Services                                             14.4

 

 

Report No. 14.4           Report of the Local Traffic Committee Meeting held on 12 February 2018

Directorate:                 Infrastructure Services

Report Author:           Stephanie Tucker, Traffic and Transport Assistant

File No:                        I2018/353

Theme:                         Community Infrastructure

                                      Local Roads and Drainage

 

Summary:

 

This meeting was conducted electronically, where advice, information and decision of members was sought via email, as per point 5.3.1 of the Guidelines to the Delegation to Councils for the Regulation of Traffic (including the operation of Traffic Committees).

 

  

 

RECOMMENDATION:

1.       That Council note the minutes of the Extra Local Traffic Committee Meeting held on 12 February 2018. 

 

 

 

2.       That Council adopt the following Committee and Management Recommendation(s

 

Report No. 6.1   Traffic - Events - Byron Bay Blues Festival 2018

File No: I2018/96

 

COMMITTEE RECOMMENDATION:

1.       That Council endorse the recommendations of the Local Traffic Committee for the Byron Bay Bluesfest 2018 to be held on Thursday 29 March 2018 to Monday 2 April 2018.

 

2.       That the approval provided in Part 1 is subject to:

 

         a.   separate approvals by NSW Police and RMS being obtained, noting that the      event is on a state road or may impact the state road network

 

         b. implementation of the Traffic Management Plan and Traffic Control Plan approved by Police and RMS, including the use of signed detours, as designed and implemented by those with appropriate accreditation

 

         c. that the impact of the event be advertised via a notice in the local weekly paper a minimum of one week prior to the operational impacts taking effect, noting it must include the event name, specifics of any traffic impacts or road closures and times, alternative route arrangements, event organiser, a personal contact name and a telephone number for all event related enquiries or complaints

 

         d. the event be notified on Council’s webpage

 

         e.  the event organiser:

 

i.   Update the Traffic Management and Control Plans to be implemented for the 2018 event to incorporate the recommendations contained within the Greg Alderson & Associates – Bluesfest 2017 Post Event Traffic Evaluation Report in accordance with the committee comments.

 

ii.  Update the Traffic Management and Control Plans to be implemented for the 2018 event in consideration of comments provided by the RMS and to incorporate the requirements outlined in the RMS comments

 

iii. undertake consultation with community and affected businesses including adequate response/action to any raised concerns

 

iv  undertake consultation with emergency services and any identified issues addressed

 

v.  hold $20m public liability insurance cover which is valid for the event

 

vi. pay Council’s Road Event Application Fee prior to the event

 

 

 

 

Attachments:

 

1        Minutes 12/02/2018 Local Traffic Committee Extraordinary, I2018/183

 

 


 

Report

 

The attachment to this report provides the minutes of the Local Traffic Committee Meeting of 12 February 2018 for determination by Council.  The agenda for this meeting can be located on Council’s website at:

 

http://byron.infocouncil.biz/Open/2018/02/LTC_12022018_AGN_834_AT_EXTRA.PDF

 

Committee Recommendation

 

1.       That Council endorse the recommendations of the Local Traffic Committee for the Byron Bay Bluesfest 2018 to be held on Thursday 29 March 2018 to Monday 2 April 2018.

 

2.       That the approval provided in Part 1 is subject to:

 

a.    separate approvals by NSW Police and RMS being obtained, noting that the event is on a state road or may impact the state road network

 

b.    implementation of the Traffic Management Plan and Traffic Control Plan approved by Police and RMS, including the use of signed detours, as designed and implemented by those with appropriate accreditation

 

c.    that the impact of the event be advertised via a notice in the local weekly paper a minimum of one week prior to the operational impacts taking effect, noting it must include the event name, specifics of any traffic impacts or road closures and times, alternative route arrangements, event organiser, a personal contact name and a telephone number for all event related enquiries or complaints

 

d.    the event be notified on Council’s webpage

 

e.    the event organiser:

 

i.   Update the Traffic Management and Control Plans to be implemented  for the 2018 event to incorporate the recommendations contained within the Greg Alderson & Associates – Bluesfest 2017 Post Event Traffic Evaluation Report in accordance with the committee comments.

 

ii.  Update the Traffic Management and Control Plans to be implemented for the 2018 event in consideration of comments provided by the RMS and to incorporate the requirements outlined in the RMS comments

 

iii. undertake consultation with community and affected businesses including adequate response/action to any raised concerns

 

iv  undertake consultation with emergency services and any identified issues addressed

 

v.  hold $20m public liability insurance cover which is valid for the event

 

vi. pay Council’s Road Event Application Fee prior to the event

 

The committee recommendations are supported by management and are provided in the attachment to this report.

 

Financial Implications

 

As per the Reports listed within the Local Traffic Committee Meeting of 12 February 2018.

 

Statutory and Policy Compliance Implications

 

As per the Reports listed within the Local Traffic Committee Meeting of 12 February 2018.

 

  


BYRON SHIRE COUNCIL

Questions With Notice                                                                                                         15.1

 

 

Questions With Notice

 

Question with Notice No. 15.1     Agglomerated Data on Dwelling Supply in Byron Shire

File No:                                           I2018/406

 

  

 

 

Cr Coorey asks the following question:

 

In view of the upcoming Residential Strategy and to assist in considering future planning decisions, can councillors and the community be advised of changes in residential approvals over the last two terms of Council (and since the operation of the Byron LEP 2014).

 

Can staff please provide figures for the number of new dwellings, rural tourist accommodation rooms and new lots approved as complying development, council approved development and JRPP approved development in the 2012, 2013, 2014, 2015, 2016 and 2017 calendar years.  Can these figures be divided into:

 

In rural areas all approvals, including:

·    primary dwellings

·    dual occupancies

·    secondary dwellings

·    workers dwellings

·    studios

·    Rural tourist cabins, farmstay accommodation or eco tourism accommodation (total bedrooms)

 

In urban areas all approvals including:

·    detached dwellings

·    secondary dwellings

·    dual occupancies approved as strata title or freehold developments

·    multi dwelling housing approved as strata title or freehold developments

·    studios

·    Shop top housing dwellings

and

·    Ancillary caretaker dwellings/Ancillary managers and staff dwellings.

·    Ancillary dwellings in industrial and business zones

·    New lots under 800m2 with dwelling entitlements

·    New lots under 1000m2 with dwelling entitlements

·    New lots over 10002 with dwelling entitlements

 

NB please count total dwellings, total rooms and total lots, not total approvals as often multiple dwellings are included in a single approval such as multi dwelling housing, dual occupancies or a new house and secondary dwelling.

 

Rural includes RU1, RU2, RU5, R5 and environmental zones. 

Urban includes all Residential, Business and Industrial Zones.

 

Response Director Sustainable Environment and Economy:

 

The question has been taken on notice. A response will be provided in the agenda of Council’s next Ordinary Meeting, to be held on 19 April 2018.

 


BYRON SHIRE COUNCIL

Questions With Notice                                                                                                         15.2

 

 

Question with Notice No. 15.2     Byron Bay Bypass

File No:                                           I2018/475

 

  

 

 

At Council’s Ordinary Meeting held on 22 February 2018, Mr Paul Jones asked the following question which was taken on notice:

 

“The Land and Environment Court issued its approval for the bypass road within the wetlands portion of the proposed route subject to a significant list of consent conditions. Council must comply with these court orders and not as it suggests “considerations and resolutions of Council in association with the RMS”. The court orders are clear, the project is as approved, the question remains, does the published latest bypass cost estimate 14 December 2017 of $22.5M cover all consent conditions of the development approval and what has been done to date to fulfil the specific consent conditions in relation to the wet lands?”

 

Response Acting Director Infrastructure Services Phil Warner:

 

The project estimate at December 2017 of $22.5M covers all requirements of the consent conditions for the approved project.

 

Work on the Byron Bay Bypass has progressed to the first stage of relocating services. There are no services in the wetland that require relocation.

 

 

 

  


BYRON SHIRE COUNCIL

Confidential Reports - Corporate and Community Services                          16.1

 

 

Confidential Reports - Corporate and Community Services

 

Report No. 16.1           Confidential - Development Application 10.2017.474.1 multidwelling housing consisting of twenty five (25) 1 bedrooms 70-90 Station Street Mullumbimby

Directorate:                 Corporate and Community Services

Report Author:           Ralph James, Legal Counsel

James Brickley, Manager Finance

File No:                        I2018/352

Theme:                         Corporate Management

                                      Governance Services

 

 

Summary:

 

At its Ordinary Meeting on 22 February 2018 Council considered the above development application and granted development consent on conditions.

 

Immediately after granting development consent Council resolved (18-101) as follows:

 

That prior to the completion of the contract of sale for 70-90 Station Street Mullumbimby to North Coast Community Housing, Council:

 

1.   Consider if there is any legal impediment to entering into an alternative payment arrangement of investing the land into the project in return for an equivalent value of built units (with any shortfall to be paid in cash) to be managed by North Coast Community Housing as affordable units on behalf of Council;

 

2.   Determine the final return to Council of entering into the alternative payment arrangement over the estimated lifetime of the constructed units;

 

3.   If there exists no legal impediment to this alternative payment arrangement and Council is no worse off financially, a report is brought to Council on 22 March 2018 for consideration.

 

By letter dated 23 February 2018 staff put the general terms of Council’s resolution to the solicitors for North Coast Community Housing (NCCH).

 

On 5 March 2018 the solicitors responded (that its client was interested in further exploring the possibility of completing the purchase of the property by way of either partial or full non-cash consideration.

 

The following options were proposed:

 

1.   NCCH would transfer 3 completed dwelling units to Council (on registration of the relevant strata plan) together with a cash payment; or

 

2.   NCCH would transfer 4 completed dwelling units to Council together (on registration of the relevant strata plan) with no cash payment.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

RECOMMENDATION:

1.       That pursuant to Section 10A(2)(d)i of the Local Government Act, 1993, Council resolve into Confidential Session to discuss the report Development Application 10.2017.474.1 multidwelling housing consisting of twenty five (25) 1 bedrooms 70-90 Station Street Mullumbimby.

 

2.       That the reasons for closing the meeting to the public to consider this item be that the report contains:

a)      commercial information of a confidential nature that would, if disclosed prejudice the commercial position of the person who supplied it

 

3.       That on balance it is considered that receipt and discussion of the matter in open Council would be contrary to the public interest, as:

 

The report and its attachment commercial information of a confidential nature that would, if disclosed:
(i)  prejudice the commercial position of the person who supplied it,

 

  

Attachments:

 

1  Confidential – Letter from solicitors re completing the purchase of the property by way of either partial or full non-cash consideration. , E2018/17483  

 

 

  


BYRON SHIRE COUNCIL

Confidential Reports - Infrastructure Services                                                 16.2

 

 

Confidential Reports - Infrastructure Services

 

Report No. 16.2           Confidential - Tender 2017-0053 Replace 5 Bridges Evaluation Recommendation

Directorate:                 Infrastructure Services

Report Author:           Shane Pearce, Engineer - Bridges

Bronwyn Challis, Strategic Procurement Co-ordinator

File No:                        I2018/5

Theme:                         Community Infrastructure

                                      Asset Management

 

 

Summary:

 

On 17th October 2017, tenders were called for Contract 2017-0053 Replace 5 Bridges.

 

Tenders were received from the following organisations:

 

1.  Alder Constructions

2.  Ark Construction Group

3.  CASA Engineering

4.  Delaney Civil

5.  Queensland Bridge and Civil

6.  SEE Civil

7.  SRG

Tenders have been assessed in accordance with the provisions of the Local Government (General) Regulation 2005.  This report summarises the background and assessment of the tenders and provides a recommendation to award the tender for Contract 2017-0053.

 

 

 

RECOMMENDATION:

1.       That pursuant to Section 10A(2)(c) and (d)i of the Local Government Act, 1993, Council resolve into Confidential Session to discuss the report Tender 2017-0053 Replace 5 Bridges Evaluation Recommendation.

 

2.       That the reasons for closing the meeting to the public to consider this item be that the report contains:

a)      information that would, if disclosed, confer a commercial advantage on a person with whom the Council is conducting (or proposes to conduct) business

b)      commercial information of a confidential nature that would, if disclosed prejudice the commercial position of the person who supplied it

 

3.       That on balance it is considered that receipt and discussion of the matter in open Council would be contrary to the public interest, as:

 

disclosure of the confidential information could compromise the commercial position of the organisations involved and prejudice the process of engagement of a tenderer to carry out the required works.

 

 

 

OR, ALTERNATIVELY WHERE THE MEETING IS NOT PROPOSED TO BE CLOSED:

 

RECOMMENDATION:

1.       That pursuant to Section 11(3) of the Local Government Act, 1993, resolve that the Annexures to the report, Tender 2017-0053 Replace 5 Bridges Evaluation Recommendation are to be treated as confidential as they relate to matters specified in s10A(2)(c) and s10A(2)(d)i of the Local Government Act 1993.

 

2.       That Council adopt the recommendation set out on the final page of the Report.

  

Attachments:

 

1        Confidential - 2017-0053 Replace 5 Bridges-  Request for Tender - Evaluation Report - FINAL SIGNED, E2018/3216  

 

 

 


BYRON SHIRE COUNCIL

Confidential Reports - Infrastructure Services                                                 16.3

 

 

Report No. 16.3           Confidential - Tender 2017-0011 Suffolk Park Community Hall Upgrade

Directorate:                 Infrastructure Services

Report Author:           Michael Crosbie, Project Officer

File No:                        I2018/68

Theme:                         Community Infrastructure

                                      Projects and Commercial Opportunities

 

 

Summary:

 

On 7th November 2017 the General Manager under delegation approved staff to prepare and advertise tenders for Suffolk Park Community Hall Upgrade.

 

Tenders were advertised on 7th December 2107 and closed on 1st February 2017. Three (3) tenders were received and are listed below.

 

1.       Greg Clark Building (Lismore)

2.       Quadracon Building (Byron Bay)

3.       Samios Plumbing

 

Tenders have been assessed in accordance with the provisions of the Local Government (General) Regulation 2005.

 

 

 

RECOMMENDATION:

1.       That pursuant to Section 10A(2)(d)i of the Local Government Act, 1993, Council resolve into Confidential Session to discuss the report Suffolk Park Community Hall Upgrade.

 

2.       That the reasons for closing the meeting to the public to consider this item be that the report contains:

a)      commercial information of a confidential nature that would, if disclosed prejudice the commercial position of the person who supplied it

 

3.       That on balance it is considered that receipt and discussion of the matter in open Council would be contrary to the public interest, as:

 

a) commercial information of a confidential nature that would, if disclosed prejudice the commercial position of the person who supplied it.

 

 

OR, ALTERNATIVELY WHERE THE MEETING IS NOT PROPOSED TO BE CLOSED:

 

RECOMMENDATION:

1.       That pursuant to Section 11(3) of the Local Government Act, 1993, resolve that the Annexures to the report, Suffolk Park Community Hall Upgrade are to be treated as confidential as they relate to matters specified in s10A(2)(d)i of the Local Government Act 1993.

 

2.       That Council adopt the recommendation set out on the final page of the Report.

  

Attachments:

 

1        Confidential - EVALUATION PANEL Recommendation Report Suffolk Park Hall Upgrade, E2018/6046  

 

 

 


BYRON SHIRE COUNCIL

Confidential Reports - Infrastructure Services                                                 16.4

 

 

Report No. 16.4           Confidential - Tender 2017-0014 Construction of Concrete Roundabout and Road Reconstruction at the Intersection of Bayshore Drive and Ewingsdale Road, Byron Bay

Directorate:                 Infrastructure Services

Report Author:           Joshua Winter, Civil Engineer

File No:                        I2018/208

Theme:                         Community Infrastructure

                                      Local Roads and Drainage

 

 

Summary:

 

On 17 January 2018, the General Manager (Acting), under delegated authority, approved the use of the open tender method to call for tenders for Contract 2017-0014 – Construction of Concrete Roundabout and Road Reconstruction at the Intersection of Bayshore Drive and Ewingsdale Road, Byron Bay.

 

The Request for Tender (RFT)  was advertised from 23 January 2018 to 22 February 2018. Tenders were received from the following organisations:

 

·        Alder Constructions Pty Ltd

·        Cragcorp Pty Ltd

·        SEE Civil Pty Ltd

Tenders have been assessed in accordance with the provisions of the Local Government (General) Regulations 2005.

 

This report summarises the background and assessment of the tenders and provides a recommendation to award the tender for Contract 2017-0014.

 

 

 

 

 

RECOMMENDATION:

1.       That pursuant to Section 10A(2)(c) and (d)i of the Local Government Act, 1993, Council resolve into Confidential Session to discuss the report Council Tender for the Construction of Concrete Roundabout and Road Reconstruction at the Intersection of Bayshore Drive and Ewingsdale Road, Byron Bay.

 

2.       That the reasons for closing the meeting to the public to consider this item be that the report contains:

a)      information that would, if disclosed, confer a commercial advantage on a person with whom the Council is conducting (or proposes to conduct) business

b)      commercial information of a confidential nature that would, if disclosed prejudice the commercial position of the person who supplied it

 

3.       That on balance it is considered that receipt and discussion of the matter in open Council would be contrary to the public interest, as:

 

Disclosure would reveal commercial information supplied by potential contractors which could prejudice Council entering into a contract.

 

 

 

OR, ALTERNATIVELY WHERE THE MEETING IS NOT PROPOSED TO BE CLOSED:

 

RECOMMENDATION:

1.       That pursuant to Section 11(3) of the Local Government Act, 1993, resolve that the Annexures to the report, Council Tender for the Construction of Concrete Roundabout and Road Reconstruction at the Intersection of Bayshore Drive and Ewingsdale Road, Byron Bay are to be treated as confidential as they relate to matters specified in s10A(2)(c) and s10A(2)(d)i of the Local Government Act 1993.

 

2.       That Council adopt the recommendation set out on the final page of the Report.

  

Attachments:

 

1        Confidential - 24.2015.48.1 - Bayshore RAB - 2017-0014 - Evaluation Report SIGNED, E2018/17863  

 

 

 


BYRON SHIRE COUNCIL

Confidential Reports - Infrastructure Services                                                 16.5

 

 

Report No. 16.5           Confidential - Tender 2017-0064 Blindmouth Creek Crossing Tender Evaluation

Directorate:                 Infrastructure Services

Report Author:           Joshua Provis, Road and Bridge Engineer  

File No:                        I2018/264

Theme:                         Community Infrastructure

                                      Local Roads and Drainage

 

 

 

Summary:

 

On Monday 12 January 2018 a Request For Tender was called for Blindmouth Creek Crossing upgrade at Main Arm.

 

Tenders have been assessed in accordance with the provisions of the Local Government (General) Regulation 2005.

 

The purpose of this report is to present the evaluation of the Request For Tender.

 

Tenders were received from the following:

 

1.       Alder Construction P/L

2.       G & R Brown & Sons P/L

3.       Coastal Works

4.       OM Civil P/L

5.       SEE Civil P/L

 

 

 

 

RECOMMENDATION:

1.       That pursuant to Section 10A(2)(c) and (d)i of the Local Government Act, 1993, Council resolve into Confidential Session to discuss the report 2017-0064 Blindmouth Creek Crossing Tender Evaluation.

 

2.       That the reasons for closing the meeting to the public to consider this item be that the report contains:

a)      information that would, if disclosed, confer a commercial advantage on a person with whom the Council is conducting (or proposes to conduct) business

b)      commercial information of a confidential nature that would, if disclosed prejudice the commercial position of the person who supplied it

 

3.       That on balance it is considered that receipt and discussion of the matter in open Council would be contrary to the public interest, as:

 

Report contains commercial in-confidence information that should not be disclosed publicly.

 

 

 

OR, ALTERNATIVELY WHERE THE MEETING IS NOT PROPOSED TO BE CLOSED:

 

RECOMMENDATION:

1.       That pursuant to Section 11(3) of the Local Government Act, 1993, resolve that the Annexures to the report, 2017-0064 Blindmouth Creek Crossing Tender Evaluation are to be treated as confidential as they relate to matters specified in s10A(2)(c) and s10A(2)(d)i of the Local Government Act 1993.

 

2.       That Council adopt the recommendation set out on the final page of the Report.

  

Attachments:

 

1        Confidential - Request for Tender 2017-0064 - Evaluation Report Blindmouth Creek Crossing, E2018/16985  

 

 

 


BYRON SHIRE COUNCIL

Confidential Reports - Infrastructure Services                                                 16.6

 

 

Report No. 16.6           Confidential - Tender 2017-0027 Suffolk Beachfront Holiday Park Alterations and Additions to Existing Amenities Building

Directorate:                 Infrastructure Services

Report Author:           Darren McAllister, Acting Open Space and Facilities Coordinator

File No:                        I2018/363

Theme:                         Community Infrastructure

                                      Open Space and Recreation

 

 

Summary:

 

On 11 October 2017 the General Manager under delegation approved staff to prepare and advertise tenders for Suffolk Beachfront Holiday Park Alterations and Additions to Existing Amenities building

 

Tenders were advertised on 21 December 2017 and closed on 15 February 2018. One (1)  tender was received.  The tenderer is listed below.

 

1.   Quadracon Building (Byron Bay)

 

Tenders have been assessed in accordance with the provisions of the Local Government (General) Regulation 2005.

 

 

RECOMMENDATION:

1.       That pursuant to Section 10A(2)(c) and (d)i of the Local Government Act, 1993, Council resolve into Confidential Session to discuss the report SUFFOLK BEACHFRONT HOLIDAY PARK ALTERATIONS AND ADDITIONS TO EXISTING AMENITIES BUILDING.

 

2.       That the reasons for closing the meeting to the public to consider this item be that the report contains:

a)      information that would, if disclosed, confer a commercial advantage on a person with whom the Council is conducting (or proposes to conduct) business

b)      commercial information of a confidential nature that would, if disclosed prejudice the commercial position of the person who supplied it

 

3.       That on balance it is considered that receipt and discussion of the matter in open Council would be contrary to the public interest, as:

 

(a) disclosure could prejudice the Council's position in litigation; and (b) disclosure could adversely impact Council's position in the upcoming negotiations.

 

 

 

OR, ALTERNATIVELY WHERE THE MEETING IS NOT PROPOSED TO BE CLOSED:

 

RECOMMENDATION:

1.       That pursuant to Section 11(3) of the Local Government Act, 1993, resolve that the Annexures to the report, SUFFOLK BEACHFRONT HOLIDAY PARK ALTERATIONS AND ADDITIONS TO EXISTING AMENITIES BUILDING are to be treated as confidential as they relate to matters specified in s10A(2)(c) and s10A(2)(d)i of the Local Government Act 1993.

 

2.       That Council adopt the recommendation set out on the final page of the Report.

  

Attachments:

 

1        Confidential - CONFIDENTIAL - EVALUATION PANEL RECOMMENDATION REPORT RFT 2017-0027 - Suffolk Beachfront Holiday Park Proposed Alterations and Additions to Existing Amenities Building, E2018/15789  

 

 

 


BYRON SHIRE COUNCIL

Confidential Reports - Infrastructure Services                                                 16.7

 

 

Report No. 16.7           Confidential - Aquisition of land for 5 Bridges Replacement Program

Directorate:                 Infrastructure Services

Report Author:           Deanna Savage, Administration Officer Infrastructure Services

Evan Elford, Team Leader Infrastructure Planning  

File No:                        I2017/2073

Theme:                         Community Infrastructure

                                      Asset Management

 

 

Summary:

 

The purpose of this report is to seek a resolution of Council to compulsorily acquire, by negotiation, impacted lands for road reserve purposes, site storage facilities, the extinguishment of and re-creation of easements required to move forward with works on the 5 Bridge Replacement program. 

 

 

 

RECOMMENDATION:

1.       That pursuant to Section 10A(2)(d)i of the Local Government Act, 1993, Council resolve into Confidential Session to discuss the report Aquisition of land for 5 Bridges Replacement Program.

 

2.       That the reasons for closing the meeting to the public to consider this item be that the report contains:

a)      commercial information of a confidential nature that would, if disclosed prejudice the commercial position of the person who supplied it

 

3.       That on balance it is considered that receipt and discussion of the matter in open Council would be contrary to the public interest, as:

 


(d) (i) commercial information of a confidential nature that would, if disclosed predjudice the commercial position of the person who supplied it.

 

  

Attachments:

 

1        Confidential - Signed Consent to Enter - Savins - Scarrabelottis Bridge 2-2-18, E2018/8170  

2        Confidential - Signed Consent to Enter - Gregory - Scarrabelottis Bridge 2-2-18, E2018/8171  

3        Confidential - Signed Consent to Enter - Richardson - Scarrabelottis Bridge 8-2-18, S2018/2124  

4        Confidential - Signed Consent to Enter and Acquire - Morrow - Booyong Bridge, E2018/17873  

5        Confidential - Signed Consent to Enter and plan -  Parkers Bridge  - Kenneth Wake, E2018/17883  

6        Confidential - Consent to Enter signed package - James Bridge - Edward and Andrew Rawlings, E2018/17884  

 

 

 


BYRON SHIRE COUNCIL

Confidential Reports - Infrastructure Services                                                 16.8

 

 

Report No. 16.8           Confidential - Tender 2017-0066 Landslip Remediation

Directorate:                 Infrastructure Services

Report Author:           Anjila Finan, Systems Planning Officer

Henry Spangler, Works Coordinator

File No:                        I2018/434

Theme:                         Community Infrastructure

                                      Local Roads and Drainage

 

 

Summary:

The purpose of this report is to present to Council the outcome of a public tender for landslip remediation for three (3) locations caused by a severe weather event in June 2016.  These locations are:

 

·        Yamble Drive Reservoir;

·        Upper Coopers Creek Road; and

·        Coolamon Scenic Drive.

 

Tenders were received from:

 

1.       Earthtec Pty Ltd

2.       Geo Stabilise Pty Ltd

3.       Geovert Ground Engineering Pty Ltd

4.       Ground Stabilisation Systems

5.       Pan Civil

6.       P.J. Warner Australia Pty Ltd

 

Tenders were assessed in accordance with the provisions of the Local Government (General) Regulation 2005.

 

 

RECOMMENDATION:

1.       That pursuant to Section 10A(2)(c), (d)i and (d)ii of the Local Government Act, 1993, Council resolve into Confidential Session to discuss the report Tender 2017-0066 Landslip Remediation.

 

2.       That the reasons for closing the meeting to the public to consider this item be that the report contains:

a)      information that would, if disclosed, confer a commercial advantage on a person with whom the Council is conducting (or proposes to conduct) business

b)      commercial information of a confidential nature that would, if disclosed prejudice the commercial position of the person who supplied it

c)      information that would, if disclosed, confer a commercial advantage on a competitor of the council

 

3.       That on balance it is considered that receipt and discussion of the matter in open Council would be contrary to the public interest, as:


(a) disclosure could prejudice the Council's position in litigation; and (b) disclosure could adversely impact Council's position in the upcoming negotiations.

 

Attachments:

 

1        Confidential - RFT 2017-0066 - Tender Evaluation Panel Report - Landslip Remediation, E2018/15614